US20050221339A1 - Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control - Google Patents

Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050221339A1
US20050221339A1 US10/963,044 US96304404A US2005221339A1 US 20050221339 A1 US20050221339 A1 US 20050221339A1 US 96304404 A US96304404 A US 96304404A US 2005221339 A1 US2005221339 A1 US 2005221339A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
microcapsule
microcapsules
target
microbead
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/963,044
Inventor
Andrew Griffiths
David Weitz
Darren Link
Keunho Ahn
Jerome Bibette
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Medical Research Council
Harvard College
Medical Research Council of Harvard University
Original Assignee
Medical Research Council of Harvard University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/GB2004/001362 external-priority patent/WO2004088314A1/en
Priority to US10/963,044 priority Critical patent/US20050221339A1/en
Application filed by Medical Research Council of Harvard University filed Critical Medical Research Council of Harvard University
Assigned to MEDICAL RESEARCH COUNCIL reassignment MEDICAL RESEARCH COUNCIL ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GRIFFITHS, ANDREW
Assigned to PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE reassignment PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BIBETTE, JEROME, AHN, KEUHO, LINK, DARREN R., WEITZ, DAVID
Publication of US20050221339A1 publication Critical patent/US20050221339A1/en
Priority to EP12195355.8A priority patent/EP2602018B1/en
Priority to AU2005293367A priority patent/AU2005293367A1/en
Priority to US11/665,145 priority patent/US9498759B2/en
Priority to PCT/GB2005/003924 priority patent/WO2006040551A2/en
Priority to EP16194377.4A priority patent/EP3153231B1/en
Priority to EP05792856.6A priority patent/EP1842067B1/en
Priority to EP19161900.6A priority patent/EP3527978A3/en
Priority to JP2007536255A priority patent/JP4829240B2/en
Priority to CA2582465A priority patent/CA2582465C/en
Priority to US11/633,849 priority patent/US20070092914A1/en
Priority to US15/331,445 priority patent/US10371699B2/en
Priority to US16/453,759 priority patent/US10705078B2/en
Priority to US16/921,789 priority patent/US20200333334A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • G01N33/54313Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being characterised by its particulate form
    • G01N33/5432Liposomes or microcapsules
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F23/00Mixing according to the phases to be mixed, e.g. dispersing or emulsifying
    • B01F23/40Mixing liquids with liquids; Emulsifying
    • B01F23/41Emulsifying
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F25/00Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
    • B01F25/20Jet mixers, i.e. mixers using high-speed fluid streams
    • B01F25/23Mixing by intersecting jets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F25/00Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
    • B01F25/40Static mixers
    • B01F25/42Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
    • B01F25/43Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
    • B01F25/433Mixing tubes wherein the shape of the tube influences the mixing, e.g. mixing tubes with varying cross-section or provided with inwardly extending profiles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F25/00Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
    • B01F25/40Static mixers
    • B01F25/42Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
    • B01F25/43Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
    • B01F25/433Mixing tubes wherein the shape of the tube influences the mixing, e.g. mixing tubes with varying cross-section or provided with inwardly extending profiles
    • B01F25/4331Mixers with bended, curved, coiled, wounded mixing tubes or comprising elements for bending the flow
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F25/00Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
    • B01F25/40Static mixers
    • B01F25/42Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
    • B01F25/43Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
    • B01F25/433Mixing tubes wherein the shape of the tube influences the mixing, e.g. mixing tubes with varying cross-section or provided with inwardly extending profiles
    • B01F25/4338Mixers with a succession of converging-diverging cross-sections, i.e. undulating cross-section
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F33/00Other mixers; Mixing plants; Combinations of mixers
    • B01F33/30Micromixers
    • B01F33/301Micromixers using specific means for arranging the streams to be mixed, e.g. channel geometries or dispositions
    • B01F33/3011Micromixers using specific means for arranging the streams to be mixed, e.g. channel geometries or dispositions using a sheathing stream of a fluid surrounding a central stream of a different fluid, e.g. for reducing the cross-section of the central stream or to produce droplets from the central stream
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F33/00Other mixers; Mixing plants; Combinations of mixers
    • B01F33/30Micromixers
    • B01F33/302Micromixers the materials to be mixed flowing in the form of droplets
    • B01F33/3021Micromixers the materials to be mixed flowing in the form of droplets the components to be mixed being combined in a single independent droplet, e.g. these droplets being divided by a non-miscible fluid or consisting of independent droplets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F33/00Other mixers; Mixing plants; Combinations of mixers
    • B01F33/30Micromixers
    • B01F33/3031Micromixers using electro-hydrodynamic [EHD] or electro-kinetic [EKI] phenomena to mix or move the fluids
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J19/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J19/0046Sequential or parallel reactions, e.g. for the synthesis of polypeptides or polynucleotides; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making molecular arrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502761Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip specially adapted for handling suspended solids or molecules independently from the bulk fluid flow, e.g. for trapping or sorting beads, for physically stretching molecules
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502769Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by multiphase flow arrangements
    • B01L3/502784Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by multiphase flow arrangements specially adapted for droplet or plug flow, e.g. digital microfluidics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • C12Q1/42Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase involving phosphatase
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N15/00Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials
    • G01N15/10Investigating individual particles
    • G01N15/14Electro-optical investigation, e.g. flow cytometers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/6428Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G01N33/5044Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics involving specific cell types
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/573Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for enzymes or isoenzymes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F23/00Mixing according to the phases to be mixed, e.g. dispersing or emulsifying
    • B01F23/40Mixing liquids with liquids; Emulsifying
    • B01F23/41Emulsifying
    • B01F23/414Emulsifying characterised by the internal structure of the emulsion
    • B01F23/4143Microemulsions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01FMIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
    • B01F23/00Mixing according to the phases to be mixed, e.g. dispersing or emulsifying
    • B01F23/40Mixing liquids with liquids; Emulsifying
    • B01F23/41Emulsifying
    • B01F23/414Emulsifying characterised by the internal structure of the emulsion
    • B01F23/4145Emulsions of oils, e.g. fuel, and water
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00277Apparatus
    • B01J2219/0054Means for coding or tagging the apparatus or the reagents
    • B01J2219/00572Chemical means
    • B01J2219/00576Chemical means fluorophore
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00596Solid-phase processes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00599Solution-phase processes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00657One-dimensional arrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00664Three-dimensional arrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/00583Features relative to the processes being carried out
    • B01J2219/00603Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
    • B01J2219/00664Three-dimensional arrays
    • B01J2219/00666One-dimensional arrays within three-dimensional arrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2219/00Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
    • B01J2219/00274Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
    • B01J2219/0068Means for controlling the apparatus of the process
    • B01J2219/00702Processes involving means for analysing and characterising the products
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/06Fluid handling related problems
    • B01L2200/0647Handling flowable solids, e.g. microscopic beads, cells, particles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/06Fluid handling related problems
    • B01L2200/0647Handling flowable solids, e.g. microscopic beads, cells, particles
    • B01L2200/0652Sorting or classification of particles or molecules
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/06Fluid handling related problems
    • B01L2200/0673Handling of plugs of fluid surrounded by immiscible fluid
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0809Geometry, shape and general structure rectangular shaped
    • B01L2300/0816Cards, e.g. flat sample carriers usually with flow in two horizontal directions
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • B01L2300/0864Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices comprising only one inlet and multiple receiving wells, e.g. for separation, splitting
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • B01L2300/0867Multiple inlets and one sample wells, e.g. mixing, dilution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0403Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
    • B01L2400/0406Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces capillary forces
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0403Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
    • B01L2400/0415Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces electrical forces, e.g. electrokinetic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0475Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure
    • B01L2400/0487Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific mechanical means and fluid pressure fluid pressure, pneumatics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2563/00Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
    • C12Q2563/159Microreactors, e.g. emulsion PCR or sequencing, droplet PCR, microcapsules, i.e. non-liquid containers with a range of different permeability's for different reaction components
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2565/00Nucleic acid analysis characterised by mode or means of detection
    • C12Q2565/10Detection mode being characterised by the assay principle
    • C12Q2565/119Detection mode being characterised by the assay principle based on extraction of label to an organic phase, i.e. partitioning of label between different organic phases
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C40COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
    • C40BCOMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
    • C40B50/00Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis
    • C40B50/08Liquid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein all library building blocks are in liquid phase or in solution during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the liquid support
    • G01N15/149
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • G01N21/63Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light optically excited
    • G01N21/64Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
    • G01N21/6428Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes"
    • G01N2021/6439Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/914Hydrolases (3)
    • G01N2333/916Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1), e.g. phosphatases (3.1.3), phospholipases C or phospholipases D (3.1.4)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
    • G01N2500/04Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C directly on molecule A (e.g. C are potential ligands for a receptor A, or potential substrates for an enzyme A)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
    • G01N2500/10Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value involving cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for selection of compounds from a library of compounds using systems and methods for the control of fluidic species and, in particular, to systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species.
  • the method of the invention is particularly applicable to selection of low molecular weight compounds such as candidate drugs for potential activity against any desired drug target.
  • the present invention relates to methods for use in the identification of molecules which bind to a target component of a biochemical system or modulate the activity of a target.
  • HTS high-throughput screening
  • R&D research and development
  • HTS has seen significant improvements in recent years, driven by a need to reduce operating costs and increase the number of compounds and targets that can be screened.
  • Conventional 96-well plates have now largely been replaced by 384-well, 1536-well and even 3456-well formats. This, combined with commercially available plate-handling robotics allows the screening of 100,000 assays per day, or more, and significantly cuts costs per assay due to the miniaturisation of the assays.
  • HTS is complemented by several other developments.
  • Combinatorial chemistry is a potent technology for creating large numbers of structurally related compounds for HTS.
  • combinatorial synthesis mostly involves spatially resolved parallel synthesis.
  • the number of compounds that can be synthesised is limited to hundreds or thousands but the compounds can be synthesised on a scale of milligrams or tens of milligrams, enabling full characterisation and even purification.
  • Larger libraries can be synthesised using split synthesis on beads to generate one-bead-one compound libraries.
  • Dynamic combinatorial chemistry can also be used to create dynamic combinatorial libraries (DCLs) from a set of reversibly interchanging components, however the sizes of libraries created and screened to date are still fairly limited ( ⁇ 40,000) (Ramstrom and Lehn, 2002).
  • Virtual screening (VS) (Lyne, 2002), in which large compound bases are searched using computational approaches to identify a subset of candidate molecules for testing may also be very useful when integrated with HTS.
  • VS Virtual screening
  • Microfluidic technology has been applied to high throughput screening methods.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,508,988 describes combinatorial synthesis systems which rely on microfluidic flow to control the flow of reagents in a multichannel system.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,056, and continuations thereof describes a microfluidic test system for performing high throughput screening assays, wherein test compounds can be flowed though a plurality of channels to perform multiple reactions contemporaneously.
  • Tawfik and Griffiths describe a system for in vitro evolution using compartmentalisation in microcapsules to link genotype and phenotype at the molecular level.
  • the desired activity of a gene product results in a modification of the genetic element which encoded it (and is present in the same microcapsule). The modified genetic element can then be selected in a subsequent step.
  • the present invention is also based on compartmentalisation in microcapsules, in this case compartmentalisation of compounds from a compound library.
  • the microcapules are droplets of liquid made and manipulated using systems and methods for the control of fluidic species and, in particular, by systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,666, issued Sep. 19, 2000 describes a micofabricated device having a fluid focusing chamber for spatially confining first and second sample fluid streams for analyzing microscopic particles in a fluid medium, for example in biological fluid analysis.
  • Microfluidic systems have been described in a variety of contexts, typically in the context of miniaturized laboratory (e.g., clinical) analysis. Other uses have been described as well.
  • International Patent Publication No. WO 01/89789 published Nov. 29, 2001 by Anderson, et al., describes multi-level microfluidic systems that can be used to provide patterns of materials, such as biological materials and cells, on surfaces.
  • Other publications describe microfluidic systems including valves, switches, and other components.
  • the novel method according to the present invention uses systems and methods for the control of fluidic species to permit the rapid, high-throughput screening of compounds for activity against a target at low cost in a manner compatible with modern HTS approaches.
  • a method for identifying a compound or compounds in a repertoire of compounds, which compound or compound(s) possess(es) a desired activity comprising the steps of:
  • a microfluidic device for example as described herein, may be used at any one or more of several stages in the encapsulation, reaction and sorting of compounds in accordance with the invention.
  • a microfluidic devise can be used to encapsulate the reagents, and the remainder of the procedure carried out under conventional, non-microfluidic conditions.
  • the microfluidic device can be used to control anyb one or more of the reactions of compounds within the microcapsules, the sorting of microcapsules and the indentification of microcapsules, using microcapsules which have been created by a microfluidic device or by other means, such as conventional mechanical emulsification of immiscible liquids.
  • the desired activity is selected from the group consisting of a binding activity and the modulation of the activity of a target.
  • the target is advantageously compartmentalised into microcapsules together with the compound(s), allowing the activity of the compound(s) on the target to be measured within the microcapsule which links the target and the compound together.
  • the subset of the repertoire present in any one microcapsule is a single compound.
  • Each microcapsule contains multiple molecules of the subset of the repertoire, which is advantageously multiple copies of a single compound.
  • Compounds can be screened in accordance with the invention by screening for a change in a microcapsule containing a compound.
  • the microcapsules are modified by the action of the compound(s) such as to change their optical properties.
  • the change in optical properties of the microcapsule can be due to a change in the optical properties of the compound when bound to target or to a change in the optical properties of the target when bound by the compound. Moreover, the change in optical properties of the microcapsule can be due to a change in the optical properties of both target and compound on binding.
  • the change in the optical properties of the microcapsule may be due to modulation of the activity of the target by the compound.
  • the compound may activate or inhibit the activity of the target.
  • the target is an enzyme
  • the substrate and the product of the reaction catalysed by the target can have different optical properties.
  • the substrate and product have different fluorescence properties.
  • the detected change in the microcapsule may be caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect action, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity leads to the detected change.
  • the compounds in a microcapsule can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging.
  • the compounds are contained in optically tagged microcapsules to enable the identification of the microcapsule and the compound contained in it.
  • microcapsules are analysed by detection of a change in their fluorescence.
  • microcapsules can be analysed by flow cytometry and, optionally sorted using a fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS) or a microfluidic flow sorting device.
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorter
  • microfluidic flow sorting device The different fluorescence properties of the target and the product can be due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the internal environment of the microcapsules can be modified by the addition of one or more reagents to the oil phase. This allows reagents to be diffused in to the microcapsules during the reaction, if necessary.
  • the compounds may be screened according to an activity of the compound or derivative thereof which makes the microcapsule detectable as a whole. Accordingly, the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule, or a modification of one or more molecules within the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound to be identified.
  • the microcapsules are either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) contained therein by, for example, placing an electric charge on the microcapsule and “steering” the microcapsule using an electric field, and the contents of the sorted microcapsules analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) which they contain; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) which the microcapsules contain.
  • Microencapsulation can be achieved by forming a water-in-oil emulsion.
  • Compartmentalisation of a subset of a repertoire in multiple copies may be achieved in a number of ways.
  • compounds may be attached to beads, and the emulsion formed such that substantially only a single bead is included in each compartment.
  • Step (a) above is thus modified, such that it comprises
  • a method for identifying a compound or compounds in a repertoire of compounds, which compound or compound(s) possess(es) a desired activity comprising the steps of:
  • the subset of the repertoire present on any one microbead is a single compound.
  • each microbead has attached thereto multiple molecules of a single compound.
  • compounds are attached to microbeads by means of cleavable linkers, for example photocleavable linkers, which permit the release of the compound from the microbead if desired.
  • cleavable linkers for example photocleavable linkers
  • Compounds can be screened in accordance with the invention by screening either for a change in a microcapsule containing a compound or a change in or on a microbead to which a compound is attached.
  • the compounds on beads can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging.
  • the compounds are coupled to optically tagged microbeads to enable the identification of the bead and the compound coupled to it in step (d).
  • Repertoires of compounds can be encapsulated so as to have multiple copies of a single compound in a microcapsule in different ways.
  • thin tubes connected to the microfluidic device can be dipped into reservoirs containing the desired compounds, and capillary action can be used to draw the desired compound from the reservoir into the microfluidic device. This method allows the microfluidic device to be loaded with compounds prepared outside the device.
  • compound libraries can be compartmentalised in highly monodisperse microcapsules produced using microfluidic techniques.
  • aliquots of each compound can be compartmentalised into one or more aqueous microcapsules (with less than 1.5% polydispersity) in water-in-oil emulsions created by droplet break off in a co-flowing steam of oil (Umbanhowar et al., 2000).
  • the aqueous microcapsules are then transported by laminar-flow in a stream of oil in microfluidic channels (Thorsen et al., 2001).
  • microcapsules containing single compounds can, optionally, be split into two or more smaller microcapsules using microfluidics (Link et al., 2004; Song et al., 2003).
  • the microcapsules containing single compounds can, optionally be fused with other microcapsules (Song et al., 2003) containing a target.
  • a single microcapsule containing a target can, optionally, be split into two or more smaller microcapsules which can subsequently be fused with microcapsules containing different compounds, or compounds at different concentrations.
  • a compound and a target can be mixed by microcapsule fusion prior to a second microcapsule fusion which delivers the necessary to assay the activity of the target (e.g. the substrate for the target if the target is an enzyme). This allows time for the compound to bind to the target.
  • the microcapsules can be analysed and, optionally, sorted using microfluidic devices (Fu et al., 2002).
  • a fluidic system as disclosed herein may include a droplet formation system, a droplet fusing system, a droplet splitting system, a sensing system, a controller, and/or a droplet sorting and/or separation system, or any combination of these systems.
  • Such systems and methods may be positioned in any suitable order, depending on a particular application, and in some cases, multiple systems of a given type may be used, for example, two or more droplet formation systems, two or more droplet separation systems, etc.
  • systems of the invention can be arranged to form droplets, to dilute fluids, to control the concentration of species within droplets, to sort droplets to select those with a desired concentration of species or entities (e.g., droplets each containing one molecule of reactant), to fuse individual droplets to cause reaction between species contained in the individual droplets, to determine reaction(s) and/or rates of reaction(s) in one or more droplets, etc.
  • a desired concentration of species or entities e.g., droplets each containing one molecule of reactant
  • One aspect of the invention relates to systems and methods for producing droplets of a first liquid surrounded by a second liquid 1 .
  • the first and second liquids may be essentially immiscible in many cases, i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest (e.g., the time it takes a fluidic droplet to be transported through a particular system or device).
  • the droplets may each be substantially the same shape or size, as further described below.
  • the first liquid may also contain other species, for example, certain molecular species (e.g., as further discussed below), cells, particles, etc.
  • electric charge may be created on a first liquid surrounded by a second liquid, which may cause the first liquid to separate into individual droplets within the second liquid.
  • the first liquid and the second liquid may be present in a channel, e.g., a microfluidic channel, or other constricted space that facilitates application of an electric field to the first liquid (which may be “AC” or alternating current, “DC” or direct current etc.), for example, by limiting movement of the first liquid with respect to the second liquid.
  • the first liquid can be present as a series of individual charged and/or electrically inducible droplets within the second liquid.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the second liquid.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the second liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel.
  • Electric charge may be created in the first liquid within the second liquid using any suitable technique, for example, by placing the first liquid within an electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.), and/or causing a reaction to occur that causes the first liquid to have an electric charge, for example, a chemical reaction, an ionic reaction, a photocatalyzed reaction, etc.
  • the first liquid is an electrical conductor.
  • a “conductor” is a material having a conductivity of at least about the conductivity of 18 megohm (MOhm or N ⁇ ) water.
  • the second liquid surrounding the first liquid may have a conductivity less than that of the first liquid.
  • the second liquid may be an insulator, relative to the first liquid, or at least a “leaky insulator,” i.e., the second liquid is able to at least partially electrically insulate the first liquid for at least a short period of time.
  • the first liquid may be substantially hydrophilic, and the second liquid surrounding the first liquid may be substantially hydrophobic.
  • the screening of compounds may be performed by, for example:
  • the microcapsules are screened according to an activity of the compound or derivative thereof which makes the microcapsule detectable as a whole. Accordingly, the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule, or a modification of one or more molecules within the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound to be indentified.
  • the microcapsules are either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) contained therein, the contents of the sorted microcapsules optionally pooled into one or more common compartments, and the microcapsule contents analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s); or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) which the microcapsules contained. Where the microcapsule contains microbeads, the microbeads can be analysed to determine the compounds with which they are coated.
  • microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments.
  • a compound having the desired activity modifies the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) in such a way as to make it identifiable in a subsequent step.
  • the reactions are stopped and the microcapsules are then broken so that all the contents of the individual microcapsules are pooled.
  • Modified microbeads are identified and either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) coated on the microbeads, and the sorted microbeads analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which they are/were coated; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which the microbeads are/were coated.
  • modification of the microbead may be direct, in that it is caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity, leads to modification of the microbead.
  • the target is bound to the microbead and is a ligand and the compound within the microcapsule binds, directly or indirectly, to said ligand to enable the isolation of the microbead.
  • a substrate for the target is and is bound to the microbead, and the activity of the compound within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the conversion of said substrate into a product which remains part of the microbead and enables its isolation.
  • the activity of the compound may prevent or inhibit the conversion of said substrate into product.
  • the product of the activity of the compound within the microcapsule can result, directly or indirectly, in the generation of a product which is subsequently complexed with the microbead and enables its identification.
  • microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments.
  • a compound with a desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbead which carries it. This change, when detected, triggers the modification of the microbead within the compartment. The reactions are stopped and the microcapsules are then broken so that all the contents of the individual microcapsules are pooled.
  • Modified microbeads are identified and either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) coated on the microbeads, and the sorted microbeads analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which they are/were coated; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which the microbeads are/were coated.
  • microcapsules or microbeads may be modified by the action of the compound(s) such as to change their optical properties and/or electrical charge properties.
  • the modification of the microbead can enable it to be further modified outside the microcapsule so as to induce a change in its optical and/or electrical charge properties.
  • the change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads is due to binding of a compound with distinctive optical and/or electrical charge properties respectively to the target.
  • the change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads can be due to binding of a target with distinctive optical and/or electrical charge properties respectively by the compound.
  • the change in the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsule may be due to modulation of the activity of the target by the compound.
  • the compound may activate or inhibit the activity of the target.
  • the target is an enzyme
  • the substrate and the product of the reaction catalysed by the target can have different optical and/or electrical charge properties.
  • the substrate and product have different fluorescence properties.
  • both the substrate and the product can have similar optical and/or electrical charge properties, but only the product of the reaction, and not the substrate, binds to, or reacts with, the microbead, thereby changing the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microbead.
  • the change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads can also be due to the different optical and/or electrical charge properties of the target and the product of the reaction being selected. Where both target and product have similar optical and/or electrical charge properties, only the product of the reaction being selected, and not the target, binds to, or reacts with, the microbead, thereby changing the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads.
  • further reagents specifically bind to, or specifically react with, the product (and not the substrate) attached to or contained in the microcapsule or microbead, thereby altering the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsule or microbead.
  • microbeads modified directly or indirectly by the activity of the compound are further modified by Tyramide Signal Amplification (TSATM; NEN), resulting directly or indirectly in a change in the optical properties of said microcapsules or microbeads thereby enabling their separation.
  • TSATM Tyramide Signal Amplification
  • the density with which compounds are coated onto the microbeads, combined with the size of the microcapsule will determine the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule.
  • High compound coating densities and small microcapsules will both give higher compound concentrations which may be advantageous for the selection of molecules with a low affinity for the target.
  • low compound coating densities and large microcapsules will both give lower compound concentrations which may be advantageous for the selection of molecules with a high affinity for the target.
  • the microbead can be nonmagnetic, magnetic or paramagnetic.
  • microcapsules or microbeads are analysed by detection of a change in their fluorescence.
  • microbeads can be analysed by flow cytometry and, optionally sorted using a fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS) or a microfluidic flow sorting device.
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorter
  • microfluidic flow sorting device a fluorescence activated cell sorter
  • the different fluorescence properties of the target and the product can be due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the invention also provides for a product when identified according to the invention.
  • a “product” may refer to any compound, selectable according to the invention.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate the splitting of droplets in accordance with one embodiment of the invention
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate an apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the invention, before the application of an electric field thereto;
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B illustrate the apparatus of FIGS. 2A and 2B after the application of an electric field thereto;
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate the apparatus of FIGS. 2A and 2B after the application of a reversed electric field thereto;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of droplet splitting, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of additional embodiments of the invention.
  • FIGS. 7 a and 7 b are schematic diagrams of the formation of microfluidic droplets in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIGS. 8 a - f illustrate the splitting of droplets in accordance with the invention
  • FIGS. 9 a - d illustrate the induction of dipoles in droplets in accordance with the invention.
  • FIGS. 10 a - d illustrate the sorting of microcasules by altering the flow of carrier fluid in a microfluidic system
  • FIGS. 11 a - c illustrate the use of pressure changes in the microfluidic system to control the direction of flow of droplets
  • FIGS. 12 a - j illustrate flow patterns for droplets in microfluidic systems in accordance with the invention
  • FIGS. 13 a - d illustrate the use of oppositely charged droplets in the invention
  • FIGS. 14 a and 14 b are illustrations of the formation and maintenance of microfluidic droplets using three immiscible liquids.
  • FIG. 15 Compound screening using microdroplets in a microfluidic system.
  • Panel A schematic of the core system.
  • Panel B process block diagram showing the modules in the core system.
  • Microdroplets containing a target enzyme are fused with microdroplets each of which contain a different compound from a compound library. After allowing time for the compounds to bind to the target enzyme each microdroplet is fused with another microdroplet containing a fluorogenic enzyme substrate. The rate of the enzymatic reaction is determined by measuring the fluorescence of each microdroplet, ideally at multiple points (corresponding to different times).
  • Microdroplets containing compounds with desired activities can, if required, be sorted and collected.
  • FIG. 16 Examples of microdroplet formation and manipulation using microfluidics.
  • Panel A microdroplets can be created at up to 10 4 sec ⁇ 1 by hydrodynamic-focussing (top two panels) and show ⁇ 1.5% polydispersity (bottom panel).
  • Panel B microdroplets can be split symmetrically or asymmetrically.
  • Panel C microdroplets carrying positive (+q) and negative ( ⁇ q) electrical charges fuse spontaneously.
  • Panel D charged microdroplets can also be steered using an applied electrical field (E).
  • FIG. 17 Examples of PTP1B inhibitors.
  • Compounds with a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate moiety e.g. 2 have significantly more potency than those with a single moiety (e.g. 1).
  • FIG. 18 Screening PTP1B inhibitors using microencapsulation.
  • Polystyrene beads with surface carboxylate groups died with orange or red fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997), are derivatised with a phosphopeptide PTP1B substrate, and either PTP1B inhibitors or non-inhibitory compounds attached via a cleavable linker (1).
  • PTP1B single beads and target enzyme
  • PTP1B single beads and target enzyme
  • the compound is released photochemically (3).
  • Inhibitors reduce the amount of substrate converted to product (dephosphorylated peptide) (4).
  • FIG. 19 Compartmentalisation of small molecules in water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions.
  • Water-in-perfluorooctyl bromide emulsions were made containing texas red (1 mM) and calcein (1 mM) in the aqueous phase by homogenisation as described in example 9.
  • the two emulsions were mixed by vortexing and imaged by epifluorescence microscopy after 24 hours. No exchange of texas-red (red fluorescence) and calcein (green fluorescence) between microdroplets could be observed.
  • FIG. 20 Charged droplet generation.
  • A Oil and water streams converge at a 30 micron orifice.
  • FIG. 21 Coalescing drops.
  • A Drops having opposite sign of electrostatic charge can be generated by applying a voltage across the two aqueous streams.
  • B In the absence of the field the frequency and timing of drop formation at the two nozzles are independent and each nozzle produces a different size drop at a different frequency; infusion rates are the same at both nozzles. After the confluence of the two streams, drops from the upper and lower nozzles stay in their respective halves of the stream and due to surfactant there are no coalescence events even in the case of large slugs that fill the channel width.
  • FIG. 22 Droplets carrying a pH sensitive dye coalesce with droplets of a different pH fluid. Chaotic advection rapidly mixes the two fluids through a combination of translation and rotation as the droplets pass around comers.
  • FIG. 23 Diffusion limited and rapid mixing strategies.
  • A Drops meet and coalesce along the direction of E and then move off in a perpendicular direction, as sketched the counter rotating vortices after coalescence do not mix the two fluid parts as each vortex contains a single material.
  • B As the drops approach each other the increasing field causes there interfaces to deform and
  • C a bridge to jump out connecting the drops, to create (D) in the case of 20 nm silica particles and MgCl — 2 a sharp interface where the particles begin to gel.
  • E A typical unmixed droplet with particles in one hemisphere.
  • FIG. 24 Time delay reaction module.
  • A Droplets of perfluorodecaline alternate with aqueous droplets in a hexadecane carrier fluid. The ‘single-file’ ordering of the droplets provides for long delays with essentially no deviation in the precise spacing of aqueous droplets or droplet order.
  • B Increasing the width and height of the channel to create a ‘large cross-sectional area’ channel provides for extremely long time delays from minutes to hours. The exact ordering and spacing between the droplets is not maintained in this type of delay line.
  • FIG. 25 Recharging neutral drops.
  • FIG. 26 Detection module.
  • One or more lasers are coupled to an optical fibre that is used to excite the fluorescence in each droplet as it passes over the fibre.
  • the fluorescence is collected by the same fibre and dichroic beam splitters separate off specific wavelengths of the fluorescent light and the intensity of the fluorescence is measured with a photomultiplier tube (PMT) after the light passes through a band-pass filter.
  • PMT photomultiplier tube
  • FIG. 27 Manipulating charged drops.
  • the sketch in (B) shows the layout for using an electric field E s to select the channel charged drops will enter at a bifurcation.
  • E s an electric field
  • the drops enter the right branch at the bifurcation; they enter the left branch when the field is reversed (D).
  • D the distance between drops is reduced to half what it was before indicating the oil stream is evenly divided.
  • the inset of (D) shows the deformation in the shape of a highly charged drop in an electric field.
  • microcapsule is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art and further described hereinbelow.
  • a microcapsule is an artificial compartment whose delimiting borders restrict the exchange of the components of the molecular mechanisms described herein which allow the identification of the molecule with the desired activity.
  • the delimiting borders preferably completely enclose the contents of the microcapsule.
  • the microcapsules used in the method of the present invention will be capable of being produced in very large numbers, and thereby to compartmentalise a library of compounds.
  • the compounds can be attached to microbeads.
  • the microcapsules used herein allow mixing and sorting to be performed thereon, in order to facilitate the high throughput potential of the methods of the invention.
  • Microcapsules according to the present invention can be a droplet of one fluid in a different fluid, where the confined components are soluble in the droplet but not in the carrier fluid, and in another embodiment there is another material defining a wall, such as a membrane (e.g. in the context of lipid vesicles; liposomes) or non-ionic surfactant vesicles, or those with rigid, nonpermeable membranes, or semipermeable membranes.
  • Arrays of liquid droplets on solid surfaces, multiwell plates and “plugs” in microfluidic systems, that is fluid droplets that are not completely surrounded by a second fluid as defined herein, are not microcapsules as defined herein.
  • microbead is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art and further described hereinbelow.
  • Microbeads are also known by those skilled in the art as microspheres, latex particles, beads, or minibeads, are available in diameters from 20 nm to 1 mm and can be made from a variety of materials including silica and a variety of polymers, copolymers and terpolymers.
  • Highly uniform derivatised and non-derivatised nonmagnetic and paramagnetic microparticles (beads) are commercially available from many sources (e.g. Sigma, Bangs Laboratories, Luminex and Molecular Probes) (Fomusek and Vetvicka, 1986).
  • Microbeads can be “compartmentalised” in accordance with the present invention by distribution into microcapsules.
  • the microbeads can be placed in a water/oil mixture and emulsified to form a water-in-oil emulsion comprising microcapsules according to the invention.
  • the concentration of the microbeads can be adjusted such that a single microbead, on average, appears in each microcapsule.
  • the concentration of the microbeads can be adjusted such that, on average a single microbead appears in only 10-20% of the microcapsules, thus assuring that there are very few microcapsules with more than one microbead.
  • compound is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art.
  • the term compound is used in its broadest sense i.e. a substance comprising two or more elements in fixed proportions, including molecules and supramolecular complexes.
  • This definition includes small molecules (typically ⁇ 500 Daltons) which make up the majority of pharmaceuticals.
  • the definition also includes larger molecules, including polymers, for example polypeptides, nucleic acids and carbohydrates, and supramolecular complexes thereof.
  • a “repertoire” of compounds is a group of diverse compounds, which may also be referred to as a library of compounds. Repertoires of compounds may be generated by any means known in the art, including combinatorial chemistry, compound evolution, such as by the method of our copending International patent application PCT GB04/001352 filed 31Mar. 2003, or purchased from commercial sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Discovery Partners International, Maybridge and Tripos.
  • a repertoire advantageously comprises at least 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , 10 10 , 10 11 or more different compounds, which may be related or unrelated in structure or function.
  • a “subset” of a repertoire is a part thereof, which may be a single compound or a group of compounds having related or unrelated structures.
  • the subset is a single compound.
  • multiple copies of each compound are encapsulated in a microcapsule.
  • Subsets of the repertoire which may be attached to microbeads, are advantageously attached in multiple copies of each compound; for example, where each microbead has attached thereto only one compound, multiple molecules of that compound are attached to said microbead. The amount of compound attached to the microbead will determine the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule.
  • Compounds can be “released” from a microbead by cleavage of a linker which effects the attachment of the compound to the microbead. Release of the compounds from the microbead allows the compounds to interact more freely with other contents of the microcapsule, and to be involved in reactions therein and optionally to become combined with other reagents to form new compounds, complexes, molecules or supramolecular complexes. Cleavage of linkers can be performed by any means, with means such as photochemical cleavage which can be effected from without the microcapsule being preferred. Photochemically cleavable linkers are known in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)) and further described below.
  • the “target” is any compound, molecule, or supramolecular complex.
  • Typical targets include targets of medical significance, including drug targets such as receptors, for example G protein coupled receptors and hormone receptors; transcription factors, protein kinases and phosphatases involved in signalling pathways; gene products specific to microorganisms, such as components of cell walls, replicases and other enzymes; industrially relevant targets, such as enzymes used in the food industry, reagents intended for research or production purposes, and the like.
  • a “desired activity”, as referred to herein, is the modulation of any activity of a target, or an activity of a molecule which is influenced by the target, which is modulatable directly or indirectly by a compound or compounds as assayed herein.
  • the activity of the target may be any measurable biological or chemical activity, including binding activity, an enzymatic activity, an activating or inhibitory activity on a third enzyme or other molecule, the ability to cause disease or influence metabolism or other functions, and the like.
  • Activation and inhibition denote the increase or decrease of a desired activity 1.5 fold, 2 fold, 3 fold, 4 fold, 5 fold, 10 fold, 100 fold or more. Where the modulation is inactivation, the inactivation can be substantially complete inactivation.
  • the desired activity may moreover be purely a binding activity, which may or may not involve the modulation of the activity of the target bound to.
  • a compound defined herein as “low molecular weight” or a “small molecule” is a molecule commonly referred to in the pharmaceutical arts as a “small molecule”. Such compounds are smaller than polypeptides and other, large molecular complexes and can be easily administered to and assimilated by patients and other subjects. Small molecule drugs can advantageously be formulated for oral administration or intramuscular injection.
  • a small molecule may have a molecular weight of up to 2000 Dalton; preferably up to 1000 Dalton; advantageously between 250 and 750 Dalton; and more preferably less than 500 Dalton.
  • a “selectable change” is any change which can be measured and acted upon to identify or isolate the compound which causes it. The selection may take place at the level of the microcapsule, the microbead, or the compound itself, optionally when complexed with another reagent.
  • a particularly advantageous embodiment is optical detection, in which the selectable change is a change in optical properties, which can be detected and acted upon for instance in a flow sorting device to separate microcapsules or microbeads displaying the desired change.
  • a change in optical properties refers to any change in absorption or emission of electromagnetic radiation, including changes in absorbance, luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence. All such properties are included in the term “optical”.
  • Microcapsules or microbeads can be identified and, optionally, sorted, for example, by luminescence, fluorescence or phosphorescence activated sorting. In a preferred embodiment, flow sorting is employed to identify and, optionally, sort microcapsules or microbeads.
  • a variety of optical properties can be used for analysis and to trigger sorting, including light scattering (Kerker, 1983) and fluorescence polarisation (Rolland et al., 1985).
  • the compounds in microcapsules or on beads can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging.
  • microfluidic control refers to the use of a microfluidic system comprising microfluidic channels as defined herein to direct or otherwise control the formation and/or movement of microcapsules (or “droplets”) in order to carry out the methods of the present invention.
  • microfluidic control of microcapsule formation refers to the creation of microcapsules using a microfluidic device to form “droplets” of fluid within a ssecond fluid, thus creating a microcapsule.
  • Microcapsules sorted under microfluidic control are sorted, as described herein, using a microfluidic device to perform one or more of the functions associated with the sorting procedure.
  • Microfluidic control of fluidic species therefore, refers to the handling of fluids in a microfluidic system as defined in order to carry out the methods of the present invention.
  • a “cell” is given its ordinary meaning as used in biology.
  • the cell may be any cell or cell type.
  • the cell may be a bacterium or other single-cell organism, a plant cell, or an animal cell. If the cell is a single-cell organism, then the cell may be, for example, a protozoan, a trypanosome, an amoeba, a yeast cell, algae, etc.
  • the cell may be, for example, an invertebrate cell (e.g., a cell from a fruit fly), a fish cell (e.g., a zebrafish cell), an amphibian cell (e.g., a frog cell), a reptile cell, a bird cell, or a mammalian cell such as a primate cell, a bovine cell, a horse cell, a porcine cell, a goat cell, a dog cell, a cat cell, or a cell from a rodent such as a rat or a mouse.
  • the cell is from a multicellular organism, the cell may be from any part of the organism.
  • the cell may be a cardiac cell, a fibroblast, a keratinocyte, a heptaocyte, a chondracyte, a neural cell, a osteocyte, a muscle cell, a blood cell, an endothelial cell, an immune cell (e.g., a T-cell, a B-cell, a macrophage, a neutrophil, a basophil, a mast cell, an eosinophil), a stem cell, etc.
  • the cell may be a genetically engineered cell.
  • the cell may be a Chinese hamster ovarian (“CHO”) cell or a 3T3 cell.
  • Microfluidic refers to a device, apparatus or system including at least one fluid channel having a cross-sectional dimension of less than 1 mm, and a ratio of length to largest cross-sectional dimension of at least 3:1.
  • a “microfluidic channel,” as used herein, is a channel meeting these criteria.
  • the “cross-sectional dimension” of the channel is measured perpendicular to the direction of fluid flow.
  • Most fluid channels in components of the invention have maximum cross-sectional dimensions less than 2 mm, and in some cases, less than 1 mm.
  • all fluid channels containing embodiments of the invention are microfluidic or have a largest cross sectional dimension of no more than 2 mm or 1 mm.
  • the fluid channels may be formed in part by a single component (e.g. an etched substrate or molded unit).
  • larger channels, tubes, chambers, reservoirs, etc. can be used to store fluids in bulk and to deliver fluids to components of the invention.
  • the maximum cross-sectional dimension of the channel(s) containing embodiments of the invention are less than 500 microns, less than 200 microns, less than 100 microns, less than 50 microns, or less than 25 microns.
  • a “channel,” as used herein, means a feature on or in an article (substrate) that at least partially directs the flow of a fluid.
  • the channel can have any cross-sectional shape (circular, oval, triangular, irregular, square or rectangular, or the like) and can be covered or uncovered. In embodiments where it is completely covered, at least one portion of the channel can have a cross-section that is completely enclosed, or the entire channel may be completely enclosed along its entire length with the exception of its inlet(s) and outlet(s).
  • a channel may also have an aspect ratio (length to average cross sectional dimension) of at least 2:1, more typically at least 3:1, 5:1, or 10:1 or more.
  • An open channel generally will include characteristics that facilitate control over fluid transport, e.g., structural characteristics (an elongated indentation) and/or physical or chemical characteristics (hydrophobicity vs. hydrophilicity) or other characteristics that can exert a force (e.g., a containing force) on a fluid.
  • the fluid within the channel may partially or completely fill the channel.
  • the fluid may be held within the channel, for example, using surface tension (i.e., a concave or convex meniscus).
  • the channel may be of any size, for example, having a largest dimension perpendicular to fluid flow of less than about 5 mm or 2 mm, or less than about 1 mm, or less than about 500 microns, less than about 200 microns, less than about 100 microns, less than about 60 microns, less than about 50 microns, less than about 40 microns, less than about 30 microns, less than about 25 microns, less than about 10 microns, less than about 3 microns, less than about 1 micron, less than about 300 nm, less than about 100 nm, less than about 30 nm, or less than about 10 nm.
  • the dimensions of the channel may be chosen such that fluid is able to freely flow through the article or substrate.
  • the dimensions of the channel may also be chosen, for example, to allow a certain volumetric or linear flowrate of fluid in the channel.
  • the number of channels and the shape of the channels can be varied by any method known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In some cases, more than one channel or capillary may be used. For example, two or more channels may be used, where they are positioned inside each other, positioned adjacent to each other, positioned to intersect with each other, etc.
  • integral means that portions of components are joined in such a way that they cannot be separated from each other without cutting or breaking the components from each other.
  • a “droplet,” as used herein is an isolated portion of a first fluid that is completely surrounded by a second fluid. It is to be noted that a droplet is not necessarily spherical, but may assume other shapes as well, for example, depending on the external environment. In one embodiment, the droplet has a minimum cross-sectional dimension that is substantially equal to the largest dimension of the channel perpendicular to fluid flow in which the droplet is located.
  • the “average diameter” of a population of droplets is the arithmetic average of the diameters of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter of a population of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering or other known techniques.
  • the diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface.
  • the average diameter of a droplet may be less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers.
  • the average diameter of the droplet may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • a “fluid” is given its ordinary meaning, i.e., a liquid or a gas.
  • a fluid is a liquid.
  • the fluid may have any suitable viscosity that permits flow. If two or more fluids are present, each fluid may be independently selected among essentially any fluids (liquids, gases, and the like) by those of ordinary skill in the art, by considering the relationship between the fluids.
  • the fluids may each be miscible or immiscible. For example, two fluids can be selected to be immiscible within the time frame of formation of a stream of fluids, or within the time frame of reaction or interaction. Where the portions remain liquid for a significant period of time then the fluids should be significantly immiscible.
  • the fluids need not be as immiscible.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art can select suitable miscible or immiscible fluids, using contact angle measurements or the like, to carry out the techniques of the invention.
  • a first entity is “surrounded” by a second entity if a closed loop can be drawn around the first entity through only the second entity.
  • a first entity is “completely surrounded” if closed loops going through only the second entity can be drawn around the first entity regardless of direction.
  • the first entity may be a cell, for example, a cell suspended in media is surrounded by the media.
  • the first entity is a particle.
  • the entities can both be fluids.
  • a hydrophilic liquid may be suspended in a hydrophobic liquid
  • a hydrophobic liquid may be suspended in a hydrophilic liquid
  • a gas bubble may be suspended in a liquid, etc.
  • hydrophobic liquid and a hydrophilic liquid are substantially immiscible with respect to each other, where the hydrophilic liquid has a greater affinity to water than does the hydrophobic liquid.
  • hydrophilic liquids include, but are not limited to, water and other aqueous solutions comprising water, such as cell or biological media, ethanol, salt solutions, etc.
  • hydrophobic liquids include, but are not limited to, oils such as hydrocarbons, silicon oils, fluorocarbon oils, organic solvents etc.
  • determining generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction.
  • Example techniques include, but are not limited to, spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman; gravimetric techniques; ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichroism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements.
  • spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform
  • microcapsules of the present invention require appropriate physical properties to allow the working of the invention.
  • the contents of each microcapsule must be isolated from the contents of the surrounding microcapsules, so that there is no or little exchange of compounds and target between the microcapsules over the timescale of the experiment.
  • the permeability of the microcapsules may be adjusted such that reagents may be allowed to diffuse into and/or out of the microcapsules if desired.
  • the method of the present invention requires that there are only a limited number of different compounds per microcapsule.
  • the method of the present invention requires that there are only a limited number of beads per microcapsule.
  • the formation and the composition of the microcapsules advantageously does not abolish the activity of the target.
  • any microencapsulation system used preferably fulfils these three requirements.
  • the appropriate system(s) may vary depending on the precise nature of the requirements in each application of the invention, as will be apparent to the skilled person.
  • microencapsulation procedures are available (see Benita, 1996) and may be used to create the microcapsules used in accordance with the present invention. Indeed, more than 200 microencapsulation methods have been identified in the literature (Finch, 1993).
  • Enzyme-catalysed biochemical reactions have also been demonstrated in microcapsules generated by a variety of other methods. Many enzymes are active in reverse micellar solutions (Bru & Walde, 1991; Bru & Walde, 1993; Creagh et al., 1993; Haber et al., 1993; Kumar et al., 1989; Luisi & B., 1987; Mao & Walde, 1991; Mao et al., 1992; Perez et al., 1992; Walde et al., 1994; Walde et al., 1993; Walde et al., 1988) such as the AOT-isooctane-water system (Menger & Yamada, 1979).
  • Microcapsules can also be generated by interfacial polymerisation and interfacial complexation (Whateley, 1996). Microcapsules of this sort can have rigid, nonpermeable membranes, or semipermeable membranes. Semipermeable microcapsules bordered by cellulose nitrate membranes, polyamide membranes and lipid-polyamide membranes can all support biochemical reactions, including multienzyme systems (Chang, 1987; Chang, 1992; Lim, 1984). Alginate/polylysine microcapsules (Lim & Sun, 1980), which can be formed under very mild conditions, have also proven to be very biocompatible, providing, for example, an effective method of encapsulating living cells and tissues (Chang, 1992; Sun et al., 1992).
  • Non-membranous microencapsulation systems based on phase partitioning of an aqueous environment in a colloidal system, such as an emulsion, may also be used.
  • the microcapsules of the present invention are formed from emulsions; heterogeneous systems of two immiscible liquid phases with one of the phases dispersed in the other as droplets of microscopic or colloidal size (Becher, 1957; Sherman, 1968; Lissant, 1974; Lissant, 1984).
  • Emulsions may be produced from any suitable combination of immiscible liquids.
  • the emulsion of the present invention has water (containing the biochemical components) as the phase present in the form of finely divided droplets (the disperse, internal or discontinuous phase) and a hydrophobic, immiscible liquid (an ‘oil’) as the matrix in which these droplets are suspended (the nondisperse, continuous or external phase).
  • water containing the biochemical components
  • an ‘oil’ hydrophobic, immiscible liquid
  • Such emulsions are termed ‘water-in-oil’ (W/O). This has the advantage that the entire aqueous phase containing the biochemical components is compartmentalised in discreet droplets (the internal phase).
  • the external phase being a hydrophobic oil, generally contains none of the biochemical components and hence is inert.
  • the emulsion may be stabilised by addition of one or more surface-active agents (surfactants). These surfactants are termed emulsifying agents and act at the water/oil interface to prevent (or at least delay) separation of the phases.
  • surfactants are termed emulsifying agents and act at the water/oil interface to prevent (or at least delay) separation of the phases.
  • Many oils and many emulsifiers can be used for the generation of water-in-oil emulsions; a recent compilation listed over 16,000 surfactants, many of which are used as emulsifying agents (Ash and Ash, 1993). Suitable oils include light white mineral oil and decane.
  • Suitable surfactants include: non-ionic surfactants (Schick, 1966) such as sorbitan monooleate (SpanTM80; ICI), sorbitan monostearate (SpanTM60; ICI), polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (TweenTM80; ICI), and octylphenoxyethoxyethanol (Triton X-100); ionic surfactants such as sodium cholate and sodium taurocholate and sodium deoxycholate; chemically inert silicone-based surfactants such as polysiloxane-polycetyl-polyethylene glycol copolymer (Cetyl Dimethicone Copolyol) (e.g. AbilTMEM90; Goldschmidt); and cholesterol.
  • non-ionic surfactants such as sorbitan monooleate (SpanTM80; ICI), sorbitan monostearate (SpanTM60; ICI), polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (TweenTM80; ICI
  • Emulsions with a fluorocarbon (or perfluorocarbon) continuous phase may be particularly advantageous.
  • stable water-in-perfluorooctyl bromide and water-in-perfluorooctylethane emulsions can be formed using F-alkyl dimorpholinophosphates as surfactants (Sadtler et al., 1996).
  • Non-fluorinated compounds are essentially insoluble in fluorocarbons and perfluorocarbons (Curran, 1998; Hildebrand and Cochran, 1949; Hudlicky, 1992; Scott, 1948; Studer et al., 1997) and small drug-like molecules (typically ⁇ 500 Da and Log P ⁇ 5) (Lipinski et al., 2001) are compartmentalised very effectively in the aqueous microcapsules of water-in-fluorocarbon and water-in-perfluorocarbon emulsions—with little or no exchange between microcapsules.
  • stirrers such as magnetic stir-bars, propeller and turbine stirrers, paddle devices and whisks
  • homogenisers including rotor-stator homogenisers, high-pressure valve homogenisers and jet homogenisers
  • colloid mills ultrasound and ‘membrane emulsification’ devices (Becher, 1957; Dickinson, 1994), and microfluidic devices (Umbanhowar et al., 2000).
  • Complicated biochemical processes are also active in aqueous microcapsules formed in water-in-oil emulsions.
  • microcapsule size will vary depending upon the precise requirements of any individual screening process that is to be performed according to the present invention. In all cases, there will be an optimal balance between the size of the compound library and the sensitivities of the assays to determine the identity of the compound and target activity.
  • the size of emulsion microcapsules may be varied simply by tailoring the emulsion conditions used to form the emulsion according to requirements of the screening system.
  • Water-in-oil emulsions can be re-emulsified to create water-in-oil-in water double emulsions with an external (continuous) aqueous phase. These double emulsions can be analysed and, optionally, sorted using a flow cytometer (Bemath et al., 2004).
  • Highly monodisperse microcapsules can be produced using microfluidic techniques. For example, water-in-oil emulsions with less than 3% polydispersity can be generated by droplet break off in a co-flowing steam of oil (Umbanhowar et al., 2000). Microfluidic systems can also be used for laminar-flow of aqueous microdroplets dispersed in a stream of oil in microfluidic channels (Thorsen et al., 2001). This allows the construction of microfluidic devices for flow analysis and, optionally, flow sorting of microdroplets (Fu et al., 2002).
  • highly monodisperse microcapsules can be formed using systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species.
  • One aspect of the invention relates to systems and methods for producing droplets of fluid surrounded by a liquid.
  • the fluid and the liquid may be essentially immiscible in many cases, i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest (e.g., the time it takes a fluidic droplet to be transported through a particular system or device).
  • the droplets may each be substantially the same shape or size, as further described below.
  • the fluid may also contain other species, for example, certain molecular species (e.g., as further discussed below), cells, particles, etc.
  • electric charge may be created on a fluid surrounded by a liquid, which may cause the fluid to separate into individual droplets within the liquid.
  • the fluid and the liquid may be present in a channel, e.g., a microfluidic channel, or other constricted space that facilitates application of an electric field to the fluid (which may be “AC” or alternating current, “DC” or direct current etc.), for example, by limiting movement of the fluid with respect to the liquid.
  • the fluid can be present as a series of individual charged and/or electrically inducible droplets within the liquid.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the liquid.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel (e.g., as further described herein), etc.
  • droplets 15 created by fluid source 10 can be electrically charged using an electric filed created by electric field generator 20 .
  • Electric charge may be created in the fluid within the liquid using any suitable technique, for example, by placing the fluid within an electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.), and/or causing a reaction to occur that causes the fluid to have an electric charge, for example, a chemical reaction, an ionic reaction, a photocatalyzed reaction, etc.
  • the fluid is an electrical conductor.
  • a “conductor” is a material having a conductivity of at least about the conductivity of 18 megohm (MOhm or M ⁇ ) water.
  • the liquid surrounding the fluid may have a conductivity less than that of the fluid.
  • the liquid may be an insulator, relative to the fluid, or at least a “leaky insulator,” i.e., the liquid is able to at least partially electrically insulate the fluid for at least a short period of time.
  • the fluid may be substantially hydrophilic, and the liquid surrounding the fluid may be substantially hydrophobic.
  • the charge created on the fluid may be at least about 10 ⁇ 22 C/micrometer 3 .
  • the charge may be at least about 10 ⁇ 21 C/micrometer 3
  • the charge may be at least about 10 ⁇ 20 C/micrometer3, at least about 10 ⁇ 19 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 18 C/ micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 17 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 16 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 15 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 14 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 13 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 12 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 11 C/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 10 C/micrometer 3 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 9 C/micrometer 3 or more.
  • the charge created on the fluid may be at least about 10 ⁇ 21 C/micrometer 2 , and in some cases, the charge may be at least about 10 ⁇ 20 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 31 19 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 18 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 17 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 16 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 15 C/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 14 C/micrometer 2 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 13 C/micrometer 2 or more.
  • the charge may be at least about 10 ⁇ 14 C/droplet, and, in some cases, at least about 10 ⁇ 13 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10 ⁇ 12 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10 ⁇ 11 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10 ⁇ 10 C/droplet, or in still other cases at least about 10 ⁇ 9 C/droplet.
  • the electric field is generated from an electric field generator, i.e., a device or system able to create an electric field that can be applied to the fluid.
  • the electric field generator may produce an AC field (i.e., one that varies periodically with respect to time, for example, sinusoidally, sawtooth, square, etc.), a DC field (i.e., one that is constant with respect to time), a pulsed field, etc.
  • the electric field generator may be constructed and arranged to create an electric field within a fluid contained within a channel or a microfluidic channel.
  • the electric field generator may be integral to or separate from the fluidic system containing the channel or microfluidic channel, according to some embodiments.
  • integrated means that portions of the components integral to each other are joined in such a way that the components cannot be manually separated from each other without cutting or breaking at least one of the components.
  • an electric field is produced by applying voltage across a pair of electrodes, which may be positioned on or embedded within the fluidic system (for example, within a substrate defining the channel or microfluidic channel), and/or positioned proximate the fluid such that at least a portion of the electric field interacts with the fluid.
  • the electrodes can be fashioned from any suitable electrode material or materials known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, silver, gold, copper, carbon, platinum, copper, tungsten, tin, cadmium, nickel, indium tin oxide (“ITO”), etc., as well as combinations thereof.
  • the electric field generator can be constructed and arranged (e.g., positioned) to create an electric field applicable to the fluid of at least about 0.01 V/micrometer, and, in some cases, at least about 0.03 V/micrometer, at least about 0.05 V/micrometer, at least about 0.08 V/micrometer, at least about 0.1 V/micrometer, at least about 0.3 V/micrometer, at least about 0.5 V/micrometer, at least about 0.7 V/micrometer, at least about 1 V/micrometer, at least about 1.2 V/micrometer, at least about 1.4 V/micrometer, at least about 1.6 V/micrometer, or at least about 2 V/micrometer.
  • even higher electric field intensities may be used, for example, at least about 2 V/micrometer, at least about 3 V/micrometer, at least about 5 V/micrometer, at least about 7 V/micrometer, or at least about 10 V/micrometer or more.
  • an electric field may be applied to fluidic droplets to cause the droplets to experience an electric force.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be, in some cases, at least about 10 ⁇ 16 N/micrometer 3 .
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be greater, e.g., at least about 10 ⁇ 15 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 14 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 13 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 12 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 11 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 10 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N/micrometer 3 , at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N/micrometer 3 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N/micrometer 3 or more.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets, relative to the surface area of the fluid may be at least about 10 ⁇ 15 N/micrometer 2 , and in some cases, at least about 10 ⁇ 14 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 13 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 12 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 11 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 10 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N/micrometer 2 , at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N/micrometer 2 , or at least about 10 ⁇ 6 N/micrometer 2 or more.
  • the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be at least about 10 ⁇ 9 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 8 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 7 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 6 N, at least about 10 ⁇ 5 N, or at least about 10 ⁇ 4 N or more in some cases.
  • systems and methods are provided for at least partially neutralizing an electric charge present on a fluidic droplet, for example, a fluidic droplet having an electric charge, as described above.
  • the fluidic droplet may be passed through an electric field and/or brought near an electrode, e.g., using techniques such as those described herein.
  • the fluidic droplet may become electrically neutralized, and/or have a reduced electric charge.
  • droplets of fluid can be created from a fluid surrounded by a liquid within a channel by altering the channel dimensions in a manner that is able to induce the fluid to form individual droplets.
  • the channel may, for example, be a channel that expands relative to the direction of flow, e.g., such that the fluid does not adhere to the channel walls and forms individual droplets instead, or a channel that narrows relative to the direction of flow, e.g., such that the fluid is forced to coalesce into individual droplets.
  • FIG. 7A where channel 510 includes a flowing fluid 500 (flowing downwards), surrounded by liquid 505 .
  • Channel 510 narrows at location 501 , causing fluid 500 to form a series of individual fluidic droplets 515 .
  • internal obstructions may also be used to cause droplet formation to occur.
  • baffles, ridges, posts, or the like may be used to disrupt liquid flow in a manner that causes the fluid to coalesce into fluidic droplets.
  • the channel dimensions may be altered with respect to time (for example, mechanically or electromechanically, pneumatically, etc.) in such a manner as to cause the formation of individual fluidic droplets to occur.
  • the channel may be mechanically contracted (“squeezed”) to cause droplet formation, or a fluid stream may be mechanically disrupted to cause droplet formation, for example, through the use of moving baffles, rotating blades, or the like.
  • fluid 500 flows through channel 510 in a downward direction. Fluid 500 is surrounded by liquid 505 . Piezoelectric devices 520 positioned near or integral to channel 510 may then mechanically constrict or “squeeze” channel 510 , causing fluid 500 to break up into individual fluidic droplets 515 .
  • individual fluidic droplets can be created and maintained in a system comprising three essentially mutually immiscible fluids (i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest), where one fluid is a liquid carrier, and the second fluid and the third fluid alternate as individual fluidic droplets within the liquid carrier.
  • surfactants are not necessarily required to ensure separation of the fluidic droplets of the second and third fluids.
  • a first fluid 701 and a second fluid 702 are each carried within liquid carrier 705 .
  • First fluid 701 and second fluid 702 alternate as a series of alternating, individual droplets, each carried by liquid carrier 705 within channel 700 .
  • any two of the fluids can come into contact without causing droplet coalescence to occur.
  • a photomicrograph of an example of such a system is shown in FIG. 14B , illustrating first fluid 701 and second fluid 702 , present as individual, alternating droplets, each contained within liquid carrier 705 .
  • a system involving three essentially mutually immiscible fluids is a silicone oil, a mineral oil, and an aqueous solution (i.e., water, or water containing one or more other species that are dissolved and/or suspended therein, for example, a salt solution, a saline solution, a suspension of water containing particles or cells, or the like).
  • a silicone oil, a fluorocarbon oil, and an aqueous solution is a hydrocarbon oil (e.g., hexadecane), a fluorocarbon oil, and an aqueous solution.
  • any of these fluids may be used as the liquid carrier.
  • suitable fluorocarbon oils include octadecafluorodecahydronaphthalene: or 1-(1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-undecafluorocyclohexyl)ethanol:
  • fluidic network 710 includes a channel containing liquid carrier 705 , and first fluid 701 and second fluid 702 .
  • Liquid carrier 705 is introduced into fluidic network 710 through inlet 725
  • first fluid 701 is introduced through inlet 721
  • second fluid 702 is introduced through inlet 722 .
  • Channel 716 within fluidic network 710 contains liquid carrier 715 introduced from inlet 725 .
  • first fluid 701 is introduced into liquid carrier 705 , forming fluidic droplets therein.
  • second fluid 702 is introduced into liquid 705 , forming fluidic droplets therein that are interspersed with the fluidic droplets containing first fluid 701 .
  • liquid carrier 705 contains a first set of fluidic droplets containing first fluid 701 , interspersed with a second set of fluidic droplets containing second fluid 702 .
  • channel 706 optionally comprises a series of bends, which may allow mixing to occur within each of the fluidic droplets, as further discussed below.
  • first fluid 701 and second fluid 702 are essentially immiscible, significant fusion and/or mixing of the droplets containing first fluid 701 with the droplets containing second fluid 702 is not generally expected.
  • the fluidic droplets may each be substantially the same shape and/or size.
  • the shape and/or size can be determined, for example, by measuring the average diameter or other characteristic dimension of the droplets.
  • the term “determining,” as used herein, generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, and/or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction.
  • spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman
  • gravimetric techniques such as ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichroism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements.
  • the “average diameter” of a plurality or series of droplets is the arithmetic average of the average diameters of each of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter (or other characteristic dimension) of a plurality or series of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering, microscopic examination, or other known techniques.
  • the diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface.
  • the average diameter of a droplet may be, for example, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers in some cases.
  • the average diameter may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • the invention provides for the production of droplets consisting essentially of a substantially uniform number of entities of a species therein (i.e., molecules, compounds, cells, particles, etc.). For example, about 90%, about 93%, about 95%, about 97%, about 98%, or about 99%, or more of a plurality or series of droplets may each contain the same number of entities of a particular species.
  • a substantial number of fluidic droplets produced may each contain 1 entity, 2 entities, 3 entities, 4 entities, 5 entities, 7 entities, 10 entities, 15 entities, 20 entities, 25 entities, 30 entities, 40 entities, 50 entities, 60 entities, 70 entities 80 entities, 90 entities, 100 entities, etc., where the entities are molecules or macromolecules, cells, particles, etc.
  • the droplets may each independently contain a range of entities, for example, less than 20 entities, less than 15 entities, less than 10 entities, less than 7 entities, less than 5 entities, or less than 3 entities in some cases.
  • the droplets of fluid in a liquid containing droplets of fluid, some of which contain a species of interest and some of which do not contain the species of interest, the droplets of fluid may be screened or sorted for those droplets of fluid containing the species as further described below (e.g., using fluorescence or other techniques such as those described above), and in some cases, the droplets may be screened or sorted for those droplets of fluid containing a particular number or range of entities of the species of interest, e.g., as previously described.
  • a plurality or series of fluidic droplets may be enriched (or depleted) in the ratio of droplets that do contain the species, for example, by a factor of at least about 2, at least about 3, at least about 5, at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 50, at least about 100, at least about 125, at least about 150, at least about 200, at least about 250, at least about 500, at least about 750, at least about 1000, at least about 2000, or at least about 5000 or more in some cases.
  • the enrichment may be in a ratio of at least about 10 4 , at least about 10 5 , at least about 10 6 , at least about 10 7 , at least about 10 8 , at least about 10 9 , at least about 10 10 , at least about 10 11 , at least about 10 12 , at least about 10 13 , at least about 10 14 , at least about 10 15 , or more.
  • a fluidic droplet containing a particular species may be selected from a library of fluidic droplets containing various species, where the library may have about 10 5 , about 10 6 , about 10 7 , about 10 8 , about 10 9 , about 10 10 , about 10 11 , about 10 12 , about 10 13 , about 10 14 , about 10 15 , or more items, for example, a DNA library, an RNA library, a protein library, a combinatorial chemistry library, etc.
  • the droplets carrying the species may then be fused, reacted, or otherwise used or processed, etc., as further described below, for example, to initiate or determine a reaction.
  • Microcapsules can, advantageously, be fused or split.
  • aqueous microdroplets can be merged and split using microfluidics systems (Link et al., 2004; Song et al., 2003).
  • Microcapsule fusion allows the mixing of reagents. Fusion, for example, of a microcapsule containing the target with a microcapsule containing the compound could initiate the reaction between target and compound.
  • Microcapsule splitting allows single microcapsules to be split into two or more smaller microcapsules.
  • a single microcapsule containing a compound can be split into multiple microcapsules which can then each be fused with a different microcapsule containing a different target.
  • a single microcapsule containing a target can also be split into multiple microcapsules which can then each be fused with a different microcapsule containing a different compound, or compounds at different concentrations.
  • the invention relates to microfluidic systems and methods for splitting a fluidic droplet into two or more droplets.
  • the fluidic droplet may be surrounded by a liquid, e.g., as previously described, and the fluid and the liquid are essentially immiscible in some cases.
  • the two or more droplets created by splitting the original fluidic droplet may each be substantially the same shape and/or size, or the two or more droplets may have different shapes and/or sizes, depending on the conditions used to split the original fluidic droplet.
  • the conditions used to split the original fluidic droplet can be controlled in some fashion, for example, manually or automatically (e.g., with a processor, as discussed below).
  • each droplet in a plurality or series of fluidic droplets may be independently controlled. For example, some droplets may be split into equal parts or unequal parts, while other droplets are not split.
  • a fluidic droplet can be split using an applied electric field.
  • the electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc.
  • the fluidic droplet in this embodiment, may have a greater electrical conductivity than the surrounding liquid, and, in some cases, the fluidic droplet may be neutrally charged.
  • the droplets produced from the original fluidic droplet are of approximately equal shape and/or size.
  • electric charge in an applied electric field, electric charge may be urged to migrate from the interior of the fluidic droplet to the surface to be distributed thereon, which may thereby cancel the electric field experienced in the interior of the droplet.
  • the electric charge on the surface of the fluidic droplet may also experience a force due to the applied electric field, which causes charges having opposite polarities to migrate in opposite directions.
  • the charge migration may, in some cases, cause the drop to be pulled apart into two separate fluidic droplets.
  • the electric field applied to the fluidic droplets may be created, for example, using the techniques described above, such as with a reaction an electric field generator, etc.
  • fluidic droplets 215 contained in channel 230 are carried by a surrounding liquid, which flows towards intersection 240 , leading to channels 250 and 255 .
  • the surrounding liquid flows through channels 250 and 255 at equal flowrates.
  • fluidic droplets 215 do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 250 and 255 with equal probability due to the surrounding liquid flow.
  • FIG. 1B while the surrounding liquid flows in the same fashion as FIG.
  • fluidic droplets 215 are split into two droplets at intersection 240 , forming new droplets 216 and 217 .
  • Droplet 216 moves to the left in channel 250
  • droplet 217 moves to the right in channel 255 .
  • FIG. 5 A schematic of this process can be seen in FIG. 5 , where a neutral fluidic droplet 530 , surrounded by a liquid 535 in channel 540 , is subjected to applied electric field 525 , created by electrodes 526 and 527 . Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542 , while electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544 . Under the influence of electric field 525 , charge separation is induced within fluidic droplet 530 , i.e., such that a positive charge is induced at one end of the droplet, while a negative charge is induced at the other end of the droplet.
  • the droplet may then split into a negatively charged droplet 545 and a positively charged droplet 546 , which then may travel in channels 542 and 544 , respectively.
  • a negatively charged droplet 545 and a positively charged droplet 546 may travel in channels 542 and 544 , respectively.
  • one or both of the electric charges on the resulting charged droplets may also be neutralized, as previously described.
  • the invention in yet another aspect, relates to systems and methods for fusing or coalescing two or more fluidic droplets into one droplet.
  • systems and methods are provided that are able to cause two or more droplets (e.g., arising from discontinuous streams of fluid) to fuse or coalesce into one droplet in cases where the two or more droplets ordinarily are unable to fuse or coalesce, for example, due to composition, surface tension, droplet size, the presence or absence of surfactants, etc.
  • the surface tension of the droplets, relative to the size of the droplets may also prevent fusion or coalescence of the droplets from occurring in some cases.
  • two fluidic droplets may be given opposite electric charges (i.e., positive and negative charges, not necessarily of the same magnitude), which may increase the electrical interaction of the two droplets such that fusion or coalescence of the droplets can occur due to their opposite electric charges, e.g., using the techniques described herein.
  • an electric field may be applied to the droplets, the droplets may be passed through a capacitor, a chemical reaction may cause the droplets to become charged, etc.
  • a chemical reaction may cause the droplets to become charged, etc.
  • uncharged droplets 651 and 652 carried by a liquid 654 contained within a microfluidic channel 653 , are brought into contact with each other, but the droplets are not able to fuse or coalesce, for instance, due to their size and/or surface tension.
  • the droplets in some cases, may not be able to fuse even if a surfactant is applied to lower the surface tension of the droplets.
  • the fluidic droplets are electrically charged with opposite charges (which can be, but are not necessarily of, the same magnitude), the droplets may be able to fuse or coalesce.
  • positively charged droplets 655 and negatively charged droplets 656 are directed generally towards each other such that the electrical interaction of the oppositely charged droplets causes the droplets to fuse into fused droplets 657 .
  • the fluidic droplets may not necessarily be given opposite electric charges (and, in some cases, may not be given any electric charge), and are fused through the use of dipoles induced in the fluidic droplets that causes the fluidic droplets to coalesce.
  • droplets 660 and 661 which may each independently be electrically charged or neutral
  • Electric field 675 may be an AC field, a DC field, etc., and may be created, for instance, using electrodes 676 and 677 , as shown here.
  • droplets 651 and 652 may cause the fluidic droplets to become electrically attracted towards each other due to their local opposite charges, thus causing droplets 660 and 661 to fuse to produce droplet 663 .
  • droplets 651 and 652 flow together to fuse to form droplet 653 , which flows in a third channel.
  • the two or more droplets allowed to coalesce are not necessarily required to meet “head-on.” Any angle of contact, so long as at least some fusion of the droplets initially occurs, is sufficient.
  • droplets 73 and 74 each are traveling in substantially the same direction (e.g., at different velocities), and are able to meet and fuse.
  • droplets 73 and 74 meet at an angle and fuse.
  • three fluidic droplets 73 , 74 and 68 meet and fuse to produce droplet 79 .
  • Creating and manipulating microcapsules in microfluidic systems means that:
  • the invention provides systems and methods for screening or sorting fluidic droplets in a liquid, and in some cases, at relatively high rates. For example, a characteristic of a droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion (e.g., as further described below), then the droplet may be directed towards a particular region of the device, for example, for sorting or screening purposes.
  • a characteristic of a fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion, for example, as described herein (e.g., fluorescence of the fluidic droplet may be determined), and, in response, an electric field may be applied or removed from the fluidic droplet to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region (e.g. a channel).
  • a particular region e.g. a channel
  • high sorting speeds may be achievable using certain systems and methods of the invention.
  • At least about 10 droplets per second may be determined and/or sorted in some cases, and in other cases, at least about 20 droplets per second, at least about 30 droplets per second, at least about 100 droplets per second, at least about 200 droplets per second, at least about 300 droplets per second, at least about 500 droplets per second, at least about 750 droplets per second, at least about 1000 droplets per second, at least about 1500 droplets per second, at least about 2000 droplets per second, at least about 3000 droplets per second, at least about 5000 droplets per second, at least about 7500 droplets per second, at least about 10,000 droplets per second, at least about 15,000 droplets per second, at least about 20,000 droplets per second, at least about 30,000 droplets per second, at least about 50,000 droplets per second, at least about 75,000 droplets per second, at least about 100,000 droplets per second, at least about 150,000 droplets per second, at least about 200,000 droplets per second, at least about 300,000 droplets per second, at least about 500,000 droplets
  • a fluidic droplet may be directed by creating an electric charge (e.g., as previously described) on the droplet, and steering the droplet using an applied electric field, which may be an AC field, a DC field, etc.
  • an electric field may be selectively applied and removed (or a different electric field may be applied, e.g., a reversed electric field as shown in FIG. 4A ) as needed to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region.
  • the electric field may be selectively applied and removed as needed, in some embodiments, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet.
  • a liquid may flow on a substantially steady-state basis (i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%) or other predetermined basis through a fluidic system of the invention (e.g., through a channel or a microchannel), and fluidic droplets contained within the liquid may be directed to various regions, e.g., using an electric field, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid through the fluidic system.
  • a substantially steady-state basis i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%
  • a fluidic system of the invention e.g.
  • a liquid containing fluidic droplets 15 flows from fluid source 10 , through channel 30 to intersection 40 , and exits through channels 50 and 55 .
  • fluidic droplets 15 are directed through both channels 50 and 55
  • fluidic droplets 15 are directed to only channel 55
  • fluidic droplets 15 are directed to only channel 50 .
  • a fluidic droplet may be sorted or steered by inducing a dipole in the fluidic droplet (which may be initially charged or uncharged), and sorting or steering the droplet using an applied electric field.
  • the electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc.
  • a channel 540 containing fluidic droplet 530 and liquid 535 , divides into channel 542 and 544 .
  • Fluidic droplet 530 may have an electric charge, or it may be uncharged.
  • Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542
  • electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544 .
  • Electrode 528 is positioned near the junction of channels 540 , 542 , and 544 .
  • a dipole is induced in the fluidic droplet using electrodes 526 , 527 , and/or 528 .
  • a dipole is induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 527 and 528 . Due to the strength of the electric field, the droplet is strongly attracted to the right, into channel 544 .
  • a dipole is induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 528 , causing the droplet to be attracted into channel 542 .
  • droplet 530 can be directed to either channel 542 or 544 as desired.
  • the fluidic droplets may be screened or sorted within a fluidic system of the invention by altering the flow of the liquid containing the droplets.
  • a fluidic droplet may be steered or sorted by directing the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet into a first channel, a second channel, etc.
  • fluidic droplet 570 is surrounded by a liquid 575 in channel 580 .
  • Channel 580 divides into three channels 581 , 582 , and 583 .
  • the flow of liquid 575 can be directed into any of channels 581 , 582 , and 583 as desired, for example, using flow-controlling devices known to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, valves, pumps, pistons, etc.
  • fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 581 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 581 (indicated by arrows 574 );
  • fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 582 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 582 (indicated by arrows 574 );
  • fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 583 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 583 (indicated by arrows 574 ).
  • control of the flow of liquids in microfluidic systems is not used to direct the flow of fluidic droplets therein, but that an alternative method is used.
  • the microcapsules are not sorted by altering the direction of the flow of a carrier fluid in a microfluidic system.
  • pressure within a fluidic system can be controlled to direct the flow of fluidic droplets.
  • a droplet can be directed toward a channel junction including multiple options for further direction of flow (e.g., directed toward a branch, or fork, in a channel defining optional downstream flow channels).
  • Pressure within one or more of the optional downstream flow channels can be controlled to direct the droplet selectively into one of the channels, and changes in pressure can be effected on the order of the time required for successive droplets to reach the junction, such that the downstream flow path of each successive droplet can be independently controlled.
  • the expansion and/or contraction of liquid reservoirs may be used to steer or sort a fluidic droplet into a channel, e.g., by causing directed movement of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet.
  • the liquid reservoirs may be positioned such that, when activated, the movement of liquid caused by the activated reservoirs causes the liquid to flow in a preferred direction, carrying the fluidic droplet in that preferred direction.
  • the expansion of a liquid reservoir may cause a flow of liquid towards the reservoir, while the contraction of a liquid reservoir may cause a flow of liquid away from the reservoir.
  • the expansion and/or contraction of the liquid reservoir may be combined with other flow-controlling devices and methods, e.g., as described herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of devices able to cause the expansion and/or contraction of a liquid reservoir include pistons and piezoelectric components.
  • piezoelectric components may be particularly useful due to their relatively rapid response times, e.g., in response to an electrical signal.
  • fluidic droplet 600 is surrounded by a liquid 605 in channel 610 .
  • Channel 610 divides into channels 611 , 612 .
  • liquid reservoirs 617 and 618 Positioned in fluidic communication with channels 611 and 612 are liquid reservoirs 617 and 618 , which may be expanded and/or contracted, for instance, by piezoelectric components 615 and 616 , by a piston (not shown), etc.
  • FIG. 1B liquid reservoir 617 has been expanded, while liquid reservoir 618 has been contracted. The effect of the expansion/contractions of the reservoirs is to cause a net flow of liquid towards channel 611 , as indicated by arrows 603 .
  • fluidic droplet 600 upon reaching the junction between the channels, is directed to channel 611 by the movement of liquid 605 .
  • FIG. 11C The reverse situation is shown in FIG. 11C , where liquid reservoir 617 has contracted while liquid reservoir 618 has been expanded. A net flow of liquid occurs towards channel 612 (indicated by arrows 603 ), causing fluidic droplet 600 to move into channel 612 . It should be noted, however, that reservoirs 617 and 618 do not both need to be activated to direct fluidic droplet 600 into channels 611 or 612 .
  • fluidic droplet 600 may be directed to channel 611 by the expansion of liquid reservoir 617 (without any alteration of reservoir 618 ), while in another embodiment, fluidic droplet 600 may be directed to channel 611 by the contraction of liquid reservoir 618 (without any alteration of reservoir 617 ). In some cases, more than two liquid reservoirs may be used.
  • the fluidic droplets may be sorted into more than two channels.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B Non-limiting examples of embodiments of the invention having multiple regions within a fluidic system for the delivery of droplets are shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B . Other arrangements are shown in FIGS. 10A-10D .
  • charged droplets 315 in channel 330 may be directed as desired to any one of exit channels 350 , 352 , 354 , or 356 , by applying electric fields to control the movement of the droplets at intersections 340 , 341 , and 342 , using electrodes 321 / 322 , 323 / 324 , and 325 / 326 , respectively.
  • FIG. 6A charged droplets 315 in channel 330 may be directed as desired to any one of exit channels 350 , 352 , 354 , or 356 , by applying electric fields to control the movement of the droplets at intersections 340 , 341 , and 342 , using electrodes 321 / 322 ,
  • droplets 315 are directed to channel 354 using applied electric fields 300 and 301 , using principles similar to those discussed above.
  • charged droplets 415 in channel 430 can be directed to any one of exit channels 450 , 452 , 454 , 456 , or 458 , by applying electric fields to control the movement of the droplets at intersections 440 , 441 , 442 , and 443 , using electrodes 421 / 422 , 423 / 424 , 425 / 426 , and 427 / 428 , respectively.
  • droplets 415 are directed to channel 454 ; of course, the charged droplets may be directed to any other exit channel as desired.
  • fluidic droplets 15 created by fluid source 10 are positively charged due to an applied electric field created using electric field generator 20 , which comprises two electrodes 22 , 24 .
  • Fluidic droplets 15 are directed through channel 30 by a liquid containing the droplets, and are directed towards intersection 40 .
  • the fluidic droplets do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 50 and 55 with equal probability (in this embodiment, liquid drains through both exit channels 50 and 55 at substantially equal rates).
  • fluidic droplets 115 created by fluid source 110 are negatively charged due to an applied electric field created using electric field generator 120 , which comprises electrodes 122 and 124 .
  • intersection 140 After traveling through channel 130 towards intersection 140 , the fluidic droplets do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 150 and 155 with equal probability, as the liquid exits through exit channels 150 and 155 at substantially equal rates.
  • a representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 2B .
  • an electric field 100 of 1.4 V/micrometer has been applied to apparatus 5 of FIG. 2A , in a direction towards the right of apparatus 5 .
  • Positively-charged fluidic droplets 15 in channel 30 upon reaching intersection 40 , are directed to the right in channel 55 due to the applied electric field 100 , while the liquid containing the droplets continues to exit through exit channels 50 and 55 at substantially equal rates.
  • negatively-charged fluidic droplets 115 in channel 130 upon reaching intersection 140 , are directed to the left in channel 150 due to the applied electric field 100 , while the liquid fluid continues to exit the device through exit channels 150 and 155 at substantially equal rates.
  • electric field 100 can be used to direct fluidic droplets into particular channels as desired.
  • a representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 3B .
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of apparatus 5 of FIG. 2A , also with an applied electric field 100 of 1.4 V/micrometer, but in the opposite direction (i.e., ⁇ 1.4 V/micrometer).
  • positively-charged fluidic droplets 15 in channel 30 upon reaching intersection 40 , are directed to the left into channel 50 due to the applied electric field 100
  • negatively-charged fluidic droplets 115 in channel 130 upon reaching intersection 140 , are directed to the right into channel 155 due to applied electric field 100 .
  • the liquid containing the droplets exits through exit channels 50 and 55 , and 150 and 155 , at substantially equal rates.
  • a representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 4B .
  • a fluidic droplet may be sorted and/or split into two or more separate droplets, for example, depending on the particular application. Any of the above-described techniques may be used to spilt and/or sort droplets. As a non-limiting example, by applying (or removing) a first electric field to a device (or a portion thereof), a fluidic droplet may be directed to a first region or channel; by applying (or removing) a second electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a second region or channel; by applying a third electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a third region or channel; etc., where the electric fields may differ in some way, for example, in intensity, direction, frequency, duration, etc. In a series of droplets, each droplet may be independently sorted and/or split; for example, some droplets may be directed to one location or another, while other droplets may be split into multiple droplets directed to two or
  • fluidic droplet 550 , surrounding liquid 555 in channel 560 may be directed to channel 556 , channel 557 , or be split in some fashion between channels 562 and 564 .
  • fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the left into channel 562 ; in FIG. 8C , by directing surrounding liquid 555 towards channel 564 , fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the right into channel 564 , In FIG. 8B , by directing surrounding liquid 555 towards channel 562 , fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the left into channel 562 ; in FIG. 8C , by directing surrounding liquid 555 towards channel 564 , fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the right into channel 564 , In FIG.
  • an electric field may be applied, in combination with control of the flow of liquid 555 surrounding fluidic droplet 550 , that causes the droplet to impact junction 561 , which may cause the droplet to split into two separate fluidic droplets 565 , 566 .
  • Fluidic droplet 565 is directed to channel 562
  • fluidic droplet 566 is directed to channel 566 .
  • a high degree of control of the applied electric field may be achieved to control droplet formation; thus, for example, after fluidic droplet 565 has been split into droplets 565 and 566 , droplets 565 and 566 may be of substantially equal size, or either of droplets 565 and 566 may be larger, e.g., as is shown in FIGS. 8E and 8F , respectively.
  • channel 540 carrying fluidic droplet 530 and liquid 535 , divides into channel 542 and 544 .
  • Fluidic droplet 530 may be electrically charged, or it may uncharged.
  • Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542
  • electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544 .
  • Electrode 528 is positioned near the junction of channels 540 , 542 , and 544 .
  • fluidic droplet 530 When fluidic droplet 530 reaches the junction, it may be subjected to an electric field, and/or directed to a channel or other region, for example, by directing the surrounding liquid into the channel. As shown in FIG.
  • fluidic droplet 530 may be split into two separate droplets 565 and 566 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 527 .
  • a dipole can be induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 527 and 528 . Due to the strength of the applied electric field, the droplet may be strongly attracted to the right, into channel 544 .
  • a dipole may be induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 528 , causing the droplet to be attracted into channel 542 .
  • one or more fluidic droplets within channel 540 may be sorted and/or split into two droplets, and each droplet may independently be sorted and/or split.
  • highly monodisperse microcapsules containing a target enzyme can be fused with highly monodisperse microcapsules each of which contain a different compound from a compound library.
  • the fused microcapsules flow along a microfluidic channel, allowing time for the compounds to bind to the target enzyme.
  • Each microcapsule is then fused with another microdroplet containing, for example, a fluorogenic enzyme substrate.
  • the rate of the enzymatic reaction is determined by measuring the fluorescence of each microdroplet, ideally at multiple points (corresponding to different times).
  • Microcapsules can be optically tagged by, for example, incorporating fluorochromes.
  • the microcapsules are optically tagged by incorporating quantum dots: quantum dots of 6 colours at 10 concentrations would allow the encoding of 10 6 microcapsules (Han et al., 2001).
  • Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • Microbeads also known by those skilled in the art as microspheres, latex particles, beads, or minibeads, are available in diameters from 20 nm to 1 mm and can be made from a variety of materials including silica and a variety of polymers, copolymers and terpolymers including polystyrene (PS), polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), polyvinyltoluene (PVT), styrenelbutadiene (S/B) copolymer, and styrene/vinyltoluene (S/VT) copolymer (www.bangslabs.com). They are available with a variety of surface chemistries from hydrophobic surfaces (e.g.
  • Microbeads can be optically tagged by, for example, incorporating fluorochromes. For example, one hundred different bead sets have been created, each with a unique spectral address due to labelling with precise ratios of red (>650 nm) and orange (585 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997) (www.luminex.com) and sets of up to 10 6 beads can be encoded by incorporating quantum dots of 10 intensities and 6 colours (Han et al., 2001).
  • the compounds can be connected to the microbeads either covalently or non-covalently by a variety of means that will be familiar to those skilled in the art (see, for example, (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • the compounds are attached via a cleavable linker.
  • a variety of such linkers are familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)), including for example, linkers which can be cleaved photochemically and reversible covalent bonds which can be controlled by changing the pH (e.g. imines and acylhydrazones), by adjusting the oxido-reductive properties (e.g. disulphides), or using an external catalyst (e.g. cross-metathesis and transamidation).
  • the method of the present invention permits the identification of compounds which modulate the activity of the target in a desired way in pools (libraries or repertoires) of compounds.
  • the method of the present invention is useful for screening repertoires or libraries of compounds.
  • the invention accordingly provides a method according to preceding aspects of the invention, wherein the compounds are identified from a library of compounds.
  • the compounds identified according to the invention are advantageously of pharmacological or industrial interest, including activators or inhibitors of biological systems, such as cellular signal transduction mechanisms suitable for diagnostic and therapeutic applications.
  • the compounds identified according to the invention may be non-biological in nature.
  • the invention permits the identification of clinically or industrially useful products.
  • a product when isolated by the method of the invention.
  • encapsulation conditions are desirable. Depending on the complexity and size of the compound library to be screened, it may be beneficial to set up the encapsulation procedure such that one compound (or one or less than one microbead) is encapsulated per microcapsule. This will provide the greatest power of resolution. Where the library is larger and/or more complex, however, this may be impracticable; it may be preferable to encapsulate several compounds (or several microbeads) together and rely on repeated application of the method of the invention to identify the desired compound. A combination of encapsulation procedures may be used to identify the desired compound.
  • a repertoire size of at least 10 11 can be screened using 1 ml aqueous phase in a 20 ml emulsion.
  • the microcapsules according to the invention will comprise further components required for the screening process to take place. They will comprise the target and a suitable buffer.
  • a suitable buffer will be one in which all of the desired components of the biological system are active and will therefore depend upon the requirements of each specific reaction system. Buffers suitable for biological and/or chemical reactions are known in the art and recipes provided in various laboratory texts, such as (Sambrook and Russell, 2001).
  • Other components of the system will comprise those necessary for assaying the activity of the target. These may for example comprise substrate(s) and cofactor(s) for a reaction catalysed by the target, and ligand(s) bound by the target. They may also comprise other catalysts (including enzymes), substrates and cofactors for reactions coupled to the activity of the target which allow for the activity of the target to be detected.
  • substrate(s) and cofactor(s) for a reaction catalysed by the target and ligand(s) bound by the target.
  • ligand(s) bound by the target may also comprise other catalysts (including enzymes), substrates and cofactors for reactions coupled to the activity of the target which allow for the activity of the target to be detected.
  • the target is compartmentalised in microcapsules together with one or more compounds or compound-coated microbeads.
  • each microcapsule contains only a single sort of compound, but many copies thereof.
  • each microbead is coated with only a single sort of compound, but many copies thereof.
  • the compounds are connected to the microbeads via a cleavable linker, allowing them to be released from the microbeads in the compartments.
  • each microcapsule or microbead is optically tagged to allow identification of the compounds contained within the microcapsule of attached to the microbead.
  • Compounds can be screened directly for binding to a target.
  • the compound is attached to a microbead and has affinity for the target it will be bound by the target.
  • all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment.
  • Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the target.
  • the target can be attached to microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • the compounds to be screened contain a common feature—a tag.
  • the compounds are released from the microbeads and if the compound has affinity for the target, it will bind to it. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the “tag”.
  • microbeads may be screened on the basis that the compound, which binds to the target, merely hides the ligand from, for example, further binding partners.
  • the microbead rather than being retained during an affinity purification step, may be selectively eluted whilst other microbeads are bound.
  • binding pair refers to any pair of molecules capable of binding to one another.
  • binding pairs include an antigen and an antibody or fragment thereof capable of binding the antigen, the biotin-avidin/streptavidin pair (Savage et al., 1994), a calcium-dependent binding polypeptide and ligand thereof (e.g.
  • calmodulin and a calmodulin-binding peptide (Montigiani et al., 1996; Stofko et al., 1992), pairs of polypeptides which assemble to form a leucine zipper (Tripet et al., 1996), histidines (typically hexahistidine peptides) and chelated Cu 2+ , Zn 2+ and Ni 2+ , (e.g. Ni-NTA; (Hochuli et al., 1987)), RNA-binding and DNA-binding proteins (Klug, 1995) including those containing zinc-finger motifs (Klug and Schwabe, 1995) and DNA methyltransferases (Anderson, 1993), and their nucleic acid binding sites.
  • compounds can be screened for binding to a target using a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead.
  • the change in optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead after binding of the compound to the target may be induced in a variety of ways, including:
  • the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • the invention provides a method wherein microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments.
  • a compound having the desired activity modifies the optical properties of the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) to allow it to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the target and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification.
  • a fluorescently-labelled anti-target antibody can be used, or an anti-target antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • the target can be attached to the microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • the compounds to be screened contain a common feature—a tag.
  • the compounds are released from the microbeads and if the compound has affinity for the target, it will bind to it.
  • all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment.
  • Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the “tag” and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification.
  • a fluorescently-labelled anti-“tag” antibody can be used, or an anti-“tag” antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • microbeads may be identified on the basis that the gene product, which binds to the ligand, merely hides the ligand from, for example, further binding partners which would otherwise modify the optical properties of the microbeads. In this case microbeads with unmodified optical properties would be selected.
  • TSA Tyramide Signal Amplification
  • TSA may be configured such that it results in a direct increase in the fluorescence of the microbeads, or such that a ligand is attached to the microbeads which is bound by a second fluorescent molecule, or a sequence of molecules, one or more of which is fluorescent.
  • the invention can be used to screen compounds which act to regulate a biochemical process. If the compound activates a binding activity of a target, a ligand for the target which is activated can be attached to microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)). At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the target.
  • microbeads may be screened on the basis that the compound inhibits the binding activity of a target.
  • the microbead rather than being retained during an affinity purification step, may be selectively eluted whilst other microbeads are bound.
  • compounds can be screened for the ability to modulates a binding activity of a target using a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead.
  • the change in optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead after binding of the target to its ligand may be induced in a variety of ways, including:
  • the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • the invention provides a method wherein microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments.
  • a compound having the desired activity modifies the optical properties of the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) to allow it to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • microbeads carrying compounds which modulate the binding activity can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the target and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification.
  • a fluorescently-labelled anti-target antibody can be used, or an anti-target antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • the target can be attached to the microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • the ligand to be screened contains a feature—a tag.
  • all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment.
  • Microbeads carrying compounds which modulate binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the “tag” and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification.
  • a fluorescently-labelled anti-“tag” antibody can be used, or an anti-“tag” antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • TSATM Tyramide Signal Amplification
  • the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and, optionally, the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • the optical properties of microcapsules can be modified by either:
  • a wide range of assays for screening libraries of compounds for those which modulate the activity of a target are based on detecting changes in optical properties and can be used to screen compounds according to this invention.
  • Such assays are well known to those skilled in the art (see for example Haugland, 1996 and www.probes.com).
  • selection may be performed indirectly by coupling a first reaction to subsequent reactions that takes place in the same microcapsule.
  • first reaction could be reacted with, or bound by, a molecule which does not react with the substrate(s) of the first reaction.
  • a second, coupled reaction will only proceed in the presence of the product of the first reaction.
  • a regulatory compound can then be identified by the properties of the product or substrate of the second reaction.
  • the product of the reaction being selected may be the substrate or cofactor for a second enzyme-catalysed reaction.
  • the enzyme to catalyse the second reaction can be incorporated in the reaction mixture prior to microencapsulation. Only when the first reaction proceeds will the coupled enzyme generate an identifiable product.
  • This concept of coupling can be elaborated to incorporate multiple enzymes, each using as a substrate the product of the previous reaction. This allows for selection of regulators of enzymes that will not react with an immobilised substrate. It can also be designed to give increased sensitivity by signal amplification if a product of one reaction is a catalyst or a cofactor for a second reaction or series of reactions leading to a selectable product (for example, see (Johannsson, 1991; Johannsson and Bates, 1988). Furthermore an enzyme cascade system can be based on the production of an activator for an enzyme or the destruction of an enzyme inhibitor (see (Mize et al., 1989)). Coupling also has the advantage that a common screening system can be used for a whole group of enzymes which generate the same product and allows for the selection of regulation of complicated multi-step chemical transformations and pathways.
  • the microbead in each microcapsule may be coated with the substrate for the enzymatic reaction.
  • the regulatory compound will determine the extent to which the substrate is converted into the product.
  • the microbead is physically linked to the product of the catalysed reaction.
  • the substrate may also be desirable, in some cases, for the substrate not to be attached to the microbead.
  • the substrate would contain an inactive “tag” that requires a further step to activate it such as photoactivation (e.g. of a “caged” biotin analogue, (Pirrung and Huang, 1996; Sundberg et al., 1995)).
  • photoactivation e.g. of a “caged” biotin analogue, (Pirrung and Huang, 1996; Sundberg et al., 1995)
  • the “tag” is activated and the “tagged” substrate and/or product bound by a tag-binding molecule (e.g. avidin or streptavidin) attached to the microbead.
  • a tag-binding molecule e.g. avidin or streptavidin
  • a substrate tagged with caged biotin has been used to select for genes encoding enzymes with phosphotriesterase activity using a procedure based on compartmentalisation in microcapsules (Griffiths and Tawfik, 2003).
  • the phosphotriesterase substrate was hydrolysed in solution in microcapsules containing active enzyme molecules, and after the reaction was completed, the caging group was released by irradiation to allow the product to bind, via the biotin moiety, to microbeads to which the gene encoding the enzyme was attached.
  • those microbeads coated with regulators can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule (e.g. an antibody) that binds specifically to the product or substrate as appropriate.
  • a molecule e.g. an antibody
  • the invention provides a method wherein the microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments.
  • Microbeads coated with regulator compounds can be identified using changes in optical properties of the microbeads.
  • the optical properties of microbeads with product (or substrate) attached can be modified by either:
  • the substrate (or one of the substrates) can be present in each microcapsule unlinked to the microbead, but has a molecular “tag” (for example biotin, DIG or DNP or a fluorescent group).
  • a molecular “tag” for example biotin, DIG or DNP or a fluorescent group.
  • a change in optical properties of “tagged” microbeads can be induced by adding a fluorescently labelled ligand which binds the “tag” (for example fluorescently-labelled avidin/streptavidin, an anti-“tag” antibody which is fluorescent, or a non-fluorescent anti-“tag” antibody which can be detected by a second fluorescently-labelled antibody).
  • a fluorescently labelled ligand which binds the “tag” (for example fluorescently-labelled avidin/streptavidin, an anti-“tag” antibody which is fluorescent, or a non-fluorescent anti-“tag” antibody which can be detected by a second fluorescently-labelled antibody).
  • Targets with specificity or selectivity for certain targets and not others can be specifically identified by carrying out a positive screen for regulation of a reaction using one substrate and a negative screen for regulation of a reaction with another substrate.
  • two substrates, specific for two different target enzymes are each labelled with different fluorogenic moieties.
  • Each target enzymes catalyse the generation of a product with with a different fluorescence spectrum resulting in different optical properties of the microcapsules depending on the specificity of the compound for two targets.
  • HTS high-throughput screening
  • Isolated proteins cannot, however, be regarded as representative of complex biological systems; hence, cell-based systems can provide greater confidence in compound activity in an intact biological system.
  • a wide range of cell-based assays for drug leads are known to those skilled in the art.
  • Cells can be compartmentalised in microcapsules, such as the aqeous microdroplets of a water-in-oil emulsion (Ghadessy, 2001).
  • the effect of a compound(s) on a target can be determined by compartmentalising a cell (or cells) in a microcapsule together with a compound(s) and using an appropriate cell-based assay to identify those compartments containing compounds with the desired effect on the cell(s).
  • a cell or cells
  • an appropriate cell-based assay to identify those compartments containing compounds with the desired effect on the cell(s).
  • the use of water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions may be particularly advantageous: the high gas dissolving capacity of fluorocarbons can support the exchange of respiratory gases and has been reported to be beneficial to cell culture systems (Lowe, 2002).
  • microcapsules or microbeads will be analysed and, optionally, sorted by flow cytometry.
  • Many formats of microcapsule can be analysed and, optionally, sorted directly using flow cytometry.
  • microfluidic devices for flow analysis and, optionally, flow sorting (Fu, 2002) of microdroplets and microbeads will be used.
  • optical properties can be used for analysis and to trigger sorting, including light scattering (Kerker, 1983) and fluorescence polarisation (Rolland et al., 1985).
  • the difference in optical properties of the microcapsules or microbeads will be a difference in fluorescence and, if required, the microcapsules or microbeads will be sorted using a microfluidic or conventional fluorescence activated cell sorter (Norman, 1980; Mackenzie and Pinder, 1986), or similar device.
  • Flow cytometry has a series of advantages:
  • microcapsules or microbeads are optically tagged, flow cytometry can also be used to identify the compound or compounds in the microcapsule or coated on the microbeads (see below).
  • Optical tagging can also be used to identify the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule (if more than one concentration is used in a single experiment) or the number of compound molecules coated on a microbead (if more than one coating density is used in a single experiment).
  • optical tagging can be used to identify the target in a microcapsule (if more than one target is used in a single experiment). This analysis can be performed simultaneously with measuring activity, after sorting of microcapsules containing microbeads, or after sorting of the microbeads. 2
  • the invention provides for the identification and, optionally, the sorting of intact microcapsules where this is enabled by the sorting techniques being employed.
  • Microcapsules may be identified and, optionally, sorted as such when the change induced by the desired compound either occurs or manifests itself at the surface of the microcapsule or is detectable from outside the microcapsule.
  • the change may be caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity leads to the change.
  • the microcapsule may be so configured that a component or components of the biochemical system comprising the target are displayed at its surface and thus accessible to reagents which can detect changes in the biochemical system regulated by the compound on the microbead within the microcapsule.
  • microcapsule identification and, optionally, sorting relies on a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, for example absorption or emission characteristics thereof, for example alteration in the optical properties of the microcapsule resulting from a reaction leading to changes in absorbance, luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence associated with the microcapsule. All such properties are included in the term “optical”.
  • microcapsules can be identified and, optionally, sorted by luminescence, fluorescence or phosphorescence activated sorting.
  • flow cytometry is employed to analyse and, optionally, sort microcapsules containing compounds having a desired activity which result in the production of a fluorescent molecule in the microcapsule.
  • microcapsules can, optionally, be separated using a microfluidic flow sorter to allow recovery and further analysis or manipulation of the molecules they contain.
  • the flow sorter would be an electronic flow sorting device.
  • a sorting device can be integrated directly on the microfluidic device, and can use electronic means to sort the microcapsules.
  • Optical detection also integrated directly on the microfluidic device, can be used to screen the microcapsules to trigger the sorting.
  • Other means of control of the microcapsules, in addition to charge, can also be incorporated onto the microfluidic device.
  • a change in microcapsule fluorescence when identified, is used to trigger the modification of the microbead within the compartment.
  • microcapsule identification relies on a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule resulting from a reaction leading to luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence within the microcapsule. Modification of the microbead within the microcapsules would be triggered by identification of luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence. For example, identification of luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence can trigger bombardment of the compartment with photons (or other particles or waves) which leads to modification of the microbead or molecules attached to it.
  • microbeads coated with compounds exhibiting the desired activity can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the “tag”.
  • Libraries of compounds can be obtained from a variety of commercial sources.
  • the compounds in the library can be made by a variety of means well known to those skilled in the art.
  • compound libraries can be made by combinatorial synthesis using spatially resolved parallel synthesis or using split synthesis, optionally to generate one-bead-one-compound libraries.
  • the compounds can, optionally, be synthesised on beads. These beads can be compartmentalised in microcapsules directly or the compounds released before compartmentalisation.
  • the compounds can, optionally, be connected to microbeads either covalently or non-covalently by a variety of means that will be familiar to those skilled in the art (see, for example, (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • Microbeads are available with a variety of surface chemistries from hydrophobic surfaces (e.g. plain polystyrene), to very hydrophilic surfaces imparted by a wide variety of functional surface groups: aldehyde, aliphatic amine, amide, aromatic amine, carboxylic acid, chloromethyl, epoxy, hydrazide, hydroxyl, sulfonate and tosyl.
  • the functional groups permit a wide range of covalent coupling reactions, well known to those skilled in the art, for stable or reversible attachment of compounds to the microbead surface.
  • the compounds are attached to the microbeads via a cleavable linker.
  • linkers are familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)), including for example, linkers which can be cleaved photochemically and reversible covalent bonds which can be controlled by changing the pH (e.g. imines and acylhydrazones), by adjusting the oxido-reductive properties (e.g. disulphides), or using an external catalyst (e.g. cross-metathesis and transamidation).
  • pH e.g. imines and acylhydrazones
  • oxido-reductive properties e.g. disulphides
  • an external catalyst e.g. cross-metathesis and transamidation
  • the compounds in microcapsules or on microbeads can be identified in a variety of ways. If the identified microcapsules are sorted (e.g. by using a fluorescence activated cell sorter- FACS) the compounds can be identified by by direct analysis, for example by mass-spectroscopy. If the compounds remain attached to beads isolated as a result of selection (for example by affinity purification) or sorting (for example using a FACS) they can also be identified by direct analysis, for example by mass-spectroscopy.
  • the microcapsules or beads can also be tagged by a variety of means well known to those skilled in the art and the tag used to identify the compound attached to the beads (Czarnik, 1997). Chemical, spectrometric, electronic, and physical methods to encode the compounds may all be used.
  • microcapsules or beads have different optical properties and are thereby optically encoded.
  • encoding is based on microcapsules or beads having different fluorescence properties.
  • the microcapsules or beads are encoded using fluorescent quantum dots present at different concentrations in the microcapsule or bead (Han, 2001).
  • Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can also be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • each compounds is present in different microcapsules at different concentrations (typically at concentrations varying from mM to nM) allowing the generation of a dose-response curve.
  • concentrations typically at concentrations varying from mM to nM
  • K i inhibition constant
  • the concentration of the compounds in the microcapsules can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can also be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • each compounds is present in different microcapsules at different concentrations (typically at concentrations varying from mM to nM) allowing the generation of a dose-response curve.
  • Fusing microcapsules to give all possible permutations of several different substrate concentrations and compound concentrations would allow the determination of the mode of inhibition (e.g. competitive, noncompetitive, uncompetitive or mixed inhibition) and inhibition constant (K i ) of an inhibitory compound.
  • the concentration of the compounds (or substrate) in the microcapsules can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • multiple different targets can be compartmentalised in microcapsules such that each microcapsule contains multiple copies of the same target.
  • multiple protein kinases, or multiple polymorphic variants of a single target can be compartmentalised to allow the specificity of compounds to be determined.
  • the identity of the target in a microcapsule can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • the reagents contained in the fused microcapsule can be mixed rapidly using chaotic advection.
  • sensors are provided that can sense and/or determine one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplets, and/or a characteristic of a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet) in such a manner as to allow the determination of one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplets.
  • Characteristics determinable with respect to the droplet and usable in the invention can be identified by those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Non-limiting examples of such characteristics include fluorescence, spectroscopy (e.g., optical, infrared, ultraviolet, etc.), radioactivity, mass, volume, density, temperature, viscosity, pH, concentration of a substance, such as a biological substance (e.g., a protein, a nucleic acid, etc.), or the like.
  • fluorescence e.g., optical, infrared, ultraviolet, etc.
  • radioactivity e.g., mass, volume, density, temperature, viscosity, pH, concentration of a substance, such as a biological substance (e.g., a protein, a nucleic acid, etc.), or the like.
  • the senor may be connected to a processor, which in turn, cause an operation to be performed on the fluidic droplet, for example, by sorting the droplet, adding or removing electric charge from the droplet, fusing the droplet with another droplet, splitting the droplet, causing mixing to occur within the droplet, etc., for example, as previously described.
  • a processor may cause the fluidic droplet to be split, merged with a second fluidic droplet, sorted etc.
  • One or more sensors and/or processors may be positioned to be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet.
  • Sensor communication means that the sensor may be positioned anywhere such that the fluidic droplet within the fluidic system (e.g., within a channel), and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion.
  • the sensor may be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet fluidly, optically or visually, thermally, pneumatically, electronically, or the like.
  • the sensor can be positioned proximate the fluidic system, for example, embedded within or integrally connected to a wall of a channel, or positioned separately from the fluidic system but with physical, electrical, and/or optical communication with the fluidic system so as to be able to sense and/or determine the fluidic droplet and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., a channel or a microchannel, a liquid containing the fluidic droplet, etc.).
  • a sensor may be free of any physical connection with a channel containing a droplet, but may be positioned so as to detect electromagnetic radiation arising from the droplet or the fluidic system, such as infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light.
  • the electromagnetic radiation may be produced by the droplet, and/or may arise from other portions of the fluidic system (or externally of the fluidic system) and interact with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet in such as a manner as to indicate one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplet, for example, through absorption, reflection, diffraction, refraction, fluorescence, phosphorescence, changes in polarity, phase changes, changes with respect to time, etc.
  • a laser may be directed towards the fluidic droplet and/or the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet, and the fluorescence of the fluidic droplet and/or the surrounding liquid may be determined.
  • “Sensing communication,” as used herein may also be direct or indirect.
  • light from the fluidic droplet may be directed to a sensor, or directed first through a fiber optic system, a waveguide, etc., before being directed to a sensor.
  • Non-limiting examples of sensors useful in the invention include optical or electromagnetically-based systems.
  • the sensor may be a fluorescence sensor (e.g., stimulated by a laser), a microscopy system (which may include a camera or other recording device), or the like.
  • the sensor may be an electronic sensor, e.g., a sensor able to determine an electric field or other electrical characteristic.
  • the sensor may detect capacitance, inductance, etc., of a fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet.
  • a “processor” or a “microprocessor” is any component or device able to receive a signal from one or more sensors, store the signal, and/or direct one or more responses (e.g., as described above), for example, by using a mathematical formula or an electronic or computational circuit.
  • the signal may be any suitable signal indicative of the environmental factor determined by the sensor, for example a pneumatic signal, an electronic signal, an optical signal, a mechanical signal, etc.
  • a device of the invention may contain fluidic droplets containing one or more cells.
  • the desired activity of a compound or compounds may result in the expression (or inhibition of expression) of a ‘marker’ gene, for example a gene for green fluorescent protein (GFP).
  • GFP green fluorescent protein
  • the cells may be exposed to a fluorescent signal marker that binds if a certain condition is present, for example, the marker may bind to a first cell type but not a second cell type, the marker may bind to an expressed, protein, the marker may indicate viability of the cell (i.e., if the cell is alive or dead), the marker may be indicative of the state of development or differentiation of the cell, etc., and the cells may be directed through a fluidic system of the invention based on the presence/absence, and/or magnitude of the fluorescent signal marker.
  • determination of the fluorescent signal marker may cause the cells to be directed to one region of the device (e.g., a collection chamber), while the absence of the fluorescent signal marker may cause the cells to be directed to another region of the device (e.g., a waste chamber).
  • a population of cells may be screened and/or sorted on the basis of one or more determinable or targetable characteristics of the cells, for example, to select live cells, cells expressing a certain protein, a certain cell type, etc.
  • various components of the invention can be formed from solid materials, in which the channels can be formed via micromachining, film deposition processes such as spin coating and chemical vapor deposition, laser fabrication, photolithographic techniques, etching methods including wet chemical or plasma processes, and the like. See, for example, Scientific American, 248:44-55, 1983 (Angell, et al).
  • at least a portion of the fluidic system is formed of silicon by etching features in a silicon chip.
  • various components of the systems and devices of the invention can be formed of a polymer, for example, an elastomeric polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (“PDMS”), polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE” or Teflon®), or the like.
  • PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • Teflon® Teflon®
  • a base portion including a bottom wall and side walls can be fabricated from an opaque material such as silicon or PDMS, and a top portion can be fabricated from a transparent or at least partially transparent material, such as glass or a transparent polymer, for observation and/or control of the fluidic process.
  • Components can be coated so as to expose a desired chemical functionality to fluids that contact interior channel walls, where the base supporting material does not have a precise, desired functionality.
  • components can be fabricated as illustrated, with interior channel walls coated with another material.
  • Material used to fabricate various components of the systems and devices of the invention may desirably be selected from among those materials that will not adversely affect or be affected by fluid flowing through the fluidic system, e.g., material(s) that is chemically inert in the presence of fluids to be used within the device.
  • various components of the invention are fabricated from polymeric and/or flexible and/or elastomeric materials, and can be conveniently formed of a hardenable fluid, facilitating fabrication via molding (e.g. replica molding, injection molding, cast molding, etc.).
  • the hardenable fluid can be essentially any fluid that can be induced to solidify, or that spontaneously solidifies, into a solid capable of containing and/or transporting fluids contemplated for use in and with the fluidic network.
  • the hardenable fluid comprises a polymeric liquid or a liquid polymeric precursor (i.e. a “prepolymer”).
  • Suitable polymeric liquids can include, for example, thermoplastic polymers, thermoset polymers, or mixture of such polymers heated above their melting point.
  • a suitable polymeric liquid may include a solution of one or more polymers in a suitable solvent, which solution forms a solid polymeric material upon removal of the solvent, for example, by evaporation.
  • a suitable solvent such polymeric materials, which can be solidified from, for example, a melt state or by solvent evaporation, are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • a variety of polymeric materials, many of which are elastomeric, are suitable, and are also suitable for forming molds or mold masters, for embodiments where one or both of the mold masters is composed of an elastomeric material.
  • a non-limiting list of examples of such polymers includes polymers of the general classes of silicone polymers, epoxy polymers, and acrylate polymers.
  • Epoxy polymers are characterized by the presence of a three-membered cyclic ether group commonly referred to as an epoxy group, 1,2-epoxide, or oxirane.
  • diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A can be used, in addition to compounds based on aromatic amine, triazine, and cycloaliphatic backbones.
  • Another example includes the well-known Novolac polymers.
  • Non-limiting examples of silicone elastomers suitable for use according to the invention include those formed from precursors including the chlorosilanes such as methylchlorosilanes, ethylchlorosilanes, phenylchlorosilanes, etc.
  • Silicone polymers are preferred in one set of embodiments, for example, the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane.
  • Non-limiting examples of PDMS polymers include those sold under the trademark Sylgard by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich., and particularly Sylgard 182, Sylgard 184, and Sylgard 186.
  • Silicone polymers including PDMS have several beneficial properties simplifying fabrication of the microfluidic structures of the invention. For instance, such materials are inexpensive, readily available, and can be solidified from a prepolymeric liquid via curing with heat.
  • PDMSs are typically curable by exposure of the prepolymeric liquid to temperatures of about, for example, about 65° C. to about 75° C. for exposure times of, for example, about an hour.
  • silicone polymers such as PDMS
  • PDMS polymethyl methacrylate copolymer
  • flexible (e.g., elastomeric) molds or masters can be advantageous in this regard.
  • One advantage of forming structures such as microfluidic structures of the invention from silicone polymers, such as PDMS, is the ability of such polymers to be oxidized, for example by exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma, so that the oxidized structures contain, at their surface, chemical groups capable of cross-linking to other oxidized silicone polymer surfaces or to the oxidized surfaces of a variety of other polymeric and non-polymeric materials.
  • an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma
  • oxidized silicone such as oxidized PDMS can also be sealed irreversibly to a range of oxidized materials other than itself including, for example, glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, glassy carbon, and epoxy polymers, which have been oxidized in a similar fashion to the PDMS surface (for example, via exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma).
  • Oxidation and sealing methods useful in the context of the present invention, as well as overall molding techniques, are described in the art, for example, in an article entitled “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems and Polydimethylsiloxane,” Anal. Chem., 70:474-480, 1998 (Duffy et al.), incorporated herein by reference.
  • microfluidic structures of the invention or interior, fluid-contacting surfaces
  • these surfaces can be much more hydrophilic than the surfaces of typical elastomeric polymers (where a hydrophilic interior surface is desired).
  • Such hydrophilic channel surfaces can thus be more easily filled and wetted with aqueous solutions than can structures comprised of typical, unoxidized elastomeric polymers or other hydrophobic materials.
  • a bottom wall is formed of a material different from one or more side walls or a top wall, or other components.
  • the interior surface of a bottom wall can comprise the surface of a silicon wafer or microchip, or other substrate.
  • Other components can, as described above, be sealed to such alternative substrates.
  • a component comprising a silicone polymer e.g. PDMS
  • the substrate may be selected from the group of materials to which oxidized silicone polymer is able to irreversibly seal (e.g., glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, epoxy polymers, and glassy carbon surfaces which have been oxidized).
  • other sealing techniques can be used, as would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, the use of separate adhesives, thermal bonding, solvent bonding, ultrasonic welding, etc.
  • FIG. 18 A schematic representation of the microfluidic device is shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Microchannels are fabricated with rectangular cross-sections using rapid prototyping in poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) (McDonald and Whitesides, 2002) and rendered hydrophobic as (Song and Ismagilov, 2003).
  • PDMS poly(dimethylsiloxane)
  • Syringe pumps were used to drive flows (Harvard Apparatus PHD 2000 Infusion pumps).
  • 250 ⁇ l Hamilton Gastight syringes 1700 series, TLL
  • removeable needles of 27-gaugeare used with 30-gauge Teflon tubing (Weico Wire and Cable).
  • the carrier fluid 1 ml Hamilton Gastight syringes (1700 series, TLL) are used with 30-gauge Teflon needles with one hub from Hamilton (Song and Ismagilov, 2003).
  • the carrier fluid is 9% (v/v) C 6 F 11 C 2 H 4 OH in perfluorodecaline (PFD) (Song et al., 2003).
  • the microfluidic device consists of a series of interconnected modules. Each module has a specific function. These include modules that will produce droplets, fuse droplets, mix droplets, react droplets, detect droplets, and sort droplets (see FIG. 19 ). In one example, droplets are made, consisting of different molecules or different concentrations of molecules.
  • Droplets are made at rates of up to 10 4 sec ⁇ 1 , and are made with a polydispersity of less than 1.5% and with sizes ranging from 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
  • Each droplet is fused with a second droplet containing a second set of reactants, and is rapidly mixed to initiate the chemical reaction. This chemical reaction is allowed to proceed in each droplet by passing it through a delay channel.
  • Each droplet is then fused with another droplet containing a second set of reactants, and is subsequently rapidly mixed to initiate the second set of chemical reactions.
  • the results of the reaction is determined using an optical sensor or other form of detection module.
  • the desired droplets are sorted into two populations based on signal form the optical detection module, one population is kept for further processing and the other discarded.
  • Droplet generation module We use a flow-focusing geometry to form the drops.
  • a water stream is infused from one channel through a narrow constriction; counter propagating oil streams hydrodynamically focus the water stream reducing its size as it passes through the constriction as shown in FIG. 20A .
  • This droplet generator can be operated in a flow regime that produces a steady stream of uniform droplets of water in oil.
  • the size of the water droplets is controlled by the relative flow rates of the oil and the water; the viscous forces overcome surface tension to create uniform droplets. If the flow rate of the water is too high a longer jet of fluid passes through the orifice and breaks up into droplets further down stream; these droplets are less uniform in size.
  • the electronic control afforded by the field-induced droplet formation provides an additional valuable benefit: it allows the phase of the droplet break-off to be adjusted within the production cycle. This is accomplished by increasing the field above the critical break-off field only at the instant the droplet is required. This provides a convenient means to precisely synchronize the production and arrival of individual droplets at specific locations.
  • Droplet coalescer module An essential component in any droplet-based reaction-confinement system is a droplet coalescing module which combines two or more reagents to initiate a chemical reaction. This is particularly difficult to achieve in a microfluidic device because surface tension, surfactant stabilization, and drainage forces all hinder droplet coalescence; moreover, the droplets must cross the stream lines that define their respective flows and must be perfectly synchronized to arrive at a precise location for coalescence.
  • Droplet mixer module Rapid mixing is achieved through either successive iterations of translation and rotation, FIG. 22 , or by coalescing drops along the direction parallel to the flow direction, FIG. 23 .
  • Droplet reactor/time delay module A delay line is used to provide a fixed time for a reaction.
  • Two non-limiting examples of how this can be achieved are ‘single file’ and ‘large cross-section’ channels.
  • the ‘single file’ delay line uses length to achieve a fixed reaction time. As this often results in exceptionally long channels, it is desirable to place spacer droplets of a third fluid, immicible with both the carrier oil and the aqueous droplets inbetween aqueous droplet pairs. There is then an alternation between aqueous and non-aqueous droplets in a carrier oil. This is shown in FIG. 24A .
  • a second possibility for achieving a long time delay is to use wide and deap channel having a ‘large cross-sectiononal area’ to slow the average velocity of the droplets. An example of this is shown in FIG. 24B .
  • Recharging module The use of oppositely charged droplets and an electric field to combine and mix reagents is extremely robust, and 100% of the droplets coalesce with their partner from the opposite stream. However, after they coalesce the resultant drops carry no electrostatic charge. While it is convenient to charge droplets during formation, other methods must be employed in any robust droplet-based microfluidic system to recharge the mixed droplets if necessary for further processing. This is readily accomplished through the use of extensional flow to split neutral droplets in the presence of an electric field which polarizes them, resulting in two oppositely charged daughter droplets; this is sketched in FIG. 25A . The photomicrograph in FIG. 25B shows neutral droplets entering a bifurcation and splitting into charged daughter droplets.
  • the dashed region in FIG. 25B is enlarged in FIG. 25C to illustrate the asymmetric stretching of the charged droplets in the electric field.
  • the vertical dashed lines indicate the edges of the electrodes where the droplets return to their symmetric spherical shape.
  • the electric field also allows precision control of the droplet splitting providing the basis for a robust droplet division module which allows the splitting of the contents into two or more aliquots of identical reagent, facilitating multiple assays on the contents of the same microreactor.
  • the detection module consists of an optical fiber, one or more laser, one or more dichroic beam splitter, bandpass filters, and one or more photo multiplying tube (PMT) as sketched in FIG. 26 .
  • PMT photo multiplying tube
  • Sorting module The contents of individual droplets must be probed, and selected droplets sorted into discreet streams.
  • electrostatic charging of droplets provides a means for sorting that can be precisely controlled, can be switched at high frequencies, and requires no moving parts.
  • Electrostatic charge on the droplets enables drop-by-drop sorting based on the linear coupling of charge to an external electric field.
  • a T-junction bifurcation that splits the flow of carrier fluid equally will also randomly split the droplet population equally into the two streams, as shown in FIG. 27A .
  • a small electric field applied at the bifurcation precisely dictates which channel the drops enter; a schematic of the electrode configuration is shown in FIG. 27B .
  • Varying the direction of the field varies the direction of the sorted droplets as shown in FIGS. 27C and 27D .
  • the large forces that can be imparted on the droplets and the high switching frequency make this a fast and robust sorting engine with no moving parts; thus the processing rate is limited only by the rate of droplet generation.
  • PDP1B Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase 1B
  • PTP1B is a negative regulator of insulin and leptin signal transduction. Resistance to insulin and leptin are hallmarks of type 2 diabetes mellitus and obesity and hence PTP1B is an attractive drug target for diabetes and obesity therapy (Johnson et al., 2002).
  • microcapsule 17 which has a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate and is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002), or b) 100 ⁇ M hydrocinnamic acid (Aldrich), a compound that is not a PTP1B inhibitor are compartmentalised into microcapsules using the device.
  • Each microcapsule containing target enzyme is fused with a microcapsule containing compound 2 or a microcapsule containing hydrocinnamic acid.
  • Microcapsules containing either compound 2 or hydrocinnamic acid can be formed by switching between injection with syringes containing compound 2 and hydrocinnamic acid.
  • microcapsule fusion After microcapsule fusion the contents are rapidly mixed. After this point the microcapsules are run for up to 1 min through a 60 cm long microchannel (to allow inhibitor binding). This microchannel is then merged with a second microchannel containing aqueous microcapsules containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes) in 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA and the microcapsules fused pairwise. The fused microcapsules are then run for up to 2 min through a 60 cm long microchannel.
  • DIFMUP fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate
  • microcapsules due to production of DiFMU excitation/emmission maxima 358/452 nm; blue fluorescence
  • microcapsules exhibiting blue fluorescence are those containing hydrocinnamic acid whereas microcapsules containing compound 2 exhibit low fluorescence due to inhibition of PTP1B.
  • the first mixture contains 100 ⁇ M compound 2 ( FIG. 17 ), which has a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate and is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002), and a pre-defined ratio of QdotTM Streptavidin Conjugates with emmission maxima at 585 nm, 655 nm and 705 nm (Quantum Dot Corporation, Hayward Calif.) in a buffer compatible with PTP1B activity (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA) (Doman et al., 2002).
  • PTP1B activity 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA
  • the 95 other aqueous mixtures are identical to the above but each contain one of 95 carboxylic acids from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) in place of compound 2, and different ratios of QdotTM Streptavidin Conjugates with emission maxima at 585 mn, 655 nm and 705 nm.
  • concentration of the 705 nm QdotTM Streptavidin Conjugates is 100 nM
  • the concentrations of the 585 nm and 655 nm QdotTM Streptavidin Conjugates is either 0, 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88 or 100 nM.
  • the 96 mixtures are distributed into 96 wells of a microtitre plate. Aliquots from each well of the plate are loaded sequentially into the microfluidic device described in Example 1 using thin tubes connected to the microfluidic device which are dipped into reservoirs containing the desired compounds, and capillary action is used to draw the desired compound from the reservoir into the microfluidic device.
  • the mixtures are compartmentalised into microcapsules in the device. Each microcapsule is fused with another microcapsule containing the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at 5 mU/ml and rapidly mixed. After incubating for 10 min, at 37° C.
  • the target enzyme human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.
  • microcapsule in a delay line the microcapsule is fused with a further microcapsule containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes), and incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. in a delay line. Inhibitors reduce the amount of non-fluorescent substrate (DiFMUP) converted to the dephosphorylated product (DiFMU; excitation/emmission maxima 358/452 nm; blue fluorescence). Microcapsule fluorescence is then analysed. Predominantly, all microcapsules exhibited blue fluorescence due to dephosphorylation of DiFMUP by PTP1B except those with the Qdot fluorescence signature of the microcapsules containing compound 2.
  • DiFMUP fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate
  • polystyrene microbeads that bear carboxylate functional groups on the surface are commercially available (www.luminexcorp.com) in an optically tagged form, as a result of incorporation of precise ratios of orange (585 nm), and red (>650 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997).
  • a set of 100 such beads, each with a unique optical signature (www.luminexcorp.com) are modified with an excess of ethylenediamine and EDC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (Pierce) as (Hermanson, 1996) to create primary amino groups on the surface.
  • the photocleavable linker 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoic acid (NovaBiochem) (Holmes and Jones, 1995) is then attached to the beads by forming an amide bond using EDC as above.
  • 100 different carboxylic acids from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) are then coupled to the beads, by reacting with the linker alcohol to form a carboxylate ester, each of the 100 different optically tagged beads being coupled to a different carboxylic acid, and each bead being derivatised with ⁇ 10 6 molecules of carboxylic acid.
  • Irradiation for 4 min on ice using a B100 AP 354 nm UV lamp (UVP) from a distance of ⁇ 5 cm results in release of the compounds from the beads as carboxylic acids.
  • UVP UV lamp
  • 5.5 ⁇ m diameter polystyrene microbeads that bear carboxylate functional groups on the surface are commercially available (www.luminexcorp.com) in an optically tagged form, as a result of incorporation of precise ratios of orange (585 nm), and red (>650 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997).
  • carboxylate functional groups on the microbeads are converted to primary amines using ethylenediamine and EDC as in example 6.
  • a phosphopeptide substrate for PTP1B the undecapaptide EGFR 988-998 (DADEpYLIPQQG) (Zhang et al., 1993), is then coupled to both sets of microbeads via the surface amino groups using EDC.
  • This peptide is made by solid phase synthesis on Sieber Amide resin (9-Fmoc-amino-xanthen-3-yloxy-Merrifield resin) (Novabiochem) with orthogonal protection on the side chain carboxylate groups using carboxylate-O-allyl esters.
  • a linker comprised of tetradecanedioic acid is coupled to the N-terminus and the peptide cleaved from the beads using 1% TFA to yield a peptide with a C-terminal amide
  • the peptide is coupled to the beads (using EDC) via the linker to give ⁇ 10 5 peptides per bead.
  • the remaining surface amino groups are then modified by attaching the photochemically cleavable linker 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoic acid as in example 6.
  • the protecting groups on the side chain carboxylates of the peptide are then removed using Pd(Ph 3 ) 4 /CHCl 3 /HOAc/N-methyl morpholine.
  • a first set of microbeads is derivatised with 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl)propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17 ), a compound that is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002).
  • a second set of beads, with a distinct optical tag from the first set of beads, is derivatised with hydrocinnamic acid (Aldrich), a compound that is not a PTP1B inhibitor. In each case the compound is coupled by reacting with the linker alcohol to form a carboxylate ester as in example 6.
  • Each microbead is derivatised with ⁇ 10 6 molecules (Fulton et al., 1997).
  • microbeads are then screened using the microfluidic system outlined in FIG. 15 .
  • the two sets of microbeads are mixed in ratios varying from 1:1000 to 1:1 (compound 1 beads: hydrocinnamic acid beads) and 10 8 total microbeads are mixed with the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at a concentration of 10 nM, on ice (to prevent reaction) in a buffer compatible with PTP1B activity (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA) (Doman et al., 2002).
  • the target enzyme human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.
  • Single beads and target enzyme are then colocalised in microcapsules by forming microcapsules using the microfluidic system described in Example 1.
  • the concentration of beads is such that most microcapsules contain one or no beads.
  • Each microcapsule is fused with another microcapsule containing the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at 5 mU/ml and rapidly mixed.
  • the compound is released photochemically (as in example 4). After incubating for 10 min, at 37° C.
  • microcapsule in a delay line the microcapsule is fused with a further microcapsule containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes), and incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. in a delay line. Inhibitors reduce the amount of substrate converted to product (dephosphorylated peptide).
  • the microcapsules are collected, cooled to 4° C. and broken as (Griffiths and Tawfik, 2003) into 100 ⁇ M vanadate to stop the reaction (Harder et al., 1994).
  • beads are analysed by 3-colour flow cytometry using a FACScan (Becton-Dickinson), FACScalibur (Becton-Dickinson) or MoFlo (Cytomation) flow cytometers to simultaneously determine the extent of inhibition and the compound on the beads.
  • FACScan Becton-Dickinson
  • FACScalibur Becton-Dickinson
  • MoFlo MoFlo
  • One of these carboxylic acids is 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl) propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17 ), a compound that is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002).
  • the other 99 carboxylic acids are from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) as example 4. Equal numbers of each of the 100 bead sets are then mixed and screened as for example 5. Predominantly, dephosphorylation of the peptide is only observed on those microbeads which were coated with the PTPIB inhibitor 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl) propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17 ), and not on microbeads coated with other compounds.
  • Emulsions were made containing a series of small fluorescent molecules dissolved in the aqueous phase at concentrations from 100 ⁇ m to 2 mM. These molecules, including calcein, texas red, fluorescein, coumarin 102, 7-hydroxycoumarin-3-carboxylic acid and 7-diethylamino-4-methyl coumarin (coumarin 1), had molecular weights from 203 to 625 Da and LogP values—calculated using SRC's LogKow/KowWin Program (Meylan and Howard, 1995)—ranging from ⁇ 0.49 to 4.09. Emulsions containing different coloured fluorochromes were mixed by vortexing. Compartmentalisation was observed by epifluorescence microscopy of the mixed emulsions. No exchange between compartments was observed 24 hours after mixing (see FIG. 19 ).
  • Example 1 Using a microfluidic device as described in Example 1, we demonstrate that the mode of inhibition of the enzyme E. coli ⁇ -galactosidase (LacZ), by phenylethyl ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside (PETG), is competitive, and we show how we can obtain the inhibition constant (K i ) of PETG.
  • the rate of catalysis is determined by using a non-fluorescent substrate for LacZ, fluorescein mono- ⁇ -D-galactoside (FMG) (FMG), and measuring the appearance of the fluorescent product, fluorescein (excitation 488 nm, emission 514 nm).
  • LacZ inhibition assay All components of the LacZ inhibition assay are dissolved in assay buffer (10 mM MgCl 2 , 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, 100 ⁇ g/ml BSA, 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.9.
  • each droplet forming module Leading into each droplet forming module ( FIG. 15 ) are two Teflon tubes leading from syringe pumps. The channels leading from each tube merge to create a single flow before entering the droplet forming module.
  • the two syringes feeding into the first droplet forming module contain, (a) 50 ⁇ M PETG in assay buffer, and (b), assay buffer.
  • the two syringes feeding into the second droplet forming module contain, (c) 100 nM LacZ in assay buffer. and (d), assay buffer.
  • the two syringes feeding into the third droplet forming module contain, (e) 5 mM FMG in assay buffer, and (f), assay buffer.
  • the final concentration of each component in each droplet is independently controllable by adjusting relative flow rates of each component and buffer solution while maintaining a constant combined flow rate from both syringes.
  • the first droplet fusion mixes the inhibitor (PETG) with the enzyme (LacZ). After the combined droplet has spent two minutes in a delay line it is fused with a third droplet containing the fluorogenic enzyme substrate (FMG). Finally, after all the components are mixed the reaction is observed by measuring fluorescence of individual droplets or by integrating fluorescent light from droplets with the same concentration of each component during 10-second exposure time at multiple points in the second 10 min long delay line. Each fluorescence intensity value at different positions is proportional to the amount of product at different reaction times. Rate of product formation is linear during initial reaction time and initial rate ( ⁇ ) can be determined from linear fitting. Data from the repeated measurement at different concentration of FMG and PETG are expressed in a Lineweaver-Burk plot (1/ ⁇ vs.
  • each slope divided by the y-intercept represents an apparent Michaelis-Menten constant that is a linear function of the concentration of inhibitor.
  • the y-intercept in a graph of apparent Michaelis-Menten constant versus competitive inhibitor concentration gives the Michaelis-Menten constant, and the inverse of its slope multiplied by the y-intercept is K i .
  • the K M of FMG for LacZ can be determined to within 20% of the previously published value (118 ⁇ M; Huang, 1991), and the K i of PETG for LacZ can be determined to be within the range of the previously published value (0.98 ⁇ M; Huang, 1991).

Abstract

The invention describes a method for the identification of compounds which bind to a target component of a biochemical system or modulate the activity of the target, comprising the steps of: a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules together with the target, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule; and b) identifying the compound which binds to or modulates the activity of the target; wherein at least one step is performed under microfluidic control. The invention enables the screening of large repertoires of molecules which can serve as leads for drug development.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §120, to PCT Application No. GB2004/001362 filed Mar. 31, 2004, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • The present invention relates to a method for selection of compounds from a library of compounds using systems and methods for the control of fluidic species and, in particular, to systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species. The method of the invention is particularly applicable to selection of low molecular weight compounds such as candidate drugs for potential activity against any desired drug target.
  • BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to methods for use in the identification of molecules which bind to a target component of a biochemical system or modulate the activity of a target.
  • Over the past decade, high-throughput screening (HTS) of compound libraries has become a cornerstone technology of pharmaceutical research. Investment into HTS is substantial. A current estimate is that biological screening and preclinical pharmacological testing alone account for ˜14% of the total research and development (R&D) expenditures of the pharmaceutical industry (Handen, Summer 2002). HTS has seen significant improvements in recent years, driven by a need to reduce operating costs and increase the number of compounds and targets that can be screened. Conventional 96-well plates have now largely been replaced by 384-well, 1536-well and even 3456-well formats. This, combined with commercially available plate-handling robotics allows the screening of 100,000 assays per day, or more, and significantly cuts costs per assay due to the miniaturisation of the assays.
  • HTS is complemented by several other developments. Combinatorial chemistry is a potent technology for creating large numbers of structurally related compounds for HTS. Currently, combinatorial synthesis mostly involves spatially resolved parallel synthesis. The number of compounds that can be synthesised is limited to hundreds or thousands but the compounds can be synthesised on a scale of milligrams or tens of milligrams, enabling full characterisation and even purification. Larger libraries can be synthesised using split synthesis on beads to generate one-bead-one compound libraries. This method is much less widely adopted due to a series of limitations including: the need for solid phase synthesis; difficulties characterising the final products (due to the shear numbers and small scale); the small amounts of compound on a bead being only sufficient for one or a few assays; the difficulty in identifying the structure of a hit compound, which often relies on tagging or encoding methods and complicates both synthesis and analysis. Despite this split synthesis and single bead analysis still has promise. Recently there have been significant developments in miniaturised screening and single bead analysis. For example, printing techniques allow protein-binding assays to be performed on a slide containing 10,800 compound spots, each of 1 nl volume (Hergenrother et al., 2000). Combichem has so far, however, generated only a limited number of lead compounds. As of April 2000, only 10 compounds with a combinatorial chemistry history had entered clinical development and all but three of these are (oligo)nucleotides or peptides (Adang and Hermkens, 2001). Indeed, despite enormous investments in both HTS and combinatorial chemistry during the past decade the number of new drugs introduced per year has remained constant at best.
  • Dynamic combinatorial chemistry (DCC) can also be used to create dynamic combinatorial libraries (DCLs) from a set of reversibly interchanging components, however the sizes of libraries created and screened to date are still fairly limited (≦40,000) (Ramstrom and Lehn, 2002).
  • Virtual screening (VS) (Lyne, 2002), in which large compound bases are searched using computational approaches to identify a subset of candidate molecules for testing may also be very useful when integrated with HTS. However, there are to date few studies that directly compare the performance of VS and HTS, and further validation is required.
  • Microfluidic technology has been applied to high throughput screening methods. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,508,988 describes combinatorial synthesis systems which rely on microfluidic flow to control the flow of reagents in a multichannel system. U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,056, and continuations thereof, describes a microfluidic test system for performing high throughput screening assays, wherein test compounds can be flowed though a plurality of channels to perform multiple reactions contemporaneously.
  • Despite all these developments, current screening throughput is still far from adequate. Recent estimates of the number of individual genes in the human genome (˜30,000) and the number of unique chemical structures theoretically attainable using existing chemistries suggests that an enormous number of assays would be required to completely map the structure-activity space for all potential therapeutic targets (Burbaum, 1998).
  • Hence, the provision of a method which permits screening vast numbers (≧109) of compounds quickly, or smaller numbers of compounds under a range of conditions (different compound concentrations, different targets etc.) using reaction volumes of only a few femtolitres, and at very low cost would be of enormous utility in the generation of novel drug leads.
  • Tawfik and Griffiths (1998), and International patent application PCT/GB98/01889, describe a system for in vitro evolution using compartmentalisation in microcapsules to link genotype and phenotype at the molecular level. In Tawfik and Griffiths (1998), and in several embodiments of International patent application PCT/GB98/01889, the desired activity of a gene product results in a modification of the genetic element which encoded it (and is present in the same microcapsule). The modified genetic element can then be selected in a subsequent step.
  • The present invention is also based on compartmentalisation in microcapsules, in this case compartmentalisation of compounds from a compound library. The microcapules are droplets of liquid made and manipulated using systems and methods for the control of fluidic species and, in particular, by systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species.
  • The manipulation of fluids to form fluid streams of desired configuration, discontinuous fluid streams, droplets, particles, dispersions, etc., for purposes of fluid delivery, product manufacture, analysis, and the like, is a relatively well-studied art. For example, highly monodisperse gas bubbles, less than 100 microns in diameter, have been produced using a technique referred to as capillary flow focusing. In this technique, gas is forced out of a capillary tube into a bath of liquid, the tube is positioned above a small orifice, and the contraction flow of the external liquid through this orifice focuses the gas into a thin jet which subsequently breaks into equal-sized bubbles via a capillary instability. In a related technique, a similar arrangement was used to produce liquid droplets in air.
  • An article entitled “Generation of Steady Liquid Microthreads and Micron-Sized Monodisperse Sprays and Gas Streams,” Phys. Rev. Lett., 80:2, Jan. 12, 1998, 285-288 (Ganan-Calvo) describes formation of a microscopic liquid thread by a laminar accelerating gas stream, giving rise to a fine spray.
  • An articled entitled “Dynamic Pattern Formation in a Vesicle-Generating Microfluidic Device,” Phys. Rev. Lett., 86:18, Apr. 30, 2001 (Thorsen, et al.) describes formation of a discontinuous water phase in a continuous oil phase via microfluidic cross-flow, specifically, by introducing water, at a “T” junction between two microfluidic channels, into flowing oil.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,120,666, issued Sep. 19, 2000, describes a micofabricated device having a fluid focusing chamber for spatially confining first and second sample fluid streams for analyzing microscopic particles in a fluid medium, for example in biological fluid analysis.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,116,516, issued Sep. 12, 2000, describes formation of a capillary microjet, and formation of a monodisperse aerosol via disassociation of the microjet.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,187,214, issued Feb. 13, 2001, describes atomized particles in a size range of from about 1 to about 5 microns, produced by the interaction of two immiscible fluids.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,378, issued Jun. 19, 2001, describes production of particles for introduction into food using a microjet and a monodisperse aerosol formed when the microjet dissociates.
  • Microfluidic systems have been described in a variety of contexts, typically in the context of miniaturized laboratory (e.g., clinical) analysis. Other uses have been described as well. For example, International Patent Publication No. WO 01/89789, published Nov. 29, 2001 by Anderson, et al., describes multi-level microfluidic systems that can be used to provide patterns of materials, such as biological materials and cells, on surfaces. Other publications describe microfluidic systems including valves, switches, and other components.
  • While significant advances have been made in dynamics at the macro or microfluidic scale, improved techniques and the results of these techniques are needed.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • We have now developed a methodology for screening of compounds, not encoded by genetic elements, using a compartmentalised microcapsule system based on that described in Griffiths & Tawfik (1998). The novel method according to the present invention uses systems and methods for the control of fluidic species to permit the rapid, high-throughput screening of compounds for activity against a target at low cost in a manner compatible with modern HTS approaches.
  • These systems and methods for control of fluidic species are highly advantageous for screening of compounds as:
      • (a) They allow the formation of highly monodisperse microcapsules (<1.5% polydispersity), each of which functions as an almost identical, very small microreactor,
      • (b) The microcapsules can have volumes ranging from about 1 femtolitre to about 1 nanolitre.
      • (c) Compartmentalisation in microcapsules prevents diffusion and dispersion due to parabolic flow.
      • (d) By using a perfluorocarbon carrier fluid it is possible to prevent exchange of molecules between microcapsules.
      • (e) Compounds in microcapsules cannot react or interact with the fabric of the microchannels as they are separated by a layer of inert perfluorocarbon carrier fluid.
      • (f) Microcapsules can be created at up to and including 10,000 s−1 and screened using optical methods at the same rate. This is a throughput of ˜109 per day.
      • (g) Microcapsules can be split into two or more smaller microdroplets allowing the reagents contained therein to be reacted with a series of different molecules in parallel or assayed in multiplicate.
      • (h) Microcapsules can be fused. This allows molecules to be: (a) diluted, (b) mixed with other molecules, and (c) reactions initiated, terminated or modulated at precisely defined times.
      • (i) Reagents can be mixed very rapidly (in <2 ms) in microcapsules using chaotic advection, allowing fast kinetic measurements and very high throughput.
      • (j) Reagents can be mixed in a combinatorial manner. For example, allowing the effect of all possible pairwise combinations of compounds in a compound library on a target to be tested
      • (k) Stable streams of microcapsules can be formed in microchannels and identified by their relative positions.
      • (l) If the reactions are accompanied by an optical signal (e.g. a change in fluorescence) a spatially-resolved optical image of the microfluidic network allows time resolved measurements of the reactions in each microcapsules.
      • (m) Microcapsules can be separated using a microfluidic flow sorter to allow recovery and further analysis or manipulation of the molecules they contain.
  • n a first aspect, there is provided a method for identifying a compound or compounds in a repertoire of compounds, which compound or compound(s) possess(es) a desired activity, comprising the steps of:
      • (a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule; and
      • (b) identifying the compounds which possess the desired activity, wherein either one or both of steps a) and b) is performed under microfluidic control of fluidic species
  • A microfluidic device, for example as described herein, may be used at any one or more of several stages in the encapsulation, reaction and sorting of compounds in accordance with the invention. For example, a microfluidic devise can be used to encapsulate the reagents, and the remainder of the procedure carried out under conventional, non-microfluidic conditions. Alematively, the microfluidic device can be used to control anyb one or more of the reactions of compounds within the microcapsules, the sorting of microcapsules and the indentification of microcapsules, using microcapsules which have been created by a microfluidic device or by other means, such as conventional mechanical emulsification of immiscible liquids.
  • Preferably, the desired activity is selected from the group consisting of a binding activity and the modulation of the activity of a target. The target is advantageously compartmentalised into microcapsules together with the compound(s), allowing the activity of the compound(s) on the target to be measured within the microcapsule which links the target and the compound together.
  • Preferably, the subset of the repertoire present in any one microcapsule is a single compound. Each microcapsule contains multiple molecules of the subset of the repertoire, which is advantageously multiple copies of a single compound.
  • Compounds can be screened in accordance with the invention by screening for a change in a microcapsule containing a compound. In a preferred embodiment, the microcapsules are modified by the action of the compound(s) such as to change their optical properties.
  • The change in optical properties of the microcapsule can be due to a change in the optical properties of the compound when bound to target or to a change in the optical properties of the target when bound by the compound. Moreover, the change in optical properties of the microcapsule can be due to a change in the optical properties of both target and compound on binding.
  • The change in the optical properties of the microcapsule may be due to modulation of the activity of the target by the compound. The compound may activate or inhibit the activity of the target. For example, if the target is an enzyme, the substrate and the product of the reaction catalysed by the target can have different optical properties. Advantageously, the substrate and product have different fluorescence properties.
  • It is to be understood that the detected change in the microcapsule may be caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect action, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity leads to the detected change.
  • The compounds in a microcapsule can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging. Advantageously, the compounds are contained in optically tagged microcapsules to enable the identification of the microcapsule and the compound contained in it.
  • Advantageously, the microcapsules are analysed by detection of a change in their fluorescence. For example, microcapsules can be analysed by flow cytometry and, optionally sorted using a fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS) or a microfluidic flow sorting device. The different fluorescence properties of the target and the product can be due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
  • In a further embodiment, the internal environment of the microcapsules can be modified by the addition of one or more reagents to the oil phase. This allows reagents to be diffused in to the microcapsules during the reaction, if necessary.
  • According to a preferred implementation of the present invention, the compounds may be screened according to an activity of the compound or derivative thereof which makes the microcapsule detectable as a whole. Accordingly, the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule, or a modification of one or more molecules within the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound to be identified. In this embodiment, therefore, the microcapsules are either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) contained therein by, for example, placing an electric charge on the microcapsule and “steering” the microcapsule using an electric field, and the contents of the sorted microcapsules analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) which they contain; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) which the microcapsules contain.
  • Microencapsulation can be achieved by forming a water-in-oil emulsion.
  • Compartmentalisation of a subset of a repertoire in multiple copies may be achieved in a number of ways. For example, compounds may be attached to beads, and the emulsion formed such that substantially only a single bead is included in each compartment. Step (a) above is thus modified, such that it comprises
      • (a) attaching the repertoire of compounds onto microbeads, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented on any one microbead;
      • (b) compartmentalising the microbeads into microcapsules; such that a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule.
  • Thus, in a further aspect, there is provided a method for identifying a compound or compounds in a repertoire of compounds, which compound or compound(s) possess(es) a desired activity, comprising the steps of:
      • (a) attaching the repertoire of compounds onto microbeads, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented on any one microbead;
      • (b) compartmentalising the microbeads into microcapsules;
      • (c) optionally, releasing compounds from the microbeads; and
      • (d) identifying the compounds which possess the desired activity, wherein one or both of steps b) and d) is performed under microfluidic control of fluidic species.
  • Preferably, the subset of the repertoire present on any one microbead is a single compound. Advantageously, each microbead has attached thereto multiple molecules of a single compound.
  • Preferably, compounds are attached to microbeads by means of cleavable linkers, for example photocleavable linkers, which permit the release of the compound from the microbead if desired.
  • Compounds can be screened in accordance with the invention by screening either for a change in a microcapsule containing a compound or a change in or on a microbead to which a compound is attached.
  • The compounds on beads can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging. Advantageously, the compounds are coupled to optically tagged microbeads to enable the identification of the bead and the compound coupled to it in step (d).
  • Repertoires of compounds can be encapsulated so as to have multiple copies of a single compound in a microcapsule in different ways. For example, thin tubes connected to the microfluidic device can be dipped into reservoirs containing the desired compounds, and capillary action can be used to draw the desired compound from the reservoir into the microfluidic device. This method allows the microfluidic device to be loaded with compounds prepared outside the device.
  • Moreover, compound libraries can be be compartmentalised in highly monodisperse microcapsules produced using microfluidic techniques. For example, aliquots of each compound can be compartmentalised into one or more aqueous microcapsules (with less than 1.5% polydispersity) in water-in-oil emulsions created by droplet break off in a co-flowing steam of oil (Umbanhowar et al., 2000). Advantageously, the aqueous microcapsules are then transported by laminar-flow in a stream of oil in microfluidic channels (Thorsen et al., 2001). These microcapsules containing single compounds can, optionally, be split into two or more smaller microcapsules using microfluidics (Link et al., 2004; Song et al., 2003). The microcapsules containing single compounds can, optionally be fused with other microcapsules (Song et al., 2003) containing a target. A single microcapsule containing a target can, optionally, be split into two or more smaller microcapsules which can subsequently be fused with microcapsules containing different compounds, or compounds at different concentrations. Advantageously, a compound and a target can be mixed by microcapsule fusion prior to a second microcapsule fusion which delivers the necessary to assay the activity of the target (e.g. the substrate for the target if the target is an enzyme). This allows time for the compound to bind to the target. The microcapsules can be analysed and, optionally, sorted using microfluidic devices (Fu et al., 2002).
  • Methods of controlling and manipulating of fluidic species are also described, for example, in U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/498,091, filed Aug. 27, 2003, by Link, et. al.; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/392,195, filed Jun. 28, 2002, by Stone, et. al.; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/424,042, filed Nov. 5, 2002, by Link, et al.; U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,131, issued Apr. 30, 1996 to Kumar, et al.; International Patent Publication WO 96/29629, published Jun. 26, 1996 by Whitesides, et aL; U.S. Pat. No. 6,355,198, issued Mar. 12, 2002 to Kim, et al.; International Patent Application Ser. No.: PCT/US01/16973, filed May 25, 2001 by Anderson, et al., published as WO 01/89787 on Nov. 29, 2001; International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US03/20542, filed Jun. 30, 2003 by Stone, et al., published as WO 2004/002627 on Jan. 8, 2004; International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2004/010903, filed Apr. 9, 2004 by Link, et al.; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/461,954, filed Apr. 10, 2003, by Link, et al.; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • In various aspects of the invention, a fluidic system as disclosed herein may include a droplet formation system, a droplet fusing system, a droplet splitting system, a sensing system, a controller, and/or a droplet sorting and/or separation system, or any combination of these systems. A “droplet”, as used in conjunction with descriptions of microfluidic systems, refers to a microfluidic droplet and is synonymous with the term “microcapsule” as used elsewhere in the present application, in this context. Such systems and methods may be positioned in any suitable order, depending on a particular application, and in some cases, multiple systems of a given type may be used, for example, two or more droplet formation systems, two or more droplet separation systems, etc. As examples of arrangements, systems of the invention can be arranged to form droplets, to dilute fluids, to control the concentration of species within droplets, to sort droplets to select those with a desired concentration of species or entities (e.g., droplets each containing one molecule of reactant), to fuse individual droplets to cause reaction between species contained in the individual droplets, to determine reaction(s) and/or rates of reaction(s) in one or more droplets, etc. Many other arrangements can be practiced in accordance with the invention.
  • One aspect of the invention relates to systems and methods for producing droplets of a first liquid surrounded by a second liquid1. The first and second liquids may be essentially immiscible in many cases, i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest (e.g., the time it takes a fluidic droplet to be transported through a particular system or device). In certain cases, the droplets may each be substantially the same shape or size, as further described below. The first liquid may also contain other species, for example, certain molecular species (e.g., as further discussed below), cells, particles, etc.
  • In one set of embodiments, electric charge may be created on a first liquid surrounded by a second liquid, which may cause the first liquid to separate into individual droplets within the second liquid. In some embodiments, the first liquid and the second liquid may be present in a channel, e.g., a microfluidic channel, or other constricted space that facilitates application of an electric field to the first liquid (which may be “AC” or alternating current, “DC” or direct current etc.), for example, by limiting movement of the first liquid with respect to the second liquid. Thus, the first liquid can be present as a series of individual charged and/or electrically inducible droplets within the second liquid. In one embodiment, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the second liquid. In some cases, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the second liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel. Electric charge may be created in the first liquid within the second liquid using any suitable technique, for example, by placing the first liquid within an electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.), and/or causing a reaction to occur that causes the first liquid to have an electric charge, for example, a chemical reaction, an ionic reaction, a photocatalyzed reaction, etc. In one embodiment, the first liquid is an electrical conductor. As used herein, a “conductor” is a material having a conductivity of at least about the conductivity of 18 megohm (MOhm or NΩ) water. The second liquid surrounding the first liquid may have a conductivity less than that of the first liquid. For instance, the second liquid may be an insulator, relative to the first liquid, or at least a “leaky insulator,” i.e., the second liquid is able to at least partially electrically insulate the first liquid for at least a short period of time. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to identify the conductivity of fluids. In one non-limiting embodiment, the first liquid may be substantially hydrophilic, and the second liquid surrounding the first liquid may be substantially hydrophobic.
  • According to a preferred implementation of the present invention, the screening of compounds may be performed by, for example:
  • (I) In a first embodiment, the microcapsules are screened according to an activity of the compound or derivative thereof which makes the microcapsule detectable as a whole. Accordingly, the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule, or a modification of one or more molecules within the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound to be indentified. In this embodiment, therefore, the microcapsules are either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) contained therein, the contents of the sorted microcapsules optionally pooled into one or more common compartments, and the microcapsule contents analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s); or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) which the microcapsules contained. Where the microcapsule contains microbeads, the microbeads can be analysed to determine the compounds with which they are coated.
  • (II) In a second embodiment, microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments. In this embodiment, a compound having the desired activity modifies the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) in such a way as to make it identifiable in a subsequent step. The reactions are stopped and the microcapsules are then broken so that all the contents of the individual microcapsules are pooled. Modified microbeads are identified and either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) coated on the microbeads, and the sorted microbeads analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which they are/were coated; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which the microbeads are/were coated. It is to be understood, of course, that modification of the microbead may be direct, in that it is caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity, leads to modification of the microbead. Advantageously, the target is bound to the microbead and is a ligand and the compound within the microcapsule binds, directly or indirectly, to said ligand to enable the isolation of the microbead. In another configuration, a substrate for the target is and is bound to the microbead, and the activity of the compound within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the conversion of said substrate into a product which remains part of the microbead and enables its isolation. Alternatively, the activity of the compound may prevent or inhibit the conversion of said substrate into product. Moreover, the product of the activity of the compound within the microcapsule can result, directly or indirectly, in the generation of a product which is subsequently complexed with the microbead and enables its identification.
  • (III) In a third embodiment, microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments. In this embodiment, a compound with a desired activity induces a change in the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbead which carries it. This change, when detected, triggers the modification of the microbead within the compartment. The reactions are stopped and the microcapsules are then broken so that all the contents of the individual microcapsules are pooled. Modified microbeads are identified and either: (a) physically sorted from each other according to the activity of the compound(s) coated on the microbeads, and the sorted microbeads analysed to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which they are/were coated; or (b) analysed directly without sorting to determine the identity of the compound(s) with which the microbeads are/were coated.
  • The microcapsules or microbeads may be modified by the action of the compound(s) such as to change their optical properties and/or electrical charge properties. For example, the modification of the microbead can enable it to be further modified outside the microcapsule so as to induce a change in its optical and/or electrical charge properties.
  • In another embodiment, the change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads is due to binding of a compound with distinctive optical and/or electrical charge properties respectively to the target.
  • Moreover, the change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads can be due to binding of a target with distinctive optical and/or electrical charge properties respectively by the compound.
  • The change in the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsule may be due to modulation of the activity of the target by the compound. The compound may activate or inhibit the activity of the target. For example, if the target is an enzyme, the substrate and the product of the reaction catalysed by the target can have different optical and/or electrical charge properties. Advantageously, the substrate and product have different fluorescence properties. In the case where the microcapsules contain microbeads, both the substrate and the product can have similar optical and/or electrical charge properties, but only the product of the reaction, and not the substrate, binds to, or reacts with, the microbead, thereby changing the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microbead.
  • The change in optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads can also be due to the different optical and/or electrical charge properties of the target and the product of the reaction being selected. Where both target and product have similar optical and/or electrical charge properties, only the product of the reaction being selected, and not the target, binds to, or reacts with, the microbead, thereby changing the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsules or microbeads.
  • In a further configuration, further reagents specifically bind to, or specifically react with, the product (and not the substrate) attached to or contained in the microcapsule or microbead, thereby altering the optical and/or electrical charge properties of the microcapsule or microbead.
  • Advantageously, microbeads modified directly or indirectly by the activity of the compound are further modified by Tyramide Signal Amplification (TSA™; NEN), resulting directly or indirectly in a change in the optical properties of said microcapsules or microbeads thereby enabling their separation.
  • Where the compounds are attached to beads, the density with which compounds are coated onto the microbeads, combined with the size of the microcapsule will determine the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule. High compound coating densities and small microcapsules will both give higher compound concentrations which may be advantageous for the selection of molecules with a low affinity for the target. Conversely, low compound coating densities and large microcapsules will both give lower compound concentrations which may be advantageous for the selection of molecules with a high affinity for the target.
  • The microbead can be nonmagnetic, magnetic or paramagnetic.
  • Advantageously, the microcapsules or microbeads are analysed by detection of a change in their fluorescence. For example, microbeads can be analysed by flow cytometry and, optionally sorted using a fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS) or a microfluidic flow sorting device. The different fluorescence properties of the target and the product can be due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
  • The invention also provides for a product when identified according to the invention. As used in this context, a “product” may refer to any compound, selectable according to the invention.
  • Further embodiments of the invention are described in the detailed description below and in the accompanying claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate the splitting of droplets in accordance with one embodiment of the invention;
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate an apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the invention, before the application of an electric field thereto;
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B illustrate the apparatus of FIGS. 2A and 2B after the application of an electric field thereto;
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B illustrate the apparatus of FIGS. 2A and 2B after the application of a reversed electric field thereto;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of droplet splitting, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention;
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of additional embodiments of the invention;
  • FIGS. 7 a and 7 b are schematic diagrams of the formation of microfluidic droplets in accordance with the present invention;
  • FIGS. 8 a-f illustrate the splitting of droplets in accordance with the invention;
  • FIGS. 9 a-d illustrate the induction of dipoles in droplets in accordance with the invention;
  • FIGS. 10 a-d illustrate the sorting of microcasules by altering the flow of carrier fluid in a microfluidic system;
  • FIGS. 11 a-c illustrate the use of pressure changes in the microfluidic system to control the direction of flow of droplets;
  • FIGS. 12 a-j illustrate flow patterns for droplets in microfluidic systems in accordance with the invention;
  • FIGS. 13 a-d illustrate the use of oppositely charged droplets in the invention;
  • FIGS. 14 a and 14 b are illustrations of the formation and maintenance of microfluidic droplets using three immiscible liquids; and
  • FIG. 15. Compound screening using microdroplets in a microfluidic system. Panel A: schematic of the core system. Panel B: process block diagram showing the modules in the core system. Microdroplets containing a target enzyme are fused with microdroplets each of which contain a different compound from a compound library. After allowing time for the compounds to bind to the target enzyme each microdroplet is fused with another microdroplet containing a fluorogenic enzyme substrate. The rate of the enzymatic reaction is determined by measuring the fluorescence of each microdroplet, ideally at multiple points (corresponding to different times). Microdroplets containing compounds with desired activities can, if required, be sorted and collected.
  • FIG. 16. Examples of microdroplet formation and manipulation using microfluidics. Panel A: microdroplets can be created at up to 104 sec−1 by hydrodynamic-focussing (top two panels) and show <1.5% polydispersity (bottom panel). Panel B: microdroplets can be split symmetrically or asymmetrically. Panel C: microdroplets carrying positive (+q) and negative (−q) electrical charges fuse spontaneously. Panel D: charged microdroplets can also be steered using an applied electrical field (E).
  • FIG. 17. Examples of PTP1B inhibitors. Compounds with a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate moiety (e.g. 2) have significantly more potency than those with a single moiety (e.g. 1).
  • FIG. 18. Screening PTP1B inhibitors using microencapsulation. Polystyrene beads with surface carboxylate groups, died with orange or red fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997), are derivatised with a phosphopeptide PTP1B substrate, and either PTP1B inhibitors or non-inhibitory compounds attached via a cleavable linker (1). After mixing the beads, single beads and target enzyme (PTP1B) are colocalised in a microcapsule by forming a water-in-oil emulsion (2). The compound is released photochemically (3). Inhibitors reduce the amount of substrate converted to product (dephosphorylated peptide) (4). The enzyme reaction is stopped and the emulsion is broken (5). After labelling with green fluorescent anti-substrate antibodies, beads are analysed by 3-colour flow cytometry to simultaneously determine extent of inhibition and the compound on the beads (6). Ultimately, compound libraries will be coupled to optically tagged beads (see below) and rapidly decoded by flow cytometry (at up to 100,000 beads s−1). Hit compounds can be re-synthesised for further characterisation (7) or elaborated and rescreened in a process of synthetic evolution (8).
  • FIG. 19. Compartmentalisation of small molecules in water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions. Water-in-perfluorooctyl bromide emulsions were made containing texas red (1 mM) and calcein (1 mM) in the aqueous phase by homogenisation as described in example 9. The two emulsions were mixed by vortexing and imaged by epifluorescence microscopy after 24 hours. No exchange of texas-red (red fluorescence) and calcein (green fluorescence) between microdroplets could be observed.
  • FIG. 20 Charged droplet generation. (A), Oil and water streams converge at a 30 micron orifice. A voltage V applied to indium-tin-oxide (ITO) electrodes on the glass produces an electric field E to capacitively charges the aqueous-oil interface. Drop size is independent of charge at low field strengths but decreases at higher fields, as shown in the photomicrographs, [(B) V=0, (C) V=400, (D) V=600 and (E) V=800] at higher fields. (F) Droplet size as a function of voltage showing the crossover between flow-dominated and field-dominated snap-off for three different flow rates of the continuous phase oil (Qc=80 nL/s, 110 nL/s, and 140 nL/s). The infusion rate of the water is constant Qd=20 nL/s.}
  • FIG. 21 Coalescing drops. (A) Drops having opposite sign of electrostatic charge can be generated by applying a voltage across the two aqueous streams. (B) In the absence of the field the frequency and timing of drop formation at the two nozzles are independent and each nozzle produces a different size drop at a different frequency; infusion rates are the same at both nozzles. After the confluence of the two streams, drops from the upper and lower nozzles stay in their respective halves of the stream and due to surfactant there are no coalescence events even in the case of large slugs that fill the channel width. (C) With an applied voltage of 200V across the 500 micron separation of the nozzles , the drops simultaneously break-off from the two nozzles and are identical; simultaneous drop formation can be achieved for unequal infusion rates of the aqueous streams even up to a factor of two difference in volumes. (D) The fraction of the drops that encounter each other and coalesce increases linearly above a critical field when a surfactant, sorbiton-monooleate 3% is present.
  • FIG. 22: Droplets carrying a pH sensitive dye coalesce with droplets of a different pH fluid. Chaotic advection rapidly mixes the two fluids through a combination of translation and rotation as the droplets pass around comers.
  • FIG. 23: Diffusion limited and rapid mixing strategies. (A) Drops meet and coalesce along the direction of E and then move off in a perpendicular direction, as sketched the counter rotating vortices after coalescence do not mix the two fluid parts as each vortex contains a single material. (B) As the drops approach each other the increasing field causes there interfaces to deform and (C) a bridge to jump out connecting the drops, to create (D) in the case of 20 nm silica particles and MgCl2 a sharp interface where the particles begin to gel. (E) A typical unmixed droplet with particles in one hemisphere. (F) To achieve fast mixing, droplets are brought together in the direction perpendicular to the electric field and move off in the direction parallel to the direction they merged along. Counter rotating vortexes are then created where each vortex is composed of half of the contentes from each of the premerger-droplets. (G) Shows a pH sensitive dye in the lower drop and a different pH fluid in the upper droplet. (H) After merger the droplets are split by a sharp line. (I) A uniform intensity indicating that mixing has been occurred is achieved in the droplet after it translates one diameter, typically this takes 1 to 2 ms.
  • FIG. 24 Time delay reaction module. (A) Droplets of perfluorodecaline alternate with aqueous droplets in a hexadecane carrier fluid. The ‘single-file’ ordering of the droplets provides for long delays with essentially no deviation in the precise spacing of aqueous droplets or droplet order. (B) Increasing the width and height of the channel to create a ‘large cross-sectional area’ channel provides for extremely long time delays from minutes to hours. The exact ordering and spacing between the droplets is not maintained in this type of delay line.
  • FIG. 25 Recharging neutral drops. (A) Schematic to recharge neutral drops by breaking them in the presence of an electric field. Uncharged drops (q=0) are polarized in an electric field (Es≠0), and provided Es is sufficiently large, as shown in the photomicrograph of (B), they break into two oppositely charged daughter drops in the extensional flow at a bifurcation. The enlargement of the dashed rectangle, shown in (C), reveals that the charged drops are stretched in the electric field ES but return to spherical on contacting the electrodes indicated by dashed vertical lines.
  • FIG. 26 Detection module. One or more lasers are coupled to an optical fibre that is used to excite the fluorescence in each droplet as it passes over the fibre. The fluorescence is collected by the same fibre and dichroic beam splitters separate off specific wavelengths of the fluorescent light and the intensity of the fluorescence is measured with a photomultiplier tube (PMT) after the light passes through a band-pass filter.
  • FIG. 27 Manipulating charged drops. In (A) charged drops alternately enter the right and left channels when there is no field applied (Es=0). The sketch in (B) shows the layout for using an electric field Es to select the channel charged drops will enter at a bifurcation. When an electric field is applied to the right (C), the drops enter the right branch at the bifurcation; they enter the left branch when the field is reversed (D). After the bifurcation, the distance between drops is reduced to half what it was before indicating the oil stream is evenly divided. The inset of (D) shows the deformation in the shape of a highly charged drop in an electric field.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Definitions
  • As used herein, “or” is understood to mean “inclusively or,” i.e., the inclusion of at least one, but including more than one, of a number or list of elements. In contrast, the term “exclusively or” refers to the inclusion of exactly one element of a number or list of elements.
  • The indefinite articles “a” and “an,” as used herein in the specification and in the claims, should be understood to mean “at least one.”
  • The term “about,” as used herein in reference to a numerical parameter (for example, a physical, chemical, electrical, or biological property), will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to be an approximation of a numerical value, the exact value of which may be subject to errors such as those resulting from measurement errors of the numerical parameter, uncertainties resulting from the variability and/or reproducibility of the numerical parameter (for example; in separate experiments), and the like.
  • The term “microcapsule” is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art and further described hereinbelow. In essence, however, a microcapsule is an artificial compartment whose delimiting borders restrict the exchange of the components of the molecular mechanisms described herein which allow the identification of the molecule with the desired activity. The delimiting borders preferably completely enclose the contents of the microcapsule. Preferably, the microcapsules used in the method of the present invention will be capable of being produced in very large numbers, and thereby to compartmentalise a library of compounds. Optionally, the compounds can be attached to microbeads. The microcapsules used herein allow mixing and sorting to be performed thereon, in order to facilitate the high throughput potential of the methods of the invention. Microcapsules according to the present invention can be a droplet of one fluid in a different fluid, where the confined components are soluble in the droplet but not in the carrier fluid, and in another embodiment there is another material defining a wall, such as a membrane (e.g. in the context of lipid vesicles; liposomes) or non-ionic surfactant vesicles, or those with rigid, nonpermeable membranes, or semipermeable membranes. Arrays of liquid droplets on solid surfaces, multiwell plates and “plugs” in microfluidic systems, that is fluid droplets that are not completely surrounded by a second fluid as defined herein, are not microcapsules as defined herein.
  • The term “microbead” is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art and further described hereinbelow. Microbeads, are also known by those skilled in the art as microspheres, latex particles, beads, or minibeads, are available in diameters from 20 nm to 1 mm and can be made from a variety of materials including silica and a variety of polymers, copolymers and terpolymers. Highly uniform derivatised and non-derivatised nonmagnetic and paramagnetic microparticles (beads) are commercially available from many sources (e.g. Sigma, Bangs Laboratories, Luminex and Molecular Probes) (Fomusek and Vetvicka, 1986).
  • Microbeads can be “compartmentalised” in accordance with the present invention by distribution into microcapsules. For example, in a preferred aspect the microbeads can be placed in a water/oil mixture and emulsified to form a water-in-oil emulsion comprising microcapsules according to the invention. The concentration of the microbeads can be adjusted such that a single microbead, on average, appears in each microcapsule. Advantageously, the concentration of the microbeads can be adjusted such that, on average a single microbead appears in only 10-20% of the microcapsules, thus assuring that there are very few microcapsules with more than one microbead.
  • The term “compound” is used herein in accordance with the meaning normally assigned thereto in the art. The term compound is used in its broadest sense i.e. a substance comprising two or more elements in fixed proportions, including molecules and supramolecular complexes. This definition includes small molecules (typically <500 Daltons) which make up the majority of pharmaceuticals. However, the definition also includes larger molecules, including polymers, for example polypeptides, nucleic acids and carbohydrates, and supramolecular complexes thereof.
  • A “repertoire” of compounds is a group of diverse compounds, which may also be referred to as a library of compounds. Repertoires of compounds may be generated by any means known in the art, including combinatorial chemistry, compound evolution, such as by the method of our copending International patent application PCT GB04/001352 filed 31Mar. 2003, or purchased from commercial sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Discovery Partners International, Maybridge and Tripos. A repertoire advantageously comprises at least 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1010, 1011 or more different compounds, which may be related or unrelated in structure or function.
  • A “subset” of a repertoire is a part thereof, which may be a single compound or a group of compounds having related or unrelated structures. Advantageously, the subset is a single compound. Preferably, multiple copies of each compound are encapsulated in a microcapsule. Subsets of the repertoire, which may be attached to microbeads, are advantageously attached in multiple copies of each compound; for example, where each microbead has attached thereto only one compound, multiple molecules of that compound are attached to said microbead. The amount of compound attached to the microbead will determine the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule.
  • Compounds can be “released” from a microbead by cleavage of a linker which effects the attachment of the compound to the microbead. Release of the compounds from the microbead allows the compounds to interact more freely with other contents of the microcapsule, and to be involved in reactions therein and optionally to become combined with other reagents to form new compounds, complexes, molecules or supramolecular complexes. Cleavage of linkers can be performed by any means, with means such as photochemical cleavage which can be effected from without the microcapsule being preferred. Photochemically cleavable linkers are known in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)) and further described below.
  • As used herein, the “target” is any compound, molecule, or supramolecular complex. Typical targets include targets of medical significance, including drug targets such as receptors, for example G protein coupled receptors and hormone receptors; transcription factors, protein kinases and phosphatases involved in signalling pathways; gene products specific to microorganisms, such as components of cell walls, replicases and other enzymes; industrially relevant targets, such as enzymes used in the food industry, reagents intended for research or production purposes, and the like.
  • A “desired activity”, as referred to herein, is the modulation of any activity of a target, or an activity of a molecule which is influenced by the target, which is modulatable directly or indirectly by a compound or compounds as assayed herein. The activity of the target may be any measurable biological or chemical activity, including binding activity, an enzymatic activity, an activating or inhibitory activity on a third enzyme or other molecule, the ability to cause disease or influence metabolism or other functions, and the like. Activation and inhibition, as referred to herein, denote the increase or decrease of a desired activity 1.5 fold, 2 fold, 3 fold, 4 fold, 5 fold, 10 fold, 100 fold or more. Where the modulation is inactivation, the inactivation can be substantially complete inactivation. The desired activity may moreover be purely a binding activity, which may or may not involve the modulation of the activity of the target bound to.
  • A compound defined herein as “low molecular weight” or a “small molecule” is a molecule commonly referred to in the pharmaceutical arts as a “small molecule”. Such compounds are smaller than polypeptides and other, large molecular complexes and can be easily administered to and assimilated by patients and other subjects. Small molecule drugs can advantageously be formulated for oral administration or intramuscular injection. For example, a small molecule may have a molecular weight of up to 2000 Dalton; preferably up to 1000 Dalton; advantageously between 250 and 750 Dalton; and more preferably less than 500 Dalton.
  • A “selectable change” is any change which can be measured and acted upon to identify or isolate the compound which causes it. The selection may take place at the level of the microcapsule, the microbead, or the compound itself, optionally when complexed with another reagent. A particularly advantageous embodiment is optical detection, in which the selectable change is a change in optical properties, which can be detected and acted upon for instance in a flow sorting device to separate microcapsules or microbeads displaying the desired change.
  • As used herein, ‘a change in optical properties’ refers to any change in absorption or emission of electromagnetic radiation, including changes in absorbance, luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence. All such properties are included in the term “optical”. Microcapsules or microbeads can be identified and, optionally, sorted, for example, by luminescence, fluorescence or phosphorescence activated sorting. In a preferred embodiment, flow sorting is employed to identify and, optionally, sort microcapsules or microbeads. A variety of optical properties can be used for analysis and to trigger sorting, including light scattering (Kerker, 1983) and fluorescence polarisation (Rolland et al., 1985).
  • The compounds in microcapsules or on beads can be identified using a variety of techniques familiar to those skilled in the art, including mass spectroscopy, chemical tagging or optical tagging.
  • As used herein, “microfluidic control” refers to the use of a microfluidic system comprising microfluidic channels as defined herein to direct or otherwise control the formation and/or movement of microcapsules (or “droplets”) in order to carry out the methods of the present invention. For example, “microfluidic control” of microcapsule formation refers to the creation of microcapsules using a microfluidic device to form “droplets” of fluid within a ssecond fluid, thus creating a microcapsule. Microcapsules sorted under microfluidic control are sorted, as described herein, using a microfluidic device to perform one or more of the functions associated with the sorting procedure. “Microfluidic control of fluidic species”, therefore, refers to the handling of fluids in a microfluidic system as defined in order to carry out the methods of the present invention.
  • As used herein, a “cell” is given its ordinary meaning as used in biology. The cell may be any cell or cell type. For example, the cell may be a bacterium or other single-cell organism, a plant cell, or an animal cell. If the cell is a single-cell organism, then the cell may be, for example, a protozoan, a trypanosome, an amoeba, a yeast cell, algae, etc.
  • If the cell is an animal cell, the cell may be, for example, an invertebrate cell (e.g., a cell from a fruit fly), a fish cell (e.g., a zebrafish cell), an amphibian cell (e.g., a frog cell), a reptile cell, a bird cell, or a mammalian cell such as a primate cell, a bovine cell, a horse cell, a porcine cell, a goat cell, a dog cell, a cat cell, or a cell from a rodent such as a rat or a mouse. If the cell is from a multicellular organism, the cell may be from any part of the organism. For instance, if the cell is from an animal, the cell may be a cardiac cell, a fibroblast, a keratinocyte, a heptaocyte, a chondracyte, a neural cell, a osteocyte, a muscle cell, a blood cell, an endothelial cell, an immune cell (e.g., a T-cell, a B-cell, a macrophage, a neutrophil, a basophil, a mast cell, an eosinophil), a stem cell, etc. In some cases, the cell may be a genetically engineered cell. In certain embodiments, the cell may be a Chinese hamster ovarian (“CHO”) cell or a 3T3 cell.
  • “Microfluidic,” as used herein, refers to a device, apparatus or system including at least one fluid channel having a cross-sectional dimension of less than 1 mm, and a ratio of length to largest cross-sectional dimension of at least 3:1. A “microfluidic channel,” as used herein, is a channel meeting these criteria.
  • The “cross-sectional dimension” of the channel is measured perpendicular to the direction of fluid flow. Most fluid channels in components of the invention have maximum cross-sectional dimensions less than 2 mm, and in some cases, less than 1 mm. In one set of embodiments, all fluid channels containing embodiments of the invention are microfluidic or have a largest cross sectional dimension of no more than 2 mm or 1 mm. In another embodiment, the fluid channels may be formed in part by a single component (e.g. an etched substrate or molded unit). Of course, larger channels, tubes, chambers, reservoirs, etc. can be used to store fluids in bulk and to deliver fluids to components of the invention. In one set of embodiments, the maximum cross-sectional dimension of the channel(s) containing embodiments of the invention are less than 500 microns, less than 200 microns, less than 100 microns, less than 50 microns, or less than 25 microns.
  • A “channel,” as used herein, means a feature on or in an article (substrate) that at least partially directs the flow of a fluid. The channel can have any cross-sectional shape (circular, oval, triangular, irregular, square or rectangular, or the like) and can be covered or uncovered. In embodiments where it is completely covered, at least one portion of the channel can have a cross-section that is completely enclosed, or the entire channel may be completely enclosed along its entire length with the exception of its inlet(s) and outlet(s). A channel may also have an aspect ratio (length to average cross sectional dimension) of at least 2:1, more typically at least 3:1, 5:1, or 10:1 or more. An open channel generally will include characteristics that facilitate control over fluid transport, e.g., structural characteristics (an elongated indentation) and/or physical or chemical characteristics (hydrophobicity vs. hydrophilicity) or other characteristics that can exert a force (e.g., a containing force) on a fluid. The fluid within the channel may partially or completely fill the channel. In some cases where an open channel is used, the fluid may be held within the channel, for example, using surface tension (i.e., a concave or convex meniscus).
  • The channel may be of any size, for example, having a largest dimension perpendicular to fluid flow of less than about 5 mm or 2 mm, or less than about 1 mm, or less than about 500 microns, less than about 200 microns, less than about 100 microns, less than about 60 microns, less than about 50 microns, less than about 40 microns, less than about 30 microns, less than about 25 microns, less than about 10 microns, less than about 3 microns, less than about 1 micron, less than about 300 nm, less than about 100 nm, less than about 30 nm, or less than about 10 nm. In some cases the dimensions of the channel may be chosen such that fluid is able to freely flow through the article or substrate. The dimensions of the channel may also be chosen, for example, to allow a certain volumetric or linear flowrate of fluid in the channel. Of course, the number of channels and the shape of the channels can be varied by any method known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In some cases, more than one channel or capillary may be used. For example, two or more channels may be used, where they are positioned inside each other, positioned adjacent to each other, positioned to intersect with each other, etc.
  • As used herein, “integral” means that portions of components are joined in such a way that they cannot be separated from each other without cutting or breaking the components from each other.
  • A “droplet,” as used herein is an isolated portion of a first fluid that is completely surrounded by a second fluid. It is to be noted that a droplet is not necessarily spherical, but may assume other shapes as well, for example, depending on the external environment. In one embodiment, the droplet has a minimum cross-sectional dimension that is substantially equal to the largest dimension of the channel perpendicular to fluid flow in which the droplet is located.
  • The “average diameter” of a population of droplets is the arithmetic average of the diameters of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter of a population of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering or other known techniques. The diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet, is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface. As non-limiting examples, the average diameter of a droplet may be less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers. The average diameter of the droplet may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • As used herein, a “fluid” is given its ordinary meaning, i.e., a liquid or a gas. Preferably, a fluid is a liquid. The fluid may have any suitable viscosity that permits flow. If two or more fluids are present, each fluid may be independently selected among essentially any fluids (liquids, gases, and the like) by those of ordinary skill in the art, by considering the relationship between the fluids. The fluids may each be miscible or immiscible. For example, two fluids can be selected to be immiscible within the time frame of formation of a stream of fluids, or within the time frame of reaction or interaction. Where the portions remain liquid for a significant period of time then the fluids should be significantly immiscible. Where, after contact and/or formation, the dispersed portions are quickly hardened by polymerization or the like, the fluids need not be as immiscible. Those of ordinary skill in the art can select suitable miscible or immiscible fluids, using contact angle measurements or the like, to carry out the techniques of the invention.
  • As used herein, a first entity is “surrounded” by a second entity if a closed loop can be drawn around the first entity through only the second entity. A first entity is “completely surrounded” if closed loops going through only the second entity can be drawn around the first entity regardless of direction. In one aspect, the first entity may be a cell, for example, a cell suspended in media is surrounded by the media. In another aspect, the first entity is a particle. In yet another aspect of the invention, the entities can both be fluids. For example, a hydrophilic liquid may be suspended in a hydrophobic liquid, a hydrophobic liquid may be suspended in a hydrophilic liquid, a gas bubble may be suspended in a liquid, etc. Typically, a hydrophobic liquid and a hydrophilic liquid are substantially immiscible with respect to each other, where the hydrophilic liquid has a greater affinity to water than does the hydrophobic liquid. Examples of hydrophilic liquids include, but are not limited to, water and other aqueous solutions comprising water, such as cell or biological media, ethanol, salt solutions, etc. Examples of hydrophobic liquids include, but are not limited to, oils such as hydrocarbons, silicon oils, fluorocarbon oils, organic solvents etc.
  • The term “determining,” as used herein, generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction. Example techniques include, but are not limited to, spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman; gravimetric techniques; ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichroism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements.
  • General Techniques
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., in cell culture, molecular genetics, nucleic acid chemistry, hybridisation techniques and biochemistry). Standard techniques are used for molecular, genetic and biochemical methods (see generally, Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d ed. (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. and Ausubel et al., Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (1999) 4th Ed, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. which are incorporated herein by reference) and chemical methods. In addition Harlow & Lane, A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y, is referred to for standard Immunological Techniques.
  • (A) General Description
  • The microcapsules of the present invention require appropriate physical properties to allow the working of the invention.
  • First, to ensure that the compounds and the target may not diffuse between microcapsules, the contents of each microcapsule must be isolated from the contents of the surrounding microcapsules, so that there is no or little exchange of compounds and target between the microcapsules over the timescale of the experiment. However, the permeability of the microcapsules may be adjusted such that reagents may be allowed to diffuse into and/or out of the microcapsules if desired.
  • Second, the method of the present invention requires that there are only a limited number of different compounds per microcapsule. In the case that compounds are attached to beads, the method of the present invention requires that there are only a limited number of beads per microcapsule.
  • Third, the formation and the composition of the microcapsules advantageously does not abolish the activity of the target.
  • Consequently, any microencapsulation system used preferably fulfils these three requirements. The appropriate system(s) may vary depending on the precise nature of the requirements in each application of the invention, as will be apparent to the skilled person.
  • A wide variety of microencapsulation procedures are available (see Benita, 1996) and may be used to create the microcapsules used in accordance with the present invention. Indeed, more than 200 microencapsulation methods have been identified in the literature (Finch, 1993).
  • Enzyme-catalysed biochemical reactions have also been demonstrated in microcapsules generated by a variety of other methods. Many enzymes are active in reverse micellar solutions (Bru & Walde, 1991; Bru & Walde, 1993; Creagh et al., 1993; Haber et al., 1993; Kumar et al., 1989; Luisi & B., 1987; Mao & Walde, 1991; Mao et al., 1992; Perez et al., 1992; Walde et al., 1994; Walde et al., 1993; Walde et al., 1988) such as the AOT-isooctane-water system (Menger & Yamada, 1979).
  • Microcapsules can also be generated by interfacial polymerisation and interfacial complexation (Whateley, 1996). Microcapsules of this sort can have rigid, nonpermeable membranes, or semipermeable membranes. Semipermeable microcapsules bordered by cellulose nitrate membranes, polyamide membranes and lipid-polyamide membranes can all support biochemical reactions, including multienzyme systems (Chang, 1987; Chang, 1992; Lim, 1984). Alginate/polylysine microcapsules (Lim & Sun, 1980), which can be formed under very mild conditions, have also proven to be very biocompatible, providing, for example, an effective method of encapsulating living cells and tissues (Chang, 1992; Sun et al., 1992).
  • Non-membranous microencapsulation systems based on phase partitioning of an aqueous environment in a colloidal system, such as an emulsion, may also be used.
  • Preferably, the microcapsules of the present invention are formed from emulsions; heterogeneous systems of two immiscible liquid phases with one of the phases dispersed in the other as droplets of microscopic or colloidal size (Becher, 1957; Sherman, 1968; Lissant, 1974; Lissant, 1984).
  • Emulsions may be produced from any suitable combination of immiscible liquids. Preferably the emulsion of the present invention has water (containing the biochemical components) as the phase present in the form of finely divided droplets (the disperse, internal or discontinuous phase) and a hydrophobic, immiscible liquid (an ‘oil’) as the matrix in which these droplets are suspended (the nondisperse, continuous or external phase). Such emulsions are termed ‘water-in-oil’ (W/O). This has the advantage that the entire aqueous phase containing the biochemical components is compartmentalised in discreet droplets (the internal phase). The external phase, being a hydrophobic oil, generally contains none of the biochemical components and hence is inert.
  • The emulsion may be stabilised by addition of one or more surface-active agents (surfactants). These surfactants are termed emulsifying agents and act at the water/oil interface to prevent (or at least delay) separation of the phases. Many oils and many emulsifiers can be used for the generation of water-in-oil emulsions; a recent compilation listed over 16,000 surfactants, many of which are used as emulsifying agents (Ash and Ash, 1993). Suitable oils include light white mineral oil and decane. Suitable surfactants include: non-ionic surfactants (Schick, 1966) such as sorbitan monooleate (Span™80; ICI), sorbitan monostearate (Span™60; ICI), polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (Tween™80; ICI), and octylphenoxyethoxyethanol (Triton X-100); ionic surfactants such as sodium cholate and sodium taurocholate and sodium deoxycholate; chemically inert silicone-based surfactants such as polysiloxane-polycetyl-polyethylene glycol copolymer (Cetyl Dimethicone Copolyol) (e.g. Abil™EM90; Goldschmidt); and cholesterol.
  • Emulsions with a fluorocarbon (or perfluorocarbon) continuous phase (Krafft et al., 2003; Riess, 2002) may be particularly advantageous. For example, stable water-in-perfluorooctyl bromide and water-in-perfluorooctylethane emulsions can be formed using F-alkyl dimorpholinophosphates as surfactants (Sadtler et al., 1996). Non-fluorinated compounds are essentially insoluble in fluorocarbons and perfluorocarbons (Curran, 1998; Hildebrand and Cochran, 1949; Hudlicky, 1992; Scott, 1948; Studer et al., 1997) and small drug-like molecules (typically <500 Da and Log P<5) (Lipinski et al., 2001) are compartmentalised very effectively in the aqueous microcapsules of water-in-fluorocarbon and water-in-perfluorocarbon emulsions—with little or no exchange between microcapsules.
  • Creation of an emulsion generally requires the application of mechanical energy to force the phases together. There are a variety of ways of doing this which utilise a variety of mechanical devices, including stirrers (such as magnetic stir-bars, propeller and turbine stirrers, paddle devices and whisks), homogenisers (including rotor-stator homogenisers, high-pressure valve homogenisers and jet homogenisers), colloid mills, ultrasound and ‘membrane emulsification’ devices (Becher, 1957; Dickinson, 1994), and microfluidic devices (Umbanhowar et al., 2000).
  • Complicated biochemical processes, notably gene transcription and translation are also active in aqueous microcapsules formed in water-in-oil emulsions. This has enabled compartmentalisation in water-in-oil emulsions to be used for the selection of genes, which are transcribed and translated in emulsion microcapsules and selected by the binding or catalytic activities of the proteins they encode (Doi and Yanagawa, 1999; Griffiths and Tawfik, 2003; Lee et al., 2002; Sepp et al., 2002; Tawfik and Griffiths, 1998). This was possible because the aqueous microcapsules formed in the emulsion were generally stable with little if any exchange of nucleic acids, proteins, or the products of enzyme catalysed reactions between microcapsules.
  • The technology exists to create emulsions with volumes all the way up to industrial scales of thousands of litres (Becher, 1957; Sherman, 1968; Lissant, 1974; Lissant, 1984).
  • The preferred microcapsule size will vary depending upon the precise requirements of any individual screening process that is to be performed according to the present invention. In all cases, there will be an optimal balance between the size of the compound library and the sensitivities of the assays to determine the identity of the compound and target activity.
  • The size of emulsion microcapsules may be varied simply by tailoring the emulsion conditions used to form the emulsion according to requirements of the screening system. The larger the microcapsule size, the larger is the volume that will be required to encapsulate a given compound library, since the ultimately limiting factor will be the size of the microcapsule and thus the number of microcapsules possible per unit volume.
  • Water-in-oil emulsions can be re-emulsified to create water-in-oil-in water double emulsions with an external (continuous) aqueous phase. These double emulsions can be analysed and, optionally, sorted using a flow cytometer (Bemath et al., 2004).
  • Highly monodisperse microcapsules can be produced using microfluidic techniques. For example, water-in-oil emulsions with less than 3% polydispersity can be generated by droplet break off in a co-flowing steam of oil (Umbanhowar et al., 2000). Microfluidic systems can also be used for laminar-flow of aqueous microdroplets dispersed in a stream of oil in microfluidic channels (Thorsen et al., 2001). This allows the construction of microfluidic devices for flow analysis and, optionally, flow sorting of microdroplets (Fu et al., 2002).
  • Advantageously, highly monodisperse microcapsules can be formed using systems and methods for the electronic control of fluidic species. One aspect of the invention relates to systems and methods for producing droplets of fluid surrounded by a liquid. The fluid and the liquid may be essentially immiscible in many cases, i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest (e.g., the time it takes a fluidic droplet to be transported through a particular system or device). In certain cases, the droplets may each be substantially the same shape or size, as further described below. The fluid may also contain other species, for example, certain molecular species (e.g., as further discussed below), cells, particles, etc.
  • In one set of embodiments, electric charge may be created on a fluid surrounded by a liquid, which may cause the fluid to separate into individual droplets within the liquid. In some embodiments, the fluid and the liquid may be present in a channel, e.g., a microfluidic channel, or other constricted space that facilitates application of an electric field to the fluid (which may be “AC” or alternating current, “DC” or direct current etc.), for example, by limiting movement of the fluid with respect to the liquid. Thus, the fluid can be present as a series of individual charged and/or electrically inducible droplets within the liquid. In one embodiment, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be large enough to cause the droplet to move within the liquid. In some cases, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplet may be used to direct a desired motion of the droplet within the liquid, for example, to or within a channel or a microfluidic channel (e.g., as further described herein), etc. As one example, in apparatus 5 in FIG. 3A, droplets 15 created by fluid source 10 can be electrically charged using an electric filed created by electric field generator 20.
  • Electric charge may be created in the fluid within the liquid using any suitable technique, for example, by placing the fluid within an electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.), and/or causing a reaction to occur that causes the fluid to have an electric charge, for example, a chemical reaction, an ionic reaction, a photocatalyzed reaction, etc. In one embodiment, the fluid is an electrical conductor. As used herein, a “conductor” is a material having a conductivity of at least about the conductivity of 18 megohm (MOhm or MΩ) water. The liquid surrounding the fluid may have a conductivity less than that of the fluid. For instance, the liquid may be an insulator, relative to the fluid, or at least a “leaky insulator,” i.e., the liquid is able to at least partially electrically insulate the fluid for at least a short period of time. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to identify the conductivity of fluids. In one non-limiting embodiment, the fluid may be substantially hydrophilic, and the liquid surrounding the fluid may be substantially hydrophobic.
  • In some embodiments, the charge created on the fluid (for example, on a series of fluidic droplets) may be at least about 10−22 C/micrometer3. In certain cases, the charge may be at least about 10−21 C/micrometer3, and in other cases, the charge may be at least about 10−20 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−19 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−18 C/ micrometer3, at least about 10−17 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−16 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−15 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−14 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−13 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−12 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−11 C/micrometer3, at least about 10−10 C/micrometer3, or at least about 10−9 C/micrometer3 or more. In certain embodiments, the charge created on the fluid may be at least about 10−21 C/micrometer2, and in some cases, the charge may be at least about 10−20 C/micrometer2, at least about 1031 19 C/micrometer2, at least about 10−18 C/micrometer2, at least about 10−17 C/micrometer2, at least about 10−16 C/micrometer2, at least about 10−15 C/micrometer2, at least about 10−14 C/micrometer2, or at least about 10−13 C/micrometer2 or more. In other embodiments, the charge may be at least about 10−14 C/droplet, and, in some cases, at least about 10−13 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10−12 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10−11 C/droplet, in other cases at least about 10−10 C/droplet, or in still other cases at least about 10−9 C/droplet.
  • The electric field, in some embodiments, is generated from an electric field generator, i.e., a device or system able to create an electric field that can be applied to the fluid. The electric field generator may produce an AC field (i.e., one that varies periodically with respect to time, for example, sinusoidally, sawtooth, square, etc.), a DC field (i.e., one that is constant with respect to time), a pulsed field, etc. The electric field generator may be constructed and arranged to create an electric field within a fluid contained within a channel or a microfluidic channel. The electric field generator may be integral to or separate from the fluidic system containing the channel or microfluidic channel, according to some embodiments. As used herein, “integral” means that portions of the components integral to each other are joined in such a way that the components cannot be manually separated from each other without cutting or breaking at least one of the components.
  • Techniques for producing a suitable electric field (which may be AC, DC, etc.) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, in one embodiment, an electric field is produced by applying voltage across a pair of electrodes, which may be positioned on or embedded within the fluidic system (for example, within a substrate defining the channel or microfluidic channel), and/or positioned proximate the fluid such that at least a portion of the electric field interacts with the fluid. The electrodes can be fashioned from any suitable electrode material or materials known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, silver, gold, copper, carbon, platinum, copper, tungsten, tin, cadmium, nickel, indium tin oxide (“ITO”), etc., as well as combinations thereof. In some cases, transparent or substantially transparent electrodes can be used. In certain embodiments, the electric field generator can be constructed and arranged (e.g., positioned) to create an electric field applicable to the fluid of at least about 0.01 V/micrometer, and, in some cases, at least about 0.03 V/micrometer, at least about 0.05 V/micrometer, at least about 0.08 V/micrometer, at least about 0.1 V/micrometer, at least about 0.3 V/micrometer, at least about 0.5 V/micrometer, at least about 0.7 V/micrometer, at least about 1 V/micrometer, at least about 1.2 V/micrometer, at least about 1.4 V/micrometer, at least about 1.6 V/micrometer, or at least about 2 V/micrometer. In some embodiments, even higher electric field intensities may be used, for example, at least about 2 V/micrometer, at least about 3 V/micrometer, at least about 5 V/micrometer, at least about 7 V/micrometer, or at least about 10 V/micrometer or more.
  • In some embodiments, an electric field may be applied to fluidic droplets to cause the droplets to experience an electric force. The electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be, in some cases, at least about 10−16 N/micrometer3. In certain cases, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be greater, e.g., at least about 10−15 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−14 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−13 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−12 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−11 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−10 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−9 N/micrometer3, at least about 10−8 N/micrometer3, or at least about 10−7 N/micrometer3 or more. In other embodiments, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets, relative to the surface area of the fluid, may be at least about 10−15 N/micrometer2, and in some cases, at least about 10−14 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−13 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−12 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−11 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−10 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−9 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−8 N/micrometer2, at least about 10−7 N/micrometer2, or at least about 10−6 N/micrometer2 or more. In yet other embodiments, the electric force exerted on the fluidic droplets may be at least about 10−9 N, at least about 10−8 N, at least about 10−7 N, at least about 10−6 N, at least about 10−5 N, or at least about 10−4 N or more in some cases.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, systems and methods are provided for at least partially neutralizing an electric charge present on a fluidic droplet, for example, a fluidic droplet having an electric charge, as described above. For example, to at least partially neutralize the electric charge, the fluidic droplet may be passed through an electric field and/or brought near an electrode, e.g., using techniques such as those described herein. Upon exiting of the fluidic droplet from the electric field (i.e., such that the electric field no longer has a strength able to substantially affect the fluidic droplet), and/or other elimination of the electric field, the fluidic droplet may become electrically neutralized, and/or have a reduced electric charge.
  • In another set of embodiments, droplets of fluid can be created from a fluid surrounded by a liquid within a channel by altering the channel dimensions in a manner that is able to induce the fluid to form individual droplets. The channel may, for example, be a channel that expands relative to the direction of flow, e.g., such that the fluid does not adhere to the channel walls and forms individual droplets instead, or a channel that narrows relative to the direction of flow, e.g., such that the fluid is forced to coalesce into individual droplets. One example is shown in FIG. 7A, where channel 510 includes a flowing fluid 500 (flowing downwards), surrounded by liquid 505. Channel 510 narrows at location 501, causing fluid 500 to form a series of individual fluidic droplets 515. In other embodiments, internal obstructions may also be used to cause droplet formation to occur. For instance, baffles, ridges, posts, or the like may be used to disrupt liquid flow in a manner that causes the fluid to coalesce into fluidic droplets.
  • In some cases, the channel dimensions may be altered with respect to time (for example, mechanically or electromechanically, pneumatically, etc.) in such a manner as to cause the formation of individual fluidic droplets to occur. For example, the channel may be mechanically contracted (“squeezed”) to cause droplet formation, or a fluid stream may be mechanically disrupted to cause droplet formation, for example, through the use of moving baffles, rotating blades, or the like. As a non-limiting example, in FIG. 7B, fluid 500 flows through channel 510 in a downward direction. Fluid 500 is surrounded by liquid 505. Piezoelectric devices 520 positioned near or integral to channel 510 may then mechanically constrict or “squeeze” channel 510, causing fluid 500 to break up into individual fluidic droplets 515.
  • In yet another set of embodiments, individual fluidic droplets can be created and maintained in a system comprising three essentially mutually immiscible fluids (i.e., immiscible on a time scale of interest), where one fluid is a liquid carrier, and the second fluid and the third fluid alternate as individual fluidic droplets within the liquid carrier. In such a system, surfactants are not necessarily required to ensure separation of the fluidic droplets of the second and third fluids. As an example, with reference to FIG. 14A, within channel 700, a first fluid 701 and a second fluid 702 are each carried within liquid carrier 705. First fluid 701 and second fluid 702 alternate as a series of alternating, individual droplets, each carried by liquid carrier 705 within channel 700. As the first fluid, the second fluid, and the liquid carrier are all essentially mutually immiscible, any two of the fluids (or all three fluids) can come into contact without causing droplet coalescence to occur. A photomicrograph of an example of such a system is shown in FIG. 14B, illustrating first fluid 701 and second fluid 702, present as individual, alternating droplets, each contained within liquid carrier 705.
  • One example of a system involving three essentially mutually immiscible fluids is a silicone oil, a mineral oil, and an aqueous solution (i.e., water, or water containing one or more other species that are dissolved and/or suspended therein, for example, a salt solution, a saline solution, a suspension of water containing particles or cells, or the like). Another example of a system is a silicone oil, a fluorocarbon oil, and an aqueous solution. Yet another example of a system is a hydrocarbon oil (e.g., hexadecane), a fluorocarbon oil, and an aqueous solution. In these examples, any of these fluids may be used as the liquid carrier. Non-limiting examples of suitable fluorocarbon oils include octadecafluorodecahydronaphthalene:
    Figure US20050221339A1-20051006-C00001

    or 1-(1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-undecafluorocyclohexyl)ethanol:
    Figure US20050221339A1-20051006-C00002
  • A non-limiting example of such a system is illustrated in FIG. 14B. In this figure, fluidic network 710 includes a channel containing liquid carrier 705, and first fluid 701 and second fluid 702. Liquid carrier 705 is introduced into fluidic network 710 through inlet 725, while first fluid 701 is introduced through inlet 721, and second fluid 702 is introduced through inlet 722. Channel 716 within fluidic network 710 contains liquid carrier 715 introduced from inlet 725. Initially, first fluid 701 is introduced into liquid carrier 705, forming fluidic droplets therein. Next, second fluid 702 is introduced into liquid 705, forming fluidic droplets therein that are interspersed with the fluidic droplets containing first fluid 701. Thus, upon reaching channel 717, liquid carrier 705 contains a first set of fluidic droplets containing first fluid 701, interspersed with a second set of fluidic droplets containing second fluid 702. In the embodiment illustrated, channel 706 optionally comprises a series of bends, which may allow mixing to occur within each of the fluidic droplets, as further discussed below. However, it should be noted that in this embodiment, since first fluid 701 and second fluid 702 are essentially immiscible, significant fusion and/or mixing of the droplets containing first fluid 701 with the droplets containing second fluid 702 is not generally expected.
  • Other examples of the production of droplets of fluid surrounded by a liquid are described in International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2004/010903, filed Apr. 9, 2004 by Link, et al. and International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US03/20542, filed Jun. 30, 2003 by Stone, et al., published as WO 2004/002627 on Jan. 8, 2004, each incorporated herein by reference.
  • In some embodiments, the fluidic droplets may each be substantially the same shape and/or size. The shape and/or size can be determined, for example, by measuring the average diameter or other characteristic dimension of the droplets. The term “determining,” as used herein, generally refers to the analysis or measurement of a species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, and/or the detection of the presence or absence of the species. “Determining” may also refer to the analysis or measurement of an interaction between two or more species, for example, quantitatively or qualitatively, or by detecting the presence or absence of the interaction. Examples of suitable techniques include, but are not limited to, spectroscopy such as infrared, absorption, fluorescence, UV/visible, FTIR (“Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy”), or Raman; gravimetric techniques; ellipsometry; piezoelectric measurements; immunoassays; electrochemical measurements; optical measurements such as optical density measurements; circular dichroism; light scattering measurements such as quasielectric light scattering; polarimetry; refractometry; or turbidity measurements.
  • The “average diameter” of a plurality or series of droplets is the arithmetic average of the average diameters of each of the droplets. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine the average diameter (or other characteristic dimension) of a plurality or series of droplets, for example, using laser light scattering, microscopic examination, or other known techniques. The diameter of a droplet, in a non-spherical droplet, is the mathematically-defined average diameter of the droplet, integrated across the entire surface. The average diameter of a droplet (and/or of a plurality or series of droplets) may be, for example, less than about 1 mm, less than about 500 micrometers, less than about 200 micrometers, less than about 100 micrometers, less than about 75 micrometers, less than about 50 micrometers, less than about 25 micrometers, less than about 10 micrometers, or less than about 5 micrometers in some cases. The average diameter may also be at least about 1 micrometer, at least about 2 micrometers, at least about 3 micrometers, at least about 5 micrometers, at least about 10 micrometers, at least about 15 micrometers, or at least about 20 micrometers in certain cases.
  • In certain instances, the invention provides for the production of droplets consisting essentially of a substantially uniform number of entities of a species therein (i.e., molecules, compounds, cells, particles, etc.). For example, about 90%, about 93%, about 95%, about 97%, about 98%, or about 99%, or more of a plurality or series of droplets may each contain the same number of entities of a particular species. For instance, a substantial number of fluidic droplets produced, e.g., as described above, may each contain 1 entity, 2 entities, 3 entities, 4 entities, 5 entities, 7 entities, 10 entities, 15 entities, 20 entities, 25 entities, 30 entities, 40 entities, 50 entities, 60 entities, 70 entities 80 entities, 90 entities, 100 entities, etc., where the entities are molecules or macromolecules, cells, particles, etc. In some cases, the droplets may each independently contain a range of entities, for example, less than 20 entities, less than 15 entities, less than 10 entities, less than 7 entities, less than 5 entities, or less than 3 entities in some cases. In one set of embodiments, in a liquid containing droplets of fluid, some of which contain a species of interest and some of which do not contain the species of interest, the droplets of fluid may be screened or sorted for those droplets of fluid containing the species as further described below (e.g., using fluorescence or other techniques such as those described above), and in some cases, the droplets may be screened or sorted for those droplets of fluid containing a particular number or range of entities of the species of interest, e.g., as previously described. Thus, in some cases, a plurality or series of fluidic droplets, some of which contain the species and some of which do not, may be enriched (or depleted) in the ratio of droplets that do contain the species, for example, by a factor of at least about 2, at least about 3, at least about 5, at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 50, at least about 100, at least about 125, at least about 150, at least about 200, at least about 250, at least about 500, at least about 750, at least about 1000, at least about 2000, or at least about 5000 or more in some cases. In other cases, the enrichment (or depletion) may be in a ratio of at least about 104, at least about 105, at least about 106, at least about 107, at least about 108, at least about 109, at least about 1010, at least about 1011, at least about 1012, at least about 1013, at least about 1014, at least about 1015, or more. For example, a fluidic droplet containing a particular species may be selected from a library of fluidic droplets containing various species, where the library may have about 105, about 106, about 107, about 108, about 109, about 1010, about 1011, about 1012, about 1013, about 1014, about 1015, or more items, for example, a DNA library, an RNA library, a protein library, a combinatorial chemistry library, etc. In certain embodiments, the droplets carrying the species may then be fused, reacted, or otherwise used or processed, etc., as further described below, for example, to initiate or determine a reaction.
  • The use of microfluidic handling to create microcapsoules according to the invention has a number of advantages:
      • (a) They allow the formation of highly monodisperse microcapsules (<?1.5% polydispersity), each of which functions as an almost identical, very small microreactor, b) The microcapsules can have volumes ranging from about 1 femtolitre to about 1 nanolitre.c) Compartmentalisation in microcapsules prevents diffusion and dispersion due to parabolic flow.
      • (b) By using a perfluorocarbon carrier fluid it is possible to prevent exchange of molecules between microcapsules.
      • (c) Compounds in microcapsules cannot react or interact with the fabric of the microchannels as they are separated by a layer of inert perfluorocarbon carrier fluid.
      • (d) Microcapsules can be created at up to and including 10,000 s−1 and screened using optical methods at the same rate. This is a throughput of ˜109 per day.
  • Microcapsules (or droplets; the terms may be used intechangeably for the purposes envisaged herein) can, advantageously, be fused or split. For example, aqueous microdroplets can be merged and split using microfluidics systems (Link et al., 2004; Song et al., 2003). Microcapsule fusion allows the mixing of reagents. Fusion, for example, of a microcapsule containing the target with a microcapsule containing the compound could initiate the reaction between target and compound. Microcapsule splitting allows single microcapsules to be split into two or more smaller microcapsules. For example a single microcapsule containing a compound can be split into multiple microcapsules which can then each be fused with a different microcapsule containing a different target. A single microcapsule containing a target can also be split into multiple microcapsules which can then each be fused with a different microcapsule containing a different compound, or compounds at different concentrations.
  • In one aspect, the invention relates to microfluidic systems and methods for splitting a fluidic droplet into two or more droplets. The fluidic droplet may be surrounded by a liquid, e.g., as previously described, and the fluid and the liquid are essentially immiscible in some cases. The two or more droplets created by splitting the original fluidic droplet may each be substantially the same shape and/or size, or the two or more droplets may have different shapes and/or sizes, depending on the conditions used to split the original fluidic droplet. In many cases, the conditions used to split the original fluidic droplet can be controlled in some fashion, for example, manually or automatically (e.g., with a processor, as discussed below). In some cases, each droplet in a plurality or series of fluidic droplets may be independently controlled. For example, some droplets may be split into equal parts or unequal parts, while other droplets are not split.
  • According to one set of embodiments, a fluidic droplet can be split using an applied electric field. The electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc. The fluidic droplet, in this embodiment, may have a greater electrical conductivity than the surrounding liquid, and, in some cases, the fluidic droplet may be neutrally charged. In some embodiments, the droplets produced from the original fluidic droplet are of approximately equal shape and/or size. In certain embodiments, in an applied electric field, electric charge may be urged to migrate from the interior of the fluidic droplet to the surface to be distributed thereon, which may thereby cancel the electric field experienced in the interior of the droplet. In some embodiments, the electric charge on the surface of the fluidic droplet may also experience a force due to the applied electric field, which causes charges having opposite polarities to migrate in opposite directions. The charge migration may, in some cases, cause the drop to be pulled apart into two separate fluidic droplets. The electric field applied to the fluidic droplets may be created, for example, using the techniques described above, such as with a reaction an electric field generator, etc.
  • As a non-limiting example, in FIG. 1A, where no electric field is applied, fluidic droplets 215 contained in channel 230 are carried by a surrounding liquid, which flows towards intersection 240, leading to channels 250 and 255. In this example, the surrounding liquid flows through channels 250 and 255 at equal flowrates. Thus, at intersection 240, fluidic droplets 215 do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 250 and 255 with equal probability due to the surrounding liquid flow. In contrast, in FIG. 1B, while the surrounding liquid flows in the same fashion as FIG. 1A, under the influence of an applied electric field of 1.4 V/micrometers, fluidic droplets 215 are split into two droplets at intersection 240, forming new droplets 216 and 217. Droplet 216 moves to the left in channel 250, while droplet 217 moves to the right in channel 255.
  • A schematic of this process can be seen in FIG. 5, where a neutral fluidic droplet 530, surrounded by a liquid 535 in channel 540, is subjected to applied electric field 525, created by electrodes 526 and 527. Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542, while electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544. Under the influence of electric field 525, charge separation is induced within fluidic droplet 530, i.e., such that a positive charge is induced at one end of the droplet, while a negative charge is induced at the other end of the droplet. The droplet may then split into a negatively charged droplet 545 and a positively charged droplet 546, which then may travel in channels 542 and 544, respectively. In some cases, one or both of the electric charges on the resulting charged droplets may also be neutralized, as previously described.
  • Other examples of splitting a fluidic droplet into two droplets are described in International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2004/010903, filed Apr. 9, 2004 by Link, et al.; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/498,091, filed Aug. 27, 2003, by Link, et. al.; and International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US03/20542, filed Jun. 30, 2003 by Stone, et al., published as WO 2004/002627 on Jan. 8, 2004, each incorporated herein by reference.
  • The invention, in yet another aspect, relates to systems and methods for fusing or coalescing two or more fluidic droplets into one droplet. For example, in one set of embodiments, systems and methods are provided that are able to cause two or more droplets (e.g., arising from discontinuous streams of fluid) to fuse or coalesce into one droplet in cases where the two or more droplets ordinarily are unable to fuse or coalesce, for example, due to composition, surface tension, droplet size, the presence or absence of surfactants, etc. In certain microfluidic systems, the surface tension of the droplets, relative to the size of the droplets, may also prevent fusion or coalescence of the droplets from occurring in some cases.
  • In one embodiment, two fluidic droplets may be given opposite electric charges (i.e., positive and negative charges, not necessarily of the same magnitude), which may increase the electrical interaction of the two droplets such that fusion or coalescence of the droplets can occur due to their opposite electric charges, e.g., using the techniques described herein. For instance, an electric field may be applied to the droplets, the droplets may be passed through a capacitor, a chemical reaction may cause the droplets to become charged, etc. As an example, as is shown schematically in FIG. 13A, uncharged droplets 651 and 652, carried by a liquid 654 contained within a microfluidic channel 653, are brought into contact with each other, but the droplets are not able to fuse or coalesce, for instance, due to their size and/or surface tension. The droplets, in some cases, may not be able to fuse even if a surfactant is applied to lower the surface tension of the droplets. However, if the fluidic droplets are electrically charged with opposite charges (which can be, but are not necessarily of, the same magnitude), the droplets may be able to fuse or coalesce. For instance, in FIG. 13B, positively charged droplets 655 and negatively charged droplets 656 are directed generally towards each other such that the electrical interaction of the oppositely charged droplets causes the droplets to fuse into fused droplets 657.
  • In another embodiment, the fluidic droplets may not necessarily be given opposite electric charges (and, in some cases, may not be given any electric charge), and are fused through the use of dipoles induced in the fluidic droplets that causes the fluidic droplets to coalesce. In the example illustrated in FIG. 13C, droplets 660 and 661 (which may each independently be electrically charged or neutral), surrounded by liquid 665 in channel 670, move through the channel such that they are the affected by an applied electric field 675. Electric field 675 may be an AC field, a DC field, etc., and may be created, for instance, using electrodes 676 and 677, as shown here. The induced dipoles in each of the fluidic droplets, as shown in FIG. 13C, may cause the fluidic droplets to become electrically attracted towards each other due to their local opposite charges, thus causing droplets 660 and 661 to fuse to produce droplet 663. In FIG. 13D, droplets 651 and 652 flow together to fuse to form droplet 653, which flows in a third channel.
  • It should be noted that, in various embodiments, the two or more droplets allowed to coalesce are not necessarily required to meet “head-on.” Any angle of contact, so long as at least some fusion of the droplets initially occurs, is sufficient. As an example, in FIG. 12H, droplets 73 and 74 each are traveling in substantially the same direction (e.g., at different velocities), and are able to meet and fuse. As another example, in FIG. 12I, droplets 73 and 74 meet at an angle and fuse. In FIG. 12J, three fluidic droplets 73, 74 and 68 meet and fuse to produce droplet 79.
  • Other examples of fusing or coalescing fluidic droplets are described in International Patent Application Ser. No. PCT/US2004/010903, filed Apr. 9, 2004 by Link, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
  • Fluidic handling of microcapsules therefore results in further advantages:
      • (a) Microcapsules can be split into two or more smaller microdroplets allowing the reagents contained therein to be reacted with a series of different molecules in parallel or assayed in multiplicate.
      • (b) Microcapsules can be fused. This allows molecules to be: (a) diluted, (b) mixed with other molecules, and (c) reactions initiated, terminated or modulated at precisely defined times.
      • (c) Reagents can be mixed very rapidly (in <2 ms) in microcapsules using chaotic advection, allowing fast kinetic measurements and very high throughput.
      • (d) Reagents can be mixed in a combinatorial manner. For example, allowing the effect of all possible pairwise combinations of compounds in a compound library on a target to be tested
  • Creating and manipulating microcapsules in microfluidic systems means that:
      • (a) Stable streams of microcapsules can be formed in microchannels and identified by their relative positions.
      • (b) If the reactions are accompanied by an optical signal (e.g. a change in fluorescence) a spatially-resolved optical image of the microfluidic network allows time resolved measurements of the reactions in each microcapsules.
      • (c) Microcapsules can be separated using a microfluidic flow sorter to allow recovery and further analysis or manipulation of the molecules they contain.
        Screening/Sorting of Microcapsules
  • In still another aspect, the invention provides systems and methods for screening or sorting fluidic droplets in a liquid, and in some cases, at relatively high rates. For example, a characteristic of a droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion (e.g., as further described below), then the droplet may be directed towards a particular region of the device, for example, for sorting or screening purposes.
  • In some embodiments, a characteristic of a fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion, for example, as described herein (e.g., fluorescence of the fluidic droplet may be determined), and, in response, an electric field may be applied or removed from the fluidic droplet to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region (e.g. a channel). In some cases, high sorting speeds may be achievable using certain systems and methods of the invention. For instance, at least about 10 droplets per second may be determined and/or sorted in some cases, and in other cases, at least about 20 droplets per second, at least about 30 droplets per second, at least about 100 droplets per second, at least about 200 droplets per second, at least about 300 droplets per second, at least about 500 droplets per second, at least about 750 droplets per second, at least about 1000 droplets per second, at least about 1500 droplets per second, at least about 2000 droplets per second, at least about 3000 droplets per second, at least about 5000 droplets per second, at least about 7500 droplets per second, at least about 10,000 droplets per second, at least about 15,000 droplets per second, at least about 20,000 droplets per second, at least about 30,000 droplets per second, at least about 50,000 droplets per second, at least about 75,000 droplets per second, at least about 100,000 droplets per second, at least about 150,000 droplets per second, at least about 200,000 droplets per second, at least about 300,000 droplets per second, at least about 500,000 droplets per second, at least about 750,000 droplets per second, at least about 1,000,000 droplets per second, at least about 1,500,000 droplets per second, at least about 2,000,000 or more droplets per second, or at least about 3,000,000 or more droplets per second may be determined and/or sorted in such a fashion.
  • In one set of embodiments, a fluidic droplet may be directed by creating an electric charge (e.g., as previously described) on the droplet, and steering the droplet using an applied electric field, which may be an AC field, a DC field, etc. As an example, in reference to FIGS. 2-4, an electric field may be selectively applied and removed (or a different electric field may be applied, e.g., a reversed electric field as shown in FIG. 4A) as needed to direct the fluidic droplet to a particular region. The electric field may be selectively applied and removed as needed, in some embodiments, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet. For example, a liquid may flow on a substantially steady-state basis (i.e., the average flowrate of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet deviates by less than 20% or less than 15% of the steady-state flow or the expected value of the flow of liquid with respect to time, and in some cases, the average flowrate may deviate less than 10% or less than 5%) or other predetermined basis through a fluidic system of the invention (e.g., through a channel or a microchannel), and fluidic droplets contained within the liquid may be directed to various regions, e.g., using an electric field, without substantially altering the flow of the liquid through the fluidic system. As a particular example, in FIGS. 2A, 3A and 4A, a liquid containing fluidic droplets 15 flows from fluid source 10, through channel 30 to intersection 40, and exits through channels 50 and 55. In FIG. 2A, fluidic droplets 15 are directed through both channels 50 and 55, while in FIG. 3A, fluidic droplets 15 are directed to only channel 55 and, in FIG. 4A, fluidic droplets 15 are directed to only channel 50.
  • In another set of embodiments, a fluidic droplet may be sorted or steered by inducing a dipole in the fluidic droplet (which may be initially charged or uncharged), and sorting or steering the droplet using an applied electric field. The electric field may be an AC field, a DC field, etc. For example, with reference to FIG. 9A, a channel 540, containing fluidic droplet 530 and liquid 535, divides into channel 542 and 544. Fluidic droplet 530 may have an electric charge, or it may be uncharged. Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542, while electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544. Electrode 528 is positioned near the junction of channels 540, 542, and 544. In FIGS. 9C and 9D, a dipole is induced in the fluidic droplet using electrodes 526, 527, and/or 528. In FIG. 9C, a dipole is induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 527 and 528. Due to the strength of the electric field, the droplet is strongly attracted to the right, into channel 544. Similarly, in FIG. 9D, a dipole is induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 528, causing the droplet to be attracted into channel 542. Thus, by applying the proper electric field, droplet 530 can be directed to either channel 542 or 544 as desired.
  • In other embodiments, however, the fluidic droplets may be screened or sorted within a fluidic system of the invention by altering the flow of the liquid containing the droplets. For instance, in one set of embodiments, a fluidic droplet may be steered or sorted by directing the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet into a first channel, a second channel, etc. As a non-limiting example, with reference to FIG. 10A, fluidic droplet 570 is surrounded by a liquid 575 in channel 580. Channel 580 divides into three channels 581, 582, and 583. The flow of liquid 575 can be directed into any of channels 581, 582, and 583 as desired, for example, using flow-controlling devices known to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, valves, pumps, pistons, etc. Thus, in FIG. 10B, fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 581 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 581 (indicated by arrows 574 ); in FIG. 10C, fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 582 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 582 (indicated by arrows 574 ); and in FIG. 10D, fluidic droplet 570 is directed into channel 583 by directing liquid 575 to flow into channel 583 (indicated by arrows 574 ).
  • However, it is preferred that control of the flow of liquids in microfluidic systems is not used to direct the flow of fluidic droplets therein, but that an alternative method is used. Advantageously, therefore, the microcapsules are not sorted by altering the direction of the flow of a carrier fluid in a microfluidic system.
  • In another set of embodiments, pressure within a fluidic system, for example, within different channels or within different portions of a channel, can be controlled to direct the flow of fluidic droplets. For example, a droplet can be directed toward a channel junction including multiple options for further direction of flow (e.g., directed toward a branch, or fork, in a channel defining optional downstream flow channels). Pressure within one or more of the optional downstream flow channels can be controlled to direct the droplet selectively into one of the channels, and changes in pressure can be effected on the order of the time required for successive droplets to reach the junction, such that the downstream flow path of each successive droplet can be independently controlled. In one arrangement, the expansion and/or contraction of liquid reservoirs may be used to steer or sort a fluidic droplet into a channel, e.g., by causing directed movement of the liquid containing the fluidic droplet. The liquid reservoirs may be positioned such that, when activated, the movement of liquid caused by the activated reservoirs causes the liquid to flow in a preferred direction, carrying the fluidic droplet in that preferred direction. For instance, the expansion of a liquid reservoir may cause a flow of liquid towards the reservoir, while the contraction of a liquid reservoir may cause a flow of liquid away from the reservoir. In some cases, the expansion and/or contraction of the liquid reservoir may be combined with other flow-controlling devices and methods, e.g., as described herein. Non-limiting examples of devices able to cause the expansion and/or contraction of a liquid reservoir include pistons and piezoelectric components. In some cases, piezoelectric components may be particularly useful due to their relatively rapid response times, e.g., in response to an electrical signal.
  • As a non-limiting example, in FIG. 11A, fluidic droplet 600 is surrounded by a liquid 605 in channel 610. Channel 610 divides into channels 611, 612. Positioned in fluidic communication with channels 611 and 612 are liquid reservoirs 617 and 618, which may be expanded and/or contracted, for instance, by piezoelectric components 615 and 616, by a piston (not shown), etc. In FIG. 1B, liquid reservoir 617 has been expanded, while liquid reservoir 618 has been contracted. The effect of the expansion/contractions of the reservoirs is to cause a net flow of liquid towards channel 611, as indicated by arrows 603. Thus, fluidic droplet 600, upon reaching the junction between the channels, is directed to channel 611 by the movement of liquid 605. The reverse situation is shown in FIG. 11C, where liquid reservoir 617 has contracted while liquid reservoir 618 has been expanded. A net flow of liquid occurs towards channel 612 (indicated by arrows 603), causing fluidic droplet 600 to move into channel 612. It should be noted, however, that reservoirs 617 and 618 do not both need to be activated to direct fluidic droplet 600 into channels 611 or 612. For example, in one embodiment, fluidic droplet 600 may be directed to channel 611 by the expansion of liquid reservoir 617 (without any alteration of reservoir 618), while in another embodiment, fluidic droplet 600 may be directed to channel 611 by the contraction of liquid reservoir 618 (without any alteration of reservoir 617). In some cases, more than two liquid reservoirs may be used.
  • In some embodiments, the fluidic droplets may be sorted into more than two channels. Non-limiting examples of embodiments of the invention having multiple regions within a fluidic system for the delivery of droplets are shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B. Other arrangements are shown in FIGS. 10A-10D. In FIG. 6A, charged droplets 315 in channel 330 may be directed as desired to any one of exit channels 350, 352, 354, or 356, by applying electric fields to control the movement of the droplets at intersections 340, 341, and 342, using electrodes 321/322, 323/324, and 325/326, respectively. In FIG. 6A, droplets 315 are directed to channel 354 using applied electric fields 300 and 301, using principles similar to those discussed above. Similarly, in FIG. 6B, charged droplets 415 in channel 430 can be directed to any one of exit channels 450, 452, 454, 456, or 458, by applying electric fields to control the movement of the droplets at intersections 440, 441, 442, and 443, using electrodes 421/422, 423/424, 425/426, and 427/428, respectively. In this figure, droplets 415 are directed to channel 454; of course, the charged droplets may be directed to any other exit channel as desired.
  • In another example, in apparatus 5, as schematically illustrated in FIG. 2A, fluidic droplets 15 created by fluid source 10 are positively charged due to an applied electric field created using electric field generator 20, which comprises two electrodes 22, 24. Fluidic droplets 15 are directed through channel 30 by a liquid containing the droplets, and are directed towards intersection 40. At intersection 40, the fluidic droplets do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 50 and 55 with equal probability (in this embodiment, liquid drains through both exit channels 50 and 55 at substantially equal rates). Similarly, fluidic droplets 115 created by fluid source 110 are negatively charged due to an applied electric field created using electric field generator 120, which comprises electrodes 122 and 124. After traveling through channel 130 towards intersection 140, the fluidic droplets do not have a preferred orientation or direction, and move into exit channels 150 and 155 with equal probability, as the liquid exits through exit channels 150 and 155 at substantially equal rates. A representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 2B.
  • In the schematic diagram of FIG. 3A, an electric field 100 of 1.4 V/micrometer has been applied to apparatus 5 of FIG. 2A, in a direction towards the right of apparatus 5. Positively-charged fluidic droplets 15 in channel 30, upon reaching intersection 40, are directed to the right in channel 55 due to the applied electric field 100, while the liquid containing the droplets continues to exit through exit channels 50 and 55 at substantially equal rates. Similarly, negatively-charged fluidic droplets 115 in channel 130, upon reaching intersection 140, are directed to the left in channel 150 due to the applied electric field 100, while the liquid fluid continues to exit the device through exit channels 150 and 155 at substantially equal rates. Thus, electric field 100 can be used to direct fluidic droplets into particular channels as desired. A representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 3B.
  • FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of apparatus 5 of FIG. 2A, also with an applied electric field 100 of 1.4 V/micrometer, but in the opposite direction (i.e., −1.4 V/micrometer). In this figure, positively-charged fluidic droplets 15 in channel 30, upon reaching intersection 40, are directed to the left into channel 50 due to the applied electric field 100, while negatively-charged fluidic droplets 115 in channel 130, upon reaching intersection 140, are directed to the right into channel 155 due to applied electric field 100. The liquid containing the droplets exits through exit channels 50 and 55, and 150 and 155, at substantially equal rates. A representative photomicrograph of intersection 140 is shown in FIG. 4B.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, a fluidic droplet may be sorted and/or split into two or more separate droplets, for example, depending on the particular application. Any of the above-described techniques may be used to spilt and/or sort droplets. As a non-limiting example, by applying (or removing) a first electric field to a device (or a portion thereof), a fluidic droplet may be directed to a first region or channel; by applying (or removing) a second electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a second region or channel; by applying a third electric field to the device (or a portion thereof), the droplet may be directed to a third region or channel; etc., where the electric fields may differ in some way, for example, in intensity, direction, frequency, duration, etc. In a series of droplets, each droplet may be independently sorted and/or split; for example, some droplets may be directed to one location or another, while other droplets may be split into multiple droplets directed to two or more locations.
  • As one particular example, in FIG. 8A, fluidic droplet 550, surrounding liquid 555 in channel 560 may be directed to channel 556, channel 557, or be split in some fashion between channels 562 and 564. In FIG. 8B, by directing surrounding liquid 555 towards channel 562, fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the left into channel 562; in FIG. 8C, by directing surrounding liquid 555 towards channel 564, fluidic droplet 550 may be directed towards the right into channel 564, In FIG. 8D, an electric field may be applied, in combination with control of the flow of liquid 555 surrounding fluidic droplet 550, that causes the droplet to impact junction 561, which may cause the droplet to split into two separate fluidic droplets 565, 566. Fluidic droplet 565 is directed to channel 562, while fluidic droplet 566 is directed to channel 566. A high degree of control of the applied electric field may be achieved to control droplet formation; thus, for example, after fluidic droplet 565 has been split into droplets 565 and 566, droplets 565 and 566 may be of substantially equal size, or either of droplets 565 and 566 may be larger, e.g., as is shown in FIGS. 8E and 8F, respectively.
  • As another example, in FIG. 9A, channel 540, carrying fluidic droplet 530 and liquid 535, divides into channel 542 and 544. Fluidic droplet 530 may be electrically charged, or it may uncharged. Electrode 526 is positioned near channel 542, while electrode 527 is positioned near channel 544. Electrode 528 is positioned near the junction of channels 540, 542, and 544. When fluidic droplet 530 reaches the junction, it may be subjected to an electric field, and/or directed to a channel or other region, for example, by directing the surrounding liquid into the channel. As shown in FIG. 9B, fluidic droplet 530 may be split into two separate droplets 565 and 566 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 527. In FIG. 9C, a dipole can be induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 527 and 528. Due to the strength of the applied electric field, the droplet may be strongly attracted to the right, into channel 544. Similarly, in FIG. 9D, a dipole may be induced in droplet 530 by applying an electric field 525 to the droplet using electrodes 526 and 528, causing the droplet to be attracted into channel 542. By controlling which electrodes are used to induce an electric field across droplet 530, and/or the strength of the applied electric field, one or more fluidic droplets within channel 540 may be sorted and/or split into two droplets, and each droplet may independently be sorted and/or split.
  • For example, highly monodisperse microcapsules containing a target enzyme can be fused with highly monodisperse microcapsules each of which contain a different compound from a compound library. The fused microcapsules flow along a microfluidic channel, allowing time for the compounds to bind to the target enzyme. Each microcapsule is then fused with another microdroplet containing, for example, a fluorogenic enzyme substrate. The rate of the enzymatic reaction is determined by measuring the fluorescence of each microdroplet, ideally at multiple points (corresponding to different times).
  • Microcapsules can be optically tagged by, for example, incorporating fluorochromes. In a preferred configuration, the microcapsules are optically tagged by incorporating quantum dots: quantum dots of 6 colours at 10 concentrations would allow the encoding of 106 microcapsules (Han et al., 2001). Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • Microbeads, also known by those skilled in the art as microspheres, latex particles, beads, or minibeads, are available in diameters from 20 nm to 1 mm and can be made from a variety of materials including silica and a variety of polymers, copolymers and terpolymers including polystyrene (PS), polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), polyvinyltoluene (PVT), styrenelbutadiene (S/B) copolymer, and styrene/vinyltoluene (S/VT) copolymer (www.bangslabs.com). They are available with a variety of surface chemistries from hydrophobic surfaces (e.g. plain polystyrene), to very hydrophilic surfaces imparted by a wide variety of functional surface groups: aldehyde, aliphatic amine, amide, aromatic amine, carboxylic acid, chloromethyl, epoxy, hydrazide, hydroxyl, sulfonate and tosyl. The functional groups permit a wide range of covalent coupling reactions for stable or reversible attachment of compounds to the microbead surface.
  • Microbeads can be optically tagged by, for example, incorporating fluorochromes. For example, one hundred different bead sets have been created, each with a unique spectral address due to labelling with precise ratios of red (>650 nm) and orange (585 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997) (www.luminex.com) and sets of up to 106 beads can be encoded by incorporating quantum dots of 10 intensities and 6 colours (Han et al., 2001).
  • The compounds can be connected to the microbeads either covalently or non-covalently by a variety of means that will be familiar to those skilled in the art (see, for example, (Hermanson, 1996)). Advantageously, the compounds are attached via a cleavable linker. A variety of such linkers are familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)), including for example, linkers which can be cleaved photochemically and reversible covalent bonds which can be controlled by changing the pH (e.g. imines and acylhydrazones), by adjusting the oxido-reductive properties (e.g. disulphides), or using an external catalyst (e.g. cross-metathesis and transamidation).
  • The method of the present invention permits the identification of compounds which modulate the activity of the target in a desired way in pools (libraries or repertoires) of compounds.
  • The method of the present invention is useful for screening repertoires or libraries of compounds. The invention accordingly provides a method according to preceding aspects of the invention, wherein the compounds are identified from a library of compounds.
  • The compounds identified according to the invention are advantageously of pharmacological or industrial interest, including activators or inhibitors of biological systems, such as cellular signal transduction mechanisms suitable for diagnostic and therapeutic applications. In addition the compounds identified according to the invention may be non-biological in nature. In a preferred aspect, therefore, the invention permits the identification of clinically or industrially useful products. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a product when isolated by the method of the invention.
  • The selection of suitable encapsulation conditions is desirable. Depending on the complexity and size of the compound library to be screened, it may be beneficial to set up the encapsulation procedure such that one compound (or one or less than one microbead) is encapsulated per microcapsule. This will provide the greatest power of resolution. Where the library is larger and/or more complex, however, this may be impracticable; it may be preferable to encapsulate several compounds (or several microbeads) together and rely on repeated application of the method of the invention to identify the desired compound. A combination of encapsulation procedures may be used to identify the desired compound.
  • Theoretical studies indicate that the larger the number of compounds created the more likely it is that a compound will be created with the properties desired (see (Perelson and Oster, 1979) for a description of how this applies to repertoires of antibodies). It has also been confirmed practically that larger phage-antibody repertoires do indeed give rise to more antibodies with better binding affinities than smaller repertoires (Griffiths et al., 1994). To ensure that rare variants are generated and thus are capable of being identified, a large library size is desirable. Thus, the use of optimally small microcapsules is beneficial.
  • The largest repertoires of compounds that can be screened in a single experiment to date, using two dimensional microarrays of 1 nl volume spots, is ˜103 (Hergenrother et al., 2000). Using the present invention, at a microcapsule diameter of 2.6 mm (Tawfik and Griffiths, 1998), by forming a three-dimensional dispersion, a repertoire size of at least 1011 can be screened using 1 ml aqueous phase in a 20 ml emulsion.
  • In addition to the compounds, or microbeads coated with compounds, described above, the microcapsules according to the invention will comprise further components required for the screening process to take place. They will comprise the target and a suitable buffer. A suitable buffer will be one in which all of the desired components of the biological system are active and will therefore depend upon the requirements of each specific reaction system. Buffers suitable for biological and/or chemical reactions are known in the art and recipes provided in various laboratory texts, such as (Sambrook and Russell, 2001).
  • Other components of the system will comprise those necessary for assaying the activity of the target. These may for example comprise substrate(s) and cofactor(s) for a reaction catalysed by the target, and ligand(s) bound by the target. They may also comprise other catalysts (including enzymes), substrates and cofactors for reactions coupled to the activity of the target which allow for the activity of the target to be detected.
  • (B) Screening Procedures
  • To screen compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of a target, the target is compartmentalised in microcapsules together with one or more compounds or compound-coated microbeads. Advantageously each microcapsule contains only a single sort of compound, but many copies thereof. Advantageously each microbead is coated with only a single sort of compound, but many copies thereof. Advantageously the compounds are connected to the microbeads via a cleavable linker, allowing them to be released from the microbeads in the compartments. Advantageously, each microcapsule or microbead is optically tagged to allow identification of the compounds contained within the microcapsule of attached to the microbead.
  • (i) Screening for Binding
  • Compounds can be screened directly for binding to a target. In this embodiment, if the compound is attached to a microbead and has affinity for the target it will be bound by the target. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the target.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the target can be attached to microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • The compounds to be screened contain a common feature—a tag. The compounds are released from the microbeads and if the compound has affinity for the target, it will bind to it. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the “tag”.
  • In an alternative embodiment, microbeads may be screened on the basis that the compound, which binds to the target, merely hides the ligand from, for example, further binding partners. In this eventuality, the microbead, rather than being retained during an affinity purification step, may be selectively eluted whilst other microbeads are bound.
  • Sorting by affinity is dependent on the presence of two members of a binding pair in such conditions that binding may occur. Any binding pair may be used for this purpose. As used herein, the term binding pair refers to any pair of molecules capable of binding to one another. Examples of binding pairs that may be used in the present invention include an antigen and an antibody or fragment thereof capable of binding the antigen, the biotin-avidin/streptavidin pair (Savage et al., 1994), a calcium-dependent binding polypeptide and ligand thereof (e.g. calmodulin and a calmodulin-binding peptide (Montigiani et al., 1996; Stofko et al., 1992), pairs of polypeptides which assemble to form a leucine zipper (Tripet et al., 1996), histidines (typically hexahistidine peptides) and chelated Cu2+, Zn2+ and Ni2+, (e.g. Ni-NTA; (Hochuli et al., 1987)), RNA-binding and DNA-binding proteins (Klug, 1995) including those containing zinc-finger motifs (Klug and Schwabe, 1995) and DNA methyltransferases (Anderson, 1993), and their nucleic acid binding sites.
  • In an alternative embodiment, compounds can be screened for binding to a target using a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead.
  • The change in optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead after binding of the compound to the target may be induced in a variety of ways, including:
    • (1) the compound itself may have distinctive optical properties, for example, it is fluorescent
    • (2) the optical properties of the compound may be modified on binding to the target, for example, the fluorescence of the compound is quenched or enhanced on binding (Voss, 1993; Masui and Kuramitsu, 1998).
    • (3) the optical properties of the target may be modified on binding of the compound, for example, the fluorescence of the target is quenched or enhanced on binding (Guixe et al., 1998; Qi and Grabowski, 1998)
    • (4) the optical properties of both target and compound are modified on binding, for example, there can be a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) from target to compound (or vice versa) resulting in emission at the “acceptor” emission wavelength when excitation is at the “donor” absorption wavelength (Heim & Tsien, 1996; Mahajan et al., 1998; Miyawaki et al., 1997).
  • The invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method wherein microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments. In this embodiment, a compound having the desired activity modifies the optical properties of the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) to allow it to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • In this embodiment, it is not necessary for binding of the compound to the target to directly induce a change in optical properties.
  • In this embodiment, if the compound attached to the microbead has affinity for the target it will be bound by the target. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the target and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification. For example, a fluorescently-labelled anti-target antibody can be used, or an anti-target antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the target can be attached to the microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)). The compounds to be screened contain a common feature—a tag. The compounds are released from the microbeads and if the compound has affinity for the target, it will bind to it. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the “tag” and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification. For example, a fluorescently-labelled anti-“tag” antibody can be used, or an anti-“tag” antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • In an alternative embodiment, microbeads may be identified on the basis that the gene product, which binds to the ligand, merely hides the ligand from, for example, further binding partners which would otherwise modify the optical properties of the microbeads. In this case microbeads with unmodified optical properties would be selected.
  • Fluorescence may be enhanced by the use of Tyramide Signal Amplification (TSA™) amplification to make the microbeads fluorescent (Sepp et al., 2002). This involves peroxidase (linked to another compound) binding to the microbeads and catalysing the conversion of fluorescein-tyramine in to a free radical form which then reacts (locally) with the microbeads. Methods for performing TSA are known in the art, and kits are available commercially from NEN.
  • TSA may be configured such that it results in a direct increase in the fluorescence of the microbeads, or such that a ligand is attached to the microbeads which is bound by a second fluorescent molecule, or a sequence of molecules, one or more of which is fluorescent.
  • (ii) Screening for Regulation of Binding
  • In an alternative embodiment, the invention can be used to screen compounds which act to regulate a biochemical process. If the compound activates a binding activity of a target, a ligand for the target which is activated can be attached to microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)). At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds exhibiting the desired binding can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the target.
  • In an alternative embodiment, microbeads may be screened on the basis that the compound inhibits the binding activity of a target. In this eventuality, the microbead, rather than being retained during an affinity purification step, may be selectively eluted whilst other microbeads are bound.
  • In an alternative embodiment, compounds can be screened for the ability to modulates a binding activity of a target using a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead.
  • The change in optical properties of the microcapsule or the microbead after binding of the target to its ligand may be induced in a variety of ways, including:
    • (1) the ligand itself may have distinctive optical properties, for example, it is fluorescent
    • (2) the optical properties of the ligand may be modified on binding to the target, for example, the fluorescence of the ligand is quenched or enhanced on binding (Voss, 1993; Masui and Kuramitsu, 1998).
    • (3) the optical properties of the target may be modified on binding of the ligand, for example, the fluorescence of the target is quenched or enhanced on binding (Guixe et al., 1998; Qi and Grabowski, 1998)
    • (4) the optical properties of both target and ligand are modified on binding, for example, there can be a fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) from target to ligand (or vice versa) resulting in emission at the “acceptor” emission wavelength when excitation is at the “donor” absorption wavelength (Heim & Tsien, 1996; Mahajan et al., 1998; Miyawaki et al., 1997).
  • The invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method wherein microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments. In this embodiment, a compound having the desired activity modifies the optical properties of the microbead which carried it (and which resides in the same microcapsule) to allow it to be identified, and optionally, sorted.
  • In this embodiment, it is not necessary for binding of the target to the ligand to directly induce a change in optical properties.
  • In this embodiment, if a ligand attached to the microbead has affinity for the target it will be bound by the target. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds which modulate the binding activity can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the target and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification. For example, a fluorescently-labelled anti-target antibody can be used, or an anti-target antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the target can be attached to the microbeads by a variety of means familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Hermanson, 1996)). The ligand to be screened contains a feature—a tag. At the end of the reaction, all of the microcapsules are combined, and all microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads carrying compounds which modulate binding can be identified by adding reagents that specifically bind to, or react specifically with, the “tag” and thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification. For example, a fluorescently-labelled anti-“tag” antibody can be used, or an anti-“tag” antibody followed by a second fluorescently labelled antibody which binds the first.
  • Fluorescence may be enhanced by the use of Tyramide Signal Amplification (TSA™) amplification to make the microbeads fluorescent (Sepp et al., 2002), as above.
  • (iii) Screening for Regulation of Catalysis
  • In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method wherein a compound with the desired activity induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, which enables the microcapsule containing the compound and, optionally, the microbeads contained therein to be identified, and optionally, sorted. The optical properties of microcapsules can be modified by either:
    • (1) the substrate and product of the regulated reaction having different optical properties (many fluorogenic enzyme substrates are available commercially, see for example (Haugland, 1996 and www.probes.com) including substrates for glycosidases, phosphatases, peptidases and proteases, or
    • (2) the presence of reagents which specifically bind to, or react with, the product (or substrate) of the regulated reaction in the microcapsule and which thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microcapsules allowing their identification.
  • A wide range of assays for screening libraries of compounds for those which modulate the activity of a target are based on detecting changes in optical properties and can be used to screen compounds according to this invention. Such assays are well known to those skilled in the art (see for example Haugland, 1996 and www.probes.com).
  • Alternatively, selection may be performed indirectly by coupling a first reaction to subsequent reactions that takes place in the same microcapsule. There are two general ways in which this may be performed. First, the product of the first reaction could be reacted with, or bound by, a molecule which does not react with the substrate(s) of the first reaction. A second, coupled reaction will only proceed in the presence of the product of the first reaction. A regulatory compound can then be identified by the properties of the product or substrate of the second reaction.
  • Alternatively, the product of the reaction being selected may be the substrate or cofactor for a second enzyme-catalysed reaction. The enzyme to catalyse the second reaction can be incorporated in the reaction mixture prior to microencapsulation. Only when the first reaction proceeds will the coupled enzyme generate an identifiable product.
  • This concept of coupling can be elaborated to incorporate multiple enzymes, each using as a substrate the product of the previous reaction. This allows for selection of regulators of enzymes that will not react with an immobilised substrate. It can also be designed to give increased sensitivity by signal amplification if a product of one reaction is a catalyst or a cofactor for a second reaction or series of reactions leading to a selectable product (for example, see (Johannsson, 1991; Johannsson and Bates, 1988). Furthermore an enzyme cascade system can be based on the production of an activator for an enzyme or the destruction of an enzyme inhibitor (see (Mize et al., 1989)). Coupling also has the advantage that a common screening system can be used for a whole group of enzymes which generate the same product and allows for the selection of regulation of complicated multi-step chemical transformations and pathways.
  • In an alternative embodiment, if the target is itself an enzyme, or regulates a biochemical process which is enzymatic, the microbead in each microcapsule may be coated with the substrate for the enzymatic reaction. The regulatory compound will determine the extent to which the substrate is converted into the product. At the end of the reaction the microbead is physically linked to the product of the catalysed reaction. When the microcapsules are combined and the reactants pooled, microbeads which were coated with activator compounds can be identified by any property specific to the product. If an inhibitor is desired, selection can be for a chemical property specific to the substrate of the regulated reaction.
  • It may also be desirable, in some cases, for the substrate not to be attached to the microbead. In this case the substrate would contain an inactive “tag” that requires a further step to activate it such as photoactivation (e.g. of a “caged” biotin analogue, (Pirrung and Huang, 1996; Sundberg et al., 1995)). After conversion of the substrate to product the “tag” is activated and the “tagged” substrate and/or product bound by a tag-binding molecule (e.g. avidin or streptavidin) attached to the microbead. The ratio of substrate to product attached to the nucleic acid via the “tag” will therefore reflect the ratio of the substrate and product in solution. A substrate tagged with caged biotin has been used to select for genes encoding enzymes with phosphotriesterase activity using a procedure based on compartmentalisation in microcapsules (Griffiths and Tawfik, 2003). The phosphotriesterase substrate was hydrolysed in solution in microcapsules containing active enzyme molecules, and after the reaction was completed, the caging group was released by irradiation to allow the product to bind, via the biotin moiety, to microbeads to which the gene encoding the enzyme was attached.
  • After the microbeads and the contents of the microcapsules are combined, those microbeads coated with regulators can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule (e.g. an antibody) that binds specifically to the product or substrate as appropriate.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides a method wherein the microbeads are analysed following pooling of the microcapsules into one or more common compartments. Microbeads coated with regulator compounds can be identified using changes in optical properties of the microbeads. The optical properties of microbeads with product (or substrate) attached can be modified by either:
    • (1) the product-microbead complex having characteristic optical properties not found in the substrate-microbead complex, due to, for example;
      • (a) the substrate and product having different optical properties (many fluorogenic enzyme substrates are available commercially (see for example Haugland, 1996 and www.probes.com) including substrates for glycosidases, phosphatases, peptidases and proteases, or
      • (b) the substrate and product having similar optical properties, but only the product, and not the substrate binds to, or reacts with, the microbead;
    • (2) adding reagents which specifically bind to, or react with, the product (or substrate) and which thereby induce a change in the optical properties of the microbeads allowing their identification (these reagents can be added before or after breaking the microcapsules and pooling the microbeads). The reagents;
    • (a) bind specifically to, or react specifically with, the product, and not the substrate, (or vice versa) if both substrate and product are attached to the microbeads, or
    • (b) optionally bind both substrate and product if only the product, and not the substrate binds to, or reacts with, the microbeads (or vice versa).
  • In this scenario, the substrate (or one of the substrates) can be present in each microcapsule unlinked to the microbead, but has a molecular “tag” (for example biotin, DIG or DNP or a fluorescent group). When the regulated enzyme converts the substrate to product, the product retains the “tag” and is then captured in the microcapsule by the product-specific antibody. When all reactions are stopped and the microcapsules are combined, these microbeads will be “tagged” and may already have changed optical properties, for example, if the “tag” was a fluorescent group. Alternatively, a change in optical properties of “tagged” microbeads can be induced by adding a fluorescently labelled ligand which binds the “tag” (for example fluorescently-labelled avidin/streptavidin, an anti-“tag” antibody which is fluorescent, or a non-fluorescent anti-“tag” antibody which can be detected by a second fluorescently-labelled antibody).
  • (iv) Sceening for Compound Specificity/Selectivity
  • Compounds with specificity or selectivity for certain targets and not others can be specifically identified by carrying out a positive screen for regulation of a reaction using one substrate and a negative screen for regulation of a reaction with another substrate. For example, two substrates, specific for two different target enzymes, are each labelled with different fluorogenic moieties. Each target enzymes catalyse the generation of a product with with a different fluorescence spectrum resulting in different optical properties of the microcapsules depending on the specificity of the compound for two targets.
  • (v) Screening Using Cells
  • In the current drug discovery paradigm, validated recombinant targets form the basis of in vitro high-throughput screening (HTS) assays. Isolated proteins cannot, however, be regarded as representative of complex biological systems; hence, cell-based systems can provide greater confidence in compound activity in an intact biological system. A wide range of cell-based assays for drug leads are known to those skilled in the art. Cells can be compartmentalised in microcapsules, such as the aqeous microdroplets of a water-in-oil emulsion (Ghadessy, 2001). The effect of a compound(s) on a target can be determined by compartmentalising a cell (or cells) in a microcapsule together with a compound(s) and using an appropriate cell-based assay to identify those compartments containing compounds with the desired effect on the cell(s). The use of water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions may be particularly advantageous: the high gas dissolving capacity of fluorocarbons can support the exchange of respiratory gases and has been reported to be beneficial to cell culture systems (Lowe, 2002).
  • (vi) Flow Analysis and Sorting
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention the microcapsules or microbeads will be analysed and, optionally, sorted by flow cytometry. Many formats of microcapsule can be analysed and, optionally, sorted directly using flow cytometry.
  • In a highly preferred embodiment, microfluidic devices for flow analysis and, optionally, flow sorting (Fu, 2002) of microdroplets and microbeads will be used.
  • A variety of optical properties can be used for analysis and to trigger sorting, including light scattering (Kerker, 1983) and fluorescence polarisation (Rolland et al., 1985). In a highly preferred embodiment the difference in optical properties of the microcapsules or microbeads will be a difference in fluorescence and, if required, the microcapsules or microbeads will be sorted using a microfluidic or conventional fluorescence activated cell sorter (Norman, 1980; Mackenzie and Pinder, 1986), or similar device. Flow cytometry has a series of advantages:
    • (1) fluorescence activated cell sorting equipment from established manufacturers (e.g. Becton-Dickinson, Coulter, Cytomation) allows the analysis and sorting at up to 100,000 microcapsules or microbeads s−1.
    • (2) the fluorescence signal from each microcapsule or microbead corresponds tightly to the number of fluorescent molecules present. As little as few hundred fluorescent molecules per microcapsules or microbeads can be quantitatively detected;
    • (3) the wide dynamic range of the fluorescence detectors (typically 4 log units) allows easy setting of the stringency of the sorting procedure, thus allowing the recovery of the optimal number microcapsules or microbeads from the starting pool (the gates can be set to separate microcapsules or microbeads with small differences in fluorescence or to only separate out microcapsules or microbeads with large differences in fluorescence, dependant on the selection being performed);
    • (4) fluorescence-activated cell sorting equipment can perform simultaneous excitation and detection at multiple wavelengths (Shapiro, 1995). allowing positive and negative selections to be performed simultaneously by monitoring the labelling of the microcapsules or microbeads with two to thirteen (or more) fluorescent markers, for example, if substrates for two alternative targets are labelled with different fluorescent tags the microcapsules or microbeads can labelled with different fluorophores dependent on the target regulated.
  • If the microcapsules or microbeads are optically tagged, flow cytometry can also be used to identify the compound or compounds in the microcapsule or coated on the microbeads (see below). Optical tagging can also be used to identify the concentration of the compound in the microcapsule (if more than one concentration is used in a single experiment) or the number of compound molecules coated on a microbead (if more than one coating density is used in a single experiment). Furthermore, optical tagging can be used to identify the target in a microcapsule (if more than one target is used in a single experiment). This analysis can be performed simultaneously with measuring activity, after sorting of microcapsules containing microbeads, or after sorting of the microbeads.2
  • (vii) Microcapsule Identification and Sorting
  • The invention provides for the identification and, optionally, the sorting of intact microcapsules where this is enabled by the sorting techniques being employed.
  • Microcapsules may be identified and, optionally, sorted as such when the change induced by the desired compound either occurs or manifests itself at the surface of the microcapsule or is detectable from outside the microcapsule. The change may be caused by the direct action of the compound, or indirect, in which a series of reactions, one or more of which involve the compound having the desired activity leads to the change. For example, where the microcapsule is a membranous microcapsule, the microcapsule may be so configured that a component or components of the biochemical system comprising the target are displayed at its surface and thus accessible to reagents which can detect changes in the biochemical system regulated by the compound on the microbead within the microcapsule.
  • In a preferred aspect of the invention, however, microcapsule identification and, optionally, sorting relies on a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule, for example absorption or emission characteristics thereof, for example alteration in the optical properties of the microcapsule resulting from a reaction leading to changes in absorbance, luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence associated with the microcapsule. All such properties are included in the term “optical”. In such a case, microcapsules can be identified and, optionally, sorted by luminescence, fluorescence or phosphorescence activated sorting. In a highly preferred embodiment, flow cytometry is employed to analyse and, optionally, sort microcapsules containing compounds having a desired activity which result in the production of a fluorescent molecule in the microcapsule.
  • The methods of the current invention allow reagents to be mixed rapidly (in <2 ms), hence a spatially-resolved optical image of microcapsules in microfluidic network allows time resolved measurements of the reactions in each microcapsule. Microcapsules can, optionally, be separated using a microfluidic flow sorter to allow recovery and further analysis or manipulation of the molecules they contain. Advantageously, the flow sorter would be an electronic flow sorting device. Such a sorting device can be integrated directly on the microfluidic device, and can use electronic means to sort the microcapsules. Optical detection, also integrated directly on the microfluidic device, can be used to screen the microcapsules to trigger the sorting. Other means of control of the microcapsules, in addition to charge, can also be incorporated onto the microfluidic device.
  • In an alternative embodiment, a change in microcapsule fluorescence, when identified, is used to trigger the modification of the microbead within the compartment. In a preferred aspect of the invention, microcapsule identification relies on a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule resulting from a reaction leading to luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence within the microcapsule. Modification of the microbead within the microcapsules would be triggered by identification of luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence. For example, identification of luminescence, phosphorescence or fluorescence can trigger bombardment of the compartment with photons (or other particles or waves) which leads to modification of the microbead or molecules attached to it. A similar procedure has been described previously for the rapid sorting of cells (Keij et al., 1994). Modification of the microbead may result, for example, from coupling a molecular “tag”, caged by a photolabile protecting group to the microbeads: bombardment with photons of an appropriate wavelength leads to the removal of the cage. Afterwards, all microcapsules are combined and the microbeads pooled together in one environment. Microbeads coated with compounds exhibiting the desired activity can be selected by affinity purification using a molecule that specifically binds to, or reacts specifically with, the “tag”.
  • (C) Compound Libraries
  • Libraries of compounds can be obtained from a variety of commercial sources. The compounds in the library can be made by a variety of means well known to those skilled in the art. Optionally, compound libraries can be made by combinatorial synthesis using spatially resolved parallel synthesis or using split synthesis, optionally to generate one-bead-one-compound libraries. The compounds can, optionally, be synthesised on beads. These beads can be compartmentalised in microcapsules directly or the compounds released before compartmentalisation.
  • Advantageously, only a single type of compound, but multiple copies thereof is present in each microcapsule.
  • The compounds can, optionally, be connected to microbeads either covalently or non-covalently by a variety of means that will be familiar to those skilled in the art (see, for example, (Hermanson, 1996)).
  • Microbeads are available with a variety of surface chemistries from hydrophobic surfaces (e.g. plain polystyrene), to very hydrophilic surfaces imparted by a wide variety of functional surface groups: aldehyde, aliphatic amine, amide, aromatic amine, carboxylic acid, chloromethyl, epoxy, hydrazide, hydroxyl, sulfonate and tosyl. The functional groups permit a wide range of covalent coupling reactions, well known to those skilled in the art, for stable or reversible attachment of compounds to the microbead surface.
  • Advantageously, the compounds are attached to the microbeads via a cleavable linker. A variety of such linkers are familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example (Gordon and Balasubramanian, 1999)), including for example, linkers which can be cleaved photochemically and reversible covalent bonds which can be controlled by changing the pH (e.g. imines and acylhydrazones), by adjusting the oxido-reductive properties (e.g. disulphides), or using an external catalyst (e.g. cross-metathesis and transamidation).
  • Advantageously, only a single type of compound, but multiple copies thereof is attached to each bead.
  • (D) Identification of Compounds
  • The compounds in microcapsules or on microbeads can be identified in a variety of ways. If the identified microcapsules are sorted (e.g. by using a fluorescence activated cell sorter- FACS) the compounds can be identified by by direct analysis, for example by mass-spectroscopy. If the compounds remain attached to beads isolated as a result of selection (for example by affinity purification) or sorting (for example using a FACS) they can also be identified by direct analysis, for example by mass-spectroscopy. The microcapsules or beads can also be tagged by a variety of means well known to those skilled in the art and the tag used to identify the compound attached to the beads (Czarnik, 1997). Chemical, spectrometric, electronic, and physical methods to encode the compounds may all be used. In a preferred embodiment microcapsules or beads have different optical properties and are thereby optically encoded. In a preferred embodiment encoding is based on microcapsules or beads having different fluorescence properties. In a highly preferred embodiment the microcapsules or beads are encoded using fluorescent quantum dots present at different concentrations in the microcapsule or bead (Han, 2001). Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can also be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • Advantageously, each compounds is present in different microcapsules at different concentrations (typically at concentrations varying from mM to nM) allowing the generation of a dose-response curve. This would, for example, allow the determination of the inhibition constant (Ki) of an inhibitory compound. The concentration of the compounds in the microcapsules can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • Microcapsules flowing in an ordered sequence in a microfluidic channel can also be encoded (wholly or partially) by their sequence in the stream of microcapsules (positional encoding).
  • Advantageously, each compounds is present in different microcapsules at different concentrations (typically at concentrations varying from mM to nM) allowing the generation of a dose-response curve. Fusing microcapsules to give all possible permutations of several different substrate concentrations and compound concentrations would allow the determination of the mode of inhibition (e.g. competitive, noncompetitive, uncompetitive or mixed inhibition) and inhibition constant (Ki) of an inhibitory compound. The concentration of the compounds (or substrate) in the microcapsules can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • (E) Identification of Targets
  • Advantageously, multiple different targets can be compartmentalised in microcapsules such that each microcapsule contains multiple copies of the same target. For example, multiple protein kinases, or multiple polymorphic variants of a single target, can be compartmentalised to allow the specificity of compounds to be determined. The identity of the target in a microcapsule can be determined by, for example, optical encoding or positional encoding of the microcapsules or microbeads as above.
  • (F) Apid Mixing of Reagents in Microcapsules
  • Advantageously, after fusion of microcpasules, the reagents contained in the fused microcapsule can be mixed rapidly using chaotic advection. By passing the droplets through channels that disrupt the laminar flow lines of the fluid within the droplets, their contents can be rapidly mixed, fully initiating any chemical reactions.
  • (G) Ensing Microcapsule Characteristics
  • In certain aspects of the invention, sensors are provided that can sense and/or determine one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplets, and/or a characteristic of a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet) in such a manner as to allow the determination of one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplets. Characteristics determinable with respect to the droplet and usable in the invention can be identified by those of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples of such characteristics include fluorescence, spectroscopy (e.g., optical, infrared, ultraviolet, etc.), radioactivity, mass, volume, density, temperature, viscosity, pH, concentration of a substance, such as a biological substance (e.g., a protein, a nucleic acid, etc.), or the like.
  • In some cases, the sensor may be connected to a processor, which in turn, cause an operation to be performed on the fluidic droplet, for example, by sorting the droplet, adding or removing electric charge from the droplet, fusing the droplet with another droplet, splitting the droplet, causing mixing to occur within the droplet, etc., for example, as previously described. For instance, in response to a sensor measurement of a fluidic droplet, a processor may cause the fluidic droplet to be split, merged with a second fluidic droplet, sorted etc.
  • One or more sensors and/or processors may be positioned to be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet. “Sensing communication,” as used herein, means that the sensor may be positioned anywhere such that the fluidic droplet within the fluidic system (e.g., within a channel), and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet may be sensed and/or determined in some fashion. For example, the sensor may be in sensing communication with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet fluidly, optically or visually, thermally, pneumatically, electronically, or the like. The sensor can be positioned proximate the fluidic system, for example, embedded within or integrally connected to a wall of a channel, or positioned separately from the fluidic system but with physical, electrical, and/or optical communication with the fluidic system so as to be able to sense and/or determine the fluidic droplet and/or a portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet (e.g., a channel or a microchannel, a liquid containing the fluidic droplet, etc.). For example, a sensor may be free of any physical connection with a channel containing a droplet, but may be positioned so as to detect electromagnetic radiation arising from the droplet or the fluidic system, such as infrared, ultraviolet, or visible light. The electromagnetic radiation may be produced by the droplet, and/or may arise from other portions of the fluidic system (or externally of the fluidic system) and interact with the fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet in such as a manner as to indicate one or more characteristics of the fluidic droplet, for example, through absorption, reflection, diffraction, refraction, fluorescence, phosphorescence, changes in polarity, phase changes, changes with respect to time, etc. As an example, a laser may be directed towards the fluidic droplet and/or the liquid surrounding the fluidic droplet, and the fluorescence of the fluidic droplet and/or the surrounding liquid may be determined. “Sensing communication,” as used herein may also be direct or indirect. As an example, light from the fluidic droplet may be directed to a sensor, or directed first through a fiber optic system, a waveguide, etc., before being directed to a sensor.
  • Non-limiting examples of sensors useful in the invention include optical or electromagnetically-based systems. For example, the sensor may be a fluorescence sensor (e.g., stimulated by a laser), a microscopy system (which may include a camera or other recording device), or the like. As another example, the sensor may be an electronic sensor, e.g., a sensor able to determine an electric field or other electrical characteristic. For example, the sensor may detect capacitance, inductance, etc., of a fluidic droplet and/or the portion of the fluidic system containing the fluidic droplet.
  • As used herein, a “processor” or a “microprocessor” is any component or device able to receive a signal from one or more sensors, store the signal, and/or direct one or more responses (e.g., as described above), for example, by using a mathematical formula or an electronic or computational circuit. The signal may be any suitable signal indicative of the environmental factor determined by the sensor, for example a pneumatic signal, an electronic signal, an optical signal, a mechanical signal, etc.
  • As a particular non-limiting example, a device of the invention may contain fluidic droplets containing one or more cells. The desired activity of a compound or compounds may result in the expression (or inhibition of expression) of a ‘marker’ gene, for example a gene for green fluorescent protein (GFP). The cells may be exposed to a fluorescent signal marker that binds if a certain condition is present, for example, the marker may bind to a first cell type but not a second cell type, the marker may bind to an expressed, protein, the marker may indicate viability of the cell (i.e., if the cell is alive or dead), the marker may be indicative of the state of development or differentiation of the cell, etc., and the cells may be directed through a fluidic system of the invention based on the presence/absence, and/or magnitude of the fluorescent signal marker. For instance, determination of the fluorescent signal marker may cause the cells to be directed to one region of the device (e.g., a collection chamber), while the absence of the fluorescent signal marker may cause the cells to be directed to another region of the device (e.g., a waste chamber). Thus, in this example, a population of cells may be screened and/or sorted on the basis of one or more determinable or targetable characteristics of the cells, for example, to select live cells, cells expressing a certain protein, a certain cell type, etc.
  • (H) Aterials
  • A variety of materials and methods, according to certain aspects of the invention, can be used to form any of the above-described components of the microfluidic systems and devices of the invention. In some cases, the various materials selected lend themselves to various methods. For example, various components of the invention can be formed from solid materials, in which the channels can be formed via micromachining, film deposition processes such as spin coating and chemical vapor deposition, laser fabrication, photolithographic techniques, etching methods including wet chemical or plasma processes, and the like. See, for example, Scientific American, 248:44-55, 1983 (Angell, et al). In one embodiment, at least a portion of the fluidic system is formed of silicon by etching features in a silicon chip. Technologies for precise and efficient fabrication of various fluidic systems and devices of the invention from silicon are known. In another embodiment, various components of the systems and devices of the invention can be formed of a polymer, for example, an elastomeric polymer such as polydimethylsiloxane (“PDMS”), polytetrafluoroethylene (“PTFE” or Teflon®), or the like.
  • Different components can be fabricated of different materials. For example, a base portion including a bottom wall and side walls can be fabricated from an opaque material such as silicon or PDMS, and a top portion can be fabricated from a transparent or at least partially transparent material, such as glass or a transparent polymer, for observation and/or control of the fluidic process. Components can be coated so as to expose a desired chemical functionality to fluids that contact interior channel walls, where the base supporting material does not have a precise, desired functionality. For example, components can be fabricated as illustrated, with interior channel walls coated with another material. Material used to fabricate various components of the systems and devices of the invention, e.g., materials used to coat interior walls of fluid channels, may desirably be selected from among those materials that will not adversely affect or be affected by fluid flowing through the fluidic system, e.g., material(s) that is chemically inert in the presence of fluids to be used within the device.
  • In one embodiment, various components of the invention are fabricated from polymeric and/or flexible and/or elastomeric materials, and can be conveniently formed of a hardenable fluid, facilitating fabrication via molding (e.g. replica molding, injection molding, cast molding, etc.). The hardenable fluid can be essentially any fluid that can be induced to solidify, or that spontaneously solidifies, into a solid capable of containing and/or transporting fluids contemplated for use in and with the fluidic network. In one embodiment, the hardenable fluid comprises a polymeric liquid or a liquid polymeric precursor (i.e. a “prepolymer”). Suitable polymeric liquids can include, for example, thermoplastic polymers, thermoset polymers, or mixture of such polymers heated above their melting point. As another example, a suitable polymeric liquid may include a solution of one or more polymers in a suitable solvent, which solution forms a solid polymeric material upon removal of the solvent, for example, by evaporation. Such polymeric materials, which can be solidified from, for example, a melt state or by solvent evaporation, are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. A variety of polymeric materials, many of which are elastomeric, are suitable, and are also suitable for forming molds or mold masters, for embodiments where one or both of the mold masters is composed of an elastomeric material. A non-limiting list of examples of such polymers includes polymers of the general classes of silicone polymers, epoxy polymers, and acrylate polymers. Epoxy polymers are characterized by the presence of a three-membered cyclic ether group commonly referred to as an epoxy group, 1,2-epoxide, or oxirane. For example, diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A can be used, in addition to compounds based on aromatic amine, triazine, and cycloaliphatic backbones. Another example includes the well-known Novolac polymers. Non-limiting examples of silicone elastomers suitable for use according to the invention include those formed from precursors including the chlorosilanes such as methylchlorosilanes, ethylchlorosilanes, phenylchlorosilanes, etc.
  • Silicone polymers are preferred in one set of embodiments, for example, the silicone elastomer polydimethylsiloxane. Non-limiting examples of PDMS polymers include those sold under the trademark Sylgard by Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich., and particularly Sylgard 182, Sylgard 184, and Sylgard 186. Silicone polymers including PDMS have several beneficial properties simplifying fabrication of the microfluidic structures of the invention. For instance, such materials are inexpensive, readily available, and can be solidified from a prepolymeric liquid via curing with heat. For example, PDMSs are typically curable by exposure of the prepolymeric liquid to temperatures of about, for example, about 65° C. to about 75° C. for exposure times of, for example, about an hour. Also, silicone polymers, such as PDMS, can be elastomeric and thus may be useful for forming very small features with relatively high aspect ratios, necessary in certain embodiments of the invention. Flexible (e.g., elastomeric) molds or masters can be advantageous in this regard.
  • One advantage of forming structures such as microfluidic structures of the invention from silicone polymers, such as PDMS, is the ability of such polymers to be oxidized, for example by exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma such as an air plasma, so that the oxidized structures contain, at their surface, chemical groups capable of cross-linking to other oxidized silicone polymer surfaces or to the oxidized surfaces of a variety of other polymeric and non-polymeric materials. Thus, components can be fabricated and then oxidized and essentially irreversibly sealed to other silicone polymer surfaces, or to the surfaces of other substrates reactive with the oxidized silicone polymer surfaces, without the need for separate adhesives or other sealing means. In most cases, sealing can be completed simply by contacting an oxidized silicone surface to another surface without the need to apply auxiliary pressure to form the seal. That is, the pre-oxidized silicone surface acts as a contact adhesive against suitable mating surfaces. Specifically, in addition to being irreversibly sealable to itself, oxidized silicone such as oxidized PDMS can also be sealed irreversibly to a range of oxidized materials other than itself including, for example, glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, glassy carbon, and epoxy polymers, which have been oxidized in a similar fashion to the PDMS surface (for example, via exposure to an oxygen-containing plasma). Oxidation and sealing methods useful in the context of the present invention, as well as overall molding techniques, are described in the art, for example, in an article entitled “Rapid Prototyping of Microfluidic Systems and Polydimethylsiloxane,”Anal. Chem., 70:474-480, 1998 (Duffy et al.), incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another advantage to forming microfluidic structures of the invention (or interior, fluid-contacting surfaces) from oxidized silicone polymers is that these surfaces can be much more hydrophilic than the surfaces of typical elastomeric polymers (where a hydrophilic interior surface is desired). Such hydrophilic channel surfaces can thus be more easily filled and wetted with aqueous solutions than can structures comprised of typical, unoxidized elastomeric polymers or other hydrophobic materials.
  • In one embodiment, a bottom wall is formed of a material different from one or more side walls or a top wall, or other components. For example, the interior surface of a bottom wall can comprise the surface of a silicon wafer or microchip, or other substrate. Other components can, as described above, be sealed to such alternative substrates. Where it is desired to seal a component comprising a silicone polymer (e.g. PDMS) to a substrate (bottom wall) of different material, the substrate may be selected from the group of materials to which oxidized silicone polymer is able to irreversibly seal (e.g., glass, silicon, silicon oxide, quartz, silicon nitride, polyethylene, polystyrene, epoxy polymers, and glassy carbon surfaces which have been oxidized). Alternatively, other sealing techniques can be used, as would be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, including, but not limited to, the use of separate adhesives, thermal bonding, solvent bonding, ultrasonic welding, etc.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1 Microfluidic Device for Screening Using in Vitro Compartmentalisation
  • A schematic representation of the microfluidic device is shown in FIG. 18. Microchannels are fabricated with rectangular cross-sections using rapid prototyping in poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS) (McDonald and Whitesides, 2002) and rendered hydrophobic as (Song and Ismagilov, 2003). Syringe pumps were used to drive flows (Harvard Apparatus PHD 2000 Infusion pumps). For aqueous solutions, 250 μl Hamilton Gastight syringes (1700 series, TLL) with removeable needles of 27-gaugeare used with 30-gauge Teflon tubing (Weico Wire and Cable). For the carrier fluid, 1 ml Hamilton Gastight syringes (1700 series, TLL) are used with 30-gauge Teflon needles with one hub from Hamilton (Song and Ismagilov, 2003). The carrier fluid is 9% (v/v) C6F11C2H4OH in perfluorodecaline (PFD) (Song et al., 2003). The microfluidic device consists of a series of interconnected modules. Each module has a specific function. These include modules that will produce droplets, fuse droplets, mix droplets, react droplets, detect droplets, and sort droplets (see FIG. 19). In one example, droplets are made, consisting of different molecules or different concentrations of molecules. Droplets are made at rates of up to 104 sec−1, and are made with a polydispersity of less than 1.5% and with sizes ranging from 1 μm to 100 μm. Each droplet is fused with a second droplet containing a second set of reactants, and is rapidly mixed to initiate the chemical reaction. This chemical reaction is allowed to proceed in each droplet by passing it through a delay channel. Each droplet is then fused with another droplet containing a second set of reactants, and is subsequently rapidly mixed to initiate the second set of chemical reactions. After the second reaction has proceeded in a delay module, the results of the reaction is determined using an optical sensor or other form of detection module. Finally, the desired droplets are sorted into two populations based on signal form the optical detection module, one population is kept for further processing and the other discarded. These and other modules can be used in this combination, or in other combinations.
  • Droplet generation module: We use a flow-focusing geometry to form the drops. A water stream is infused from one channel through a narrow constriction; counter propagating oil streams hydrodynamically focus the water stream reducing its size as it passes through the constriction as shown in FIG. 20A. This droplet generator can be operated in a flow regime that produces a steady stream of uniform droplets of water in oil. The size of the water droplets is controlled by the relative flow rates of the oil and the water; the viscous forces overcome surface tension to create uniform droplets. If the flow rate of the water is too high a longer jet of fluid passes through the orifice and breaks up into droplets further down stream; these droplets are less uniform in size. If the flow rate of the water is too low, the droplet breakup in the orifice becomes irregular again, producing a wider range of droplet sizes. While this emulsification technology is robust, it is limited to producing droplets of one size at any given flow rate; this droplet size is largely determined by the channel dimensions. Moreover, the timing of the droplet production cannot be controlled.
  • We overcome these limitations by incorporating electric fields to create an electrically addressable emulsification system. To achieve this, we apply high voltage to the aqueous stream and charge the oil water interface, as shown schematically in FIG. 20A. The water stream behaves as a conductor while the oil is an insulator; electrochemical reactions charge the fluid interface like a capacitor. At snap-off, charge on the interface remains on the droplet. In addition, the droplet volume, Vd, and frequency, f, can be tailored over nearly three orders of magnitude without changing the infusion rate of the oil or water. Droplet size and frequency are not independent; instead their product is determined by the infusion rate of the dispersed phase Qd=f Vd. The droplet size decreases with increasing field strength, as shown in FIGS. 20, B to E. The dependence of the droplet size on applied voltage for three different flow rates is summarized in FIG. 20F. At low applied voltages the electric field has a negligible effect, and droplet formation is driven exclusively by the competition between surface tension and viscous flow. By contrast, at high electric field strengths, there is a significant additional force on the growing drop, F=qE, where q is the charge on the droplet. Since the droplet interface behaves as a capacitor, q is proportional to the applied voltage, V. This leads to a V2 dependence of the force, which accounts for the decrease in droplet size with increasing applied field shown in FIG. 20F. If the electric field becomes too large, the charged interface of the water stream is repelled by the highly charged drops; this destabilizes the production and increases the variation in droplet size.
  • The electronic control afforded by the field-induced droplet formation provides an additional valuable benefit: it allows the phase of the droplet break-off to be adjusted within the production cycle. This is accomplished by increasing the field above the critical break-off field only at the instant the droplet is required. This provides a convenient means to precisely synchronize the production and arrival of individual droplets at specific locations.
  • Droplet coalescer module: An essential component in any droplet-based reaction-confinement system is a droplet coalescing module which combines two or more reagents to initiate a chemical reaction. This is particularly difficult to achieve in a microfluidic device because surface tension, surfactant stabilization, and drainage forces all hinder droplet coalescence; moreover, the droplets must cross the stream lines that define their respective flows and must be perfectly synchronized to arrive at a precise location for coalescence.
  • Use of electrostatic charge overcomes these difficulties; placing charges of opposite sign on each droplet and applying an electric field forces them to coalesce. As an example we show a device consisting of two separate nozzles that generate droplets with different compositions and opposite charges, sketched in FIG. 21A. The droplets are brought together at the confluence of the two streams. The electrodes used to charge the droplets upon formation also provide the electric field to force the droplets across the stream lines, leading to coalesce. Slight variations in the structure of the two nozzles result in slight differences in the frequency and phase of their droplet generation in the absence of a field. Thus the droplets differ in size even though the infusion rates are identical. Moreover, the droplets do not arrive at the point of confluence at exactly the same time. As a result the droplets do not coalesce as shown in FIG. 21B. By contrast, upon application of an electric field, droplet formation becomes exactly synchronized, ensuring that pairs of identically sized droplets each reach the point of confluence simultaneously. Moreover, the droplets are oppositely charged, forcing them to traverse the stream lines and contact each other, thereby causing them to coalesce, as shown in FIG. 21C. The remarkable synchronization of the droplet formation results from coupling of the break-off of each of the pair of droplets as mediated by the electric field; the magnitude of the electric field varies as the separation between the leading edges of the two droplets changes and the frequency of droplet break-off is mode-locked to the electric field. A minimum charge is required to cause droplets to coalesce, presumably because of the stabilizing effects of the surfactant coating; this is clear from FIG. 21D which shows the voltage dependence of the percentage of drops that contact each other that actually coalesce.
  • Droplet mixer module: Rapid mixing is achieved through either successive iterations of translation and rotation, FIG. 22, or by coalescing drops along the direction parallel to the flow direction, FIG. 23.
  • Droplet reactor/time delay module: A delay line is used to provide a fixed time for a reaction. Two non-limiting examples of how this can be achieved are ‘single file’ and ‘large cross-section’ channels. The ‘single file’ delay line uses length to achieve a fixed reaction time. As this often results in exceptionally long channels, it is desirable to place spacer droplets of a third fluid, immicible with both the carrier oil and the aqueous droplets inbetween aqueous droplet pairs. There is then an alternation between aqueous and non-aqueous droplets in a carrier oil. This is shown in FIG. 24A. A second possibility for achieving a long time delay is to use wide and deap channel having a ‘large cross-sectiononal area’ to slow the average velocity of the droplets. An example of this is shown in FIG. 24B.
  • Recharging module: The use of oppositely charged droplets and an electric field to combine and mix reagents is extremely robust, and 100% of the droplets coalesce with their partner from the opposite stream. However, after they coalesce the resultant drops carry no electrostatic charge. While it is convenient to charge droplets during formation, other methods must be employed in any robust droplet-based microfluidic system to recharge the mixed droplets if necessary for further processing. This is readily accomplished through the use of extensional flow to split neutral droplets in the presence of an electric field which polarizes them, resulting in two oppositely charged daughter droplets; this is sketched in FIG. 25A. The photomicrograph in FIG. 25B shows neutral droplets entering a bifurcation and splitting into charged daughter droplets. The dashed region in FIG. 25B is enlarged in FIG. 25C to illustrate the asymmetric stretching of the charged droplets in the electric field. The vertical dashed lines indicate the edges of the electrodes where the droplets return to their symmetric spherical shape. The electric field also allows precision control of the droplet splitting providing the basis for a robust droplet division module which allows the splitting of the contents into two or more aliquots of identical reagent, facilitating multiple assays on the contents of the same microreactor.
  • Detection module: The detection module consists of an optical fiber, one or more laser, one or more dichroic beam splitter, bandpass filters, and one or more photo multiplying tube (PMT) as sketched in FIG. 26.
  • Sorting module: The contents of individual droplets must be probed, and selected droplets sorted into discreet streams. The use of electrostatic charging of droplets provides a means for sorting that can be precisely controlled, can be switched at high frequencies, and requires no moving parts. Electrostatic charge on the droplets enables drop-by-drop sorting based on the linear coupling of charge to an external electric field. As an example, a T-junction bifurcation that splits the flow of carrier fluid equally will also randomly split the droplet population equally into the two streams, as shown in FIG. 27A. However, a small electric field applied at the bifurcation precisely dictates which channel the drops enter; a schematic of the electrode configuration is shown in FIG. 27B. Varying the direction of the field varies the direction of the sorted droplets as shown in FIGS. 27C and 27D. The large forces that can be imparted on the droplets and the high switching frequency make this a fast and robust sorting engine with no moving parts; thus the processing rate is limited only by the rate of droplet generation.
  • Example 2 Screening for Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase 1B (PTP1B) Inhibitors Using Microcapsules in Microfluidic Systems
  • PTP1B is a negative regulator of insulin and leptin signal transduction. Resistance to insulin and leptin are hallmarks of type 2 diabetes mellitus and obesity and hence PTP1B is an attractive drug target for diabetes and obesity therapy (Johnson et al., 2002). Using a microfluidic device as described in Example 1, we describe how PTP1B inhibitors can be screened using microcapsules in a microfluidic system.
  • All water-soluble reagents are dissolved in (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA), a buffer compatible with PTP1B activity. A solution of the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at 50 mU/ml and a solution of either a) 100 μM compound 2 (FIG. 17), which has a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate and is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002), or b) 100 μM hydrocinnamic acid (Aldrich), a compound that is not a PTP1B inhibitor are compartmentalised into microcapsules using the device. Each microcapsule containing target enzyme is fused with a microcapsule containing compound 2 or a microcapsule containing hydrocinnamic acid. Microcapsules containing either compound 2 or hydrocinnamic acid can be formed by switching between injection with syringes containing compound 2 and hydrocinnamic acid.
  • After microcapsule fusion the contents are rapidly mixed. After this point the microcapsules are run for up to 1 min through a 60 cm long microchannel (to allow inhibitor binding). This microchannel is then merged with a second microchannel containing aqueous microcapsules containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes) in 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA and the microcapsules fused pairwise. The fused microcapsules are then run for up to 2 min through a 60 cm long microchannel. Fluorescence of the microcapsules due to production of DiFMU (excitation/emmission maxima 358/452 nm; blue fluorescence) is measured. Predominantly, microcapsules exhibiting blue fluorescence are those containing hydrocinnamic acid whereas microcapsules containing compound 2 exhibit low fluorescence due to inhibition of PTP1B.
  • Example 3 Screening of PTP1B Inhibitors from a Compound Library
  • 96 aqueous mixtures are made on ice (to prevent reaction). The first mixture contains 100 μM compound 2 (FIG. 17), which has a bis-difluoromethylene phosphonate and is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002), and a pre-defined ratio of Qdot™ Streptavidin Conjugates with emmission maxima at 585 nm, 655 nm and 705 nm (Quantum Dot Corporation, Hayward Calif.) in a buffer compatible with PTP1B activity (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA) (Doman et al., 2002). The 95 other aqueous mixtures are identical to the above but each contain one of 95 carboxylic acids from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) in place of compound 2, and different ratios of Qdot™ Streptavidin Conjugates with emission maxima at 585 mn, 655 nm and 705 nm. In all mixtures the concentration of the 705 nm Qdot™ Streptavidin Conjugates is 100 nM, and the concentrations of the 585 nm and 655 nm Qdot™ Streptavidin Conjugates is either 0, 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88 or 100 nM. Hence, there are 100 (10×10) permutations of Qdot™ Streptavidin Conjugate concentrations which allows the microcapsules containing each compound to have a unique fluorescence signature which is read by determining the fluorescence ratio of fluorescence at at 705 nm, 585 nm and 655 nm.
  • The 96 mixtures are distributed into 96 wells of a microtitre plate. Aliquots from each well of the plate are loaded sequentially into the microfluidic device described in Example 1 using thin tubes connected to the microfluidic device which are dipped into reservoirs containing the desired compounds, and capillary action is used to draw the desired compound from the reservoir into the microfluidic device. The mixtures are compartmentalised into microcapsules in the device. Each microcapsule is fused with another microcapsule containing the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at 5 mU/ml and rapidly mixed. After incubating for 10 min, at 37° C. in a delay line the microcapsule is fused with a further microcapsule containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes), and incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. in a delay line. Inhibitors reduce the amount of non-fluorescent substrate (DiFMUP) converted to the dephosphorylated product (DiFMU; excitation/emmission maxima 358/452 nm; blue fluorescence). Microcapsule fluorescence is then analysed. Predominantly, all microcapsules exhibited blue fluorescence due to dephosphorylation of DiFMUP by PTP1B except those with the Qdot fluorescence signature of the microcapsules containing compound 2.
  • Example 4 Attachment of a Compound Library to Microbeads
  • 5.5 μm diameter polystyrene microbeads that bear carboxylate functional groups on the surface are commercially available (www.luminexcorp.com) in an optically tagged form, as a result of incorporation of precise ratios of orange (585 nm), and red (>650 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997). A set of 100 such beads, each with a unique optical signature (www.luminexcorp.com) are modified with an excess of ethylenediamine and EDC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (Pierce) as (Hermanson, 1996) to create primary amino groups on the surface. The photocleavable linker 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoic acid (NovaBiochem) (Holmes and Jones, 1995) is then attached to the beads by forming an amide bond using EDC as above. 100 different carboxylic acids from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) are then coupled to the beads, by reacting with the linker alcohol to form a carboxylate ester, each of the 100 different optically tagged beads being coupled to a different carboxylic acid, and each bead being derivatised with ˜106 molecules of carboxylic acid. Irradiation for 4 min on ice using a B100 AP 354 nm UV lamp (UVP) from a distance of ˜5 cm results in release of the compounds from the beads as carboxylic acids.
  • Example 5 Screening for Inhibitors of the Enzyme Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase 1B (PTP1B) Using Compounds Attached to Microbeads
  • 5.5 μm diameter polystyrene microbeads that bear carboxylate functional groups on the surface are commercially available (www.luminexcorp.com) in an optically tagged form, as a result of incorporation of precise ratios of orange (585 nm), and red (>650 nm) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997). First, the carboxylate functional groups on the microbeads are converted to primary amines using ethylenediamine and EDC as in example 6. A phosphopeptide substrate for PTP1B, the undecapaptide EGFR988-998 (DADEpYLIPQQG) (Zhang et al., 1993), is then coupled to both sets of microbeads via the surface amino groups using EDC. This peptide is made by solid phase synthesis on Sieber Amide resin (9-Fmoc-amino-xanthen-3-yloxy-Merrifield resin) (Novabiochem) with orthogonal protection on the side chain carboxylate groups using carboxylate-O-allyl esters. A linker comprised of tetradecanedioic acid is coupled to the N-terminus and the peptide cleaved from the beads using 1% TFA to yield a peptide with a C-terminal amide The peptide is coupled to the beads (using EDC) via the linker to give ˜105 peptides per bead. The remaining surface amino groups are then modified by attaching the photochemically cleavable linker 4-(4-hydroxymethyl-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoic acid as in example 6. The protecting groups on the side chain carboxylates of the peptide are then removed using Pd(Ph3)4/CHCl3/HOAc/N-methyl morpholine. A first set of microbeads is derivatised with 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl)propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17), a compound that is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002). A second set of beads, with a distinct optical tag from the first set of beads, is derivatised with hydrocinnamic acid (Aldrich), a compound that is not a PTP1B inhibitor. In each case the compound is coupled by reacting with the linker alcohol to form a carboxylate ester as in example 6. Each microbead is derivatised with ˜106 molecules (Fulton et al., 1997).
  • The microbeads are then screened using the microfluidic system outlined in FIG. 15. The two sets of microbeads are mixed in ratios varying from 1:1000 to 1:1 (compound 1 beads: hydrocinnamic acid beads) and 108 total microbeads are mixed with the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at a concentration of 10 nM, on ice (to prevent reaction) in a buffer compatible with PTP1B activity (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 125 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EDTA) (Doman et al., 2002). Single beads and target enzyme (PTP1B) are then colocalised in microcapsules by forming microcapsules using the microfluidic system described in Example 1. The concentration of beads is such that most microcapsules contain one or no beads. Each microcapsule is fused with another microcapsule containing the target enzyme (human recombinant PTP1B, residues 1-322; Biomol Research Laboratories, Inc.) at 5 mU/ml and rapidly mixed. The compound is released photochemically (as in example 4). After incubating for 10 min, at 37° C. in a delay line the microcapsule is fused with a further microcapsule containing the fluorogenic PTP1B substrate 6,8-difluoro-4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate (DiFMUP) (Molecular Probes), and incubated at 37° C. for 30 min. in a delay line. Inhibitors reduce the amount of substrate converted to product (dephosphorylated peptide). The microcapsules are collected, cooled to 4° C. and broken as (Griffiths and Tawfik, 2003) into 100 μM vanadate to stop the reaction (Harder et al., 1994). After labelling with an anti-substrate (anti-phosphotyrosine) antibody labelled with the green (530 nm) fluorochrome fluorescein isothiocyanate (mouse monoclonal IgG2b PY20 (Santa Cruz) according to the manufacturer's instructions, beads are analysed by 3-colour flow cytometry using a FACScan (Becton-Dickinson), FACScalibur (Becton-Dickinson) or MoFlo (Cytomation) flow cytometers to simultaneously determine the extent of inhibition and the compound on the beads. Predominantly, dephosphorylation of the peptide is only observed on those microbeads which were coated with PTPIB inhibitors, and not on other microbeads.
  • Example 6 Screening of PTP1B Inhibitors from a Compound Library Attached to Microbeads
  • A set of 100 5.5 μm diameter polystyrene microbeads, bearing carboxylate functional groups on the surface and each with a unique optical signature (www.luminexcorp.com) as a result of incorporation of precise ratios of orange (585 nm), and red (>650 mn) fluorochromes (Fulton et al., 1997) are derivatised with a phosphopeptide substrate for PTP1B, the undecapaptide EGFR988-998 (DADEpYLIPQQG) (Zhang et al., 1993), and 100 different carboxylic acids, each attached via a photochemically cleavable linker, as in example 4. One of these carboxylic acids is 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl) propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17), a compound that is a known PTP1B inhibitor (Johnson et al., 2002). The other 99 carboxylic acids are from the Carboxylic Acid Organic Building Block Library (Aldrich) as example 4. Equal numbers of each of the 100 bead sets are then mixed and screened as for example 5. Predominantly, dephosphorylation of the peptide is only observed on those microbeads which were coated with the PTPIB inhibitor 3-(4-difluorophosphonomethylphenyl) propanoic acid (compound 1, FIG. 17), and not on microbeads coated with other compounds.
  • Example 7 Compartmentalisation of Small Molecules in a Water-in-Fluorocarbon Emulsions.
  • Water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions containing 95% (v/v) perfluorooctyl bromide, 5% (v/v) phosphate buffered saline containing the molecule of interest in solution, and 2% (w/v) C8F17C11H22OP(O)[N(CH2CH2)2O]2 (F8H11DMP) as surfactant were formed essentially as (Sadtler et al., 1996) by extrusion (15 times) through 14 μm filters (Osmonics) or by homogenising for 5 min at 25,000 r.p.m. using an Ultra-Turrax T8 Homogenizer (IKA) with a 5 mm dispersing tool. Emulsions were made containing a series of small fluorescent molecules dissolved in the aqueous phase at concentrations from 100 μm to 2 mM. These molecules, including calcein, texas red, fluorescein, coumarin 102, 7-hydroxycoumarin-3-carboxylic acid and 7-diethylamino-4-methyl coumarin (coumarin 1), had molecular weights from 203 to 625 Da and LogP values—calculated using SRC's LogKow/KowWin Program (Meylan and Howard, 1995)—ranging from −0.49 to 4.09. Emulsions containing different coloured fluorochromes were mixed by vortexing. Compartmentalisation was observed by epifluorescence microscopy of the mixed emulsions. No exchange between compartments was observed 24 hours after mixing (see FIG. 19).
  • Example 8 Compartmentalisation of Small Molecules in a Water-in-Fluorocarbon Emulsions Made Using Microfluidic Systems
  • Water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions containing 95% (v/v) perfluorooctyl bromide, 5% (v/v) phosphate buffered saline containing the molecule of interest in solution, and 2% (w/v) C8F17C11H22OP(O)[N(CH2CH2)2O]2 (F8H11DMP) as surfactant were formed essentially using multiple droplet generation modules as described in Example 1. The aqueous phase at each of the nozzles contained a different small fluorescent molecules dissolved at concentrations from 100 μM to 2 mM. These molecules, including calcein, texas red, fluorescein, coumarin 102, 7-hydroxycoumarin-3-carboxylic acid and 7-diethylamino-4-methyl coumarin (coumarin 1), had molecular weights from 203 to 625 Da and LogP values—calculated using SRC's LogKow/KowWin Program (Meylan and Howard, 1995)—ranging from −0.49 to 4.09. Emulsions containing different coloured fluorochromes were mixed by combining the streams carrying the droplet having different fluorofers into a single stream containing all types of droplets. The stream carrying the collection of droplets then empties into a deep well on the device where the droplets can be stored in close proximity and monitored over time up to 24 hours. No cross contamination between the droplets is observed.
  • Example 9 Determining Mode of Inhibition and Ki of PETG on □-Galactosidase
  • Using a microfluidic device as described in Example 1, we demonstrate that the mode of inhibition of the enzyme E. coli□-galactosidase (LacZ), by phenylethyl β-D-thiogalactopyranoside (PETG), is competitive, and we show how we can obtain the inhibition constant (Ki) of PETG. In the enzyme inhibition assay, the rate of catalysis is determined by using a non-fluorescent substrate for LacZ, fluorescein mono-□-D-galactoside (FMG) (FMG), and measuring the appearance of the fluorescent product, fluorescein (excitation 488 nm, emission 514 nm). All components of the LacZ inhibition assay are dissolved in assay buffer (10 mM MgCl2, 50 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, 100 μg/ml BSA, 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.9.
  • Leading into each droplet forming module (FIG. 15) are two Teflon tubes leading from syringe pumps. The channels leading from each tube merge to create a single flow before entering the droplet forming module. The two syringes feeding into the first droplet forming module contain, (a) 50 μM PETG in assay buffer, and (b), assay buffer. The two syringes feeding into the second droplet forming module contain, (c) 100 nM LacZ in assay buffer. and (d), assay buffer. The two syringes feeding into the third droplet forming module contain, (e) 5 mM FMG in assay buffer, and (f), assay buffer. The final concentration of each component in each droplet is independently controllable by adjusting relative flow rates of each component and buffer solution while maintaining a constant combined flow rate from both syringes.
  • The first droplet fusion mixes the inhibitor (PETG) with the enzyme (LacZ). After the combined droplet has spent two minutes in a delay line it is fused with a third droplet containing the fluorogenic enzyme substrate (FMG). Finally, after all the components are mixed the reaction is observed by measuring fluorescence of individual droplets or by integrating fluorescent light from droplets with the same concentration of each component during 10-second exposure time at multiple points in the second 10 min long delay line. Each fluorescence intensity value at different positions is proportional to the amount of product at different reaction times. Rate of product formation is linear during initial reaction time and initial rate (ν) can be determined from linear fitting. Data from the repeated measurement at different concentration of FMG and PETG are expressed in a Lineweaver-Burk plot (1/νvs. 1/[S]; where [S]=substrate concentration). The same y-intercept values at different concentration of PETG show that the mode of PETG inhibition is competitive. In competitive inhibition, each slope divided by the y-intercept represents an apparent Michaelis-Menten constant that is a linear function of the concentration of inhibitor. The y-intercept in a graph of apparent Michaelis-Menten constant versus competitive inhibitor concentration gives the Michaelis-Menten constant, and the inverse of its slope multiplied by the y-intercept is Ki. Using the following conditions (in the final fused microcapsule), 30 nM LacZ, 0 to 13 μM PETG and 10 to 700 μM FMG the KM of FMG for LacZ can be determined to within 20% of the previously published value (118 μM; Huang, 1991), and the Ki of PETG for LacZ can be determined to be within the range of the previously published value (0.98 μM; Huang, 1991).
  • References
    • Adang, A. E., and Hermkens, P. H. (2001). The contribution of combinatorial chemistry to lead generation: an interim analysis. Curr Med Chem 8, 985-998.
    • Anderson, J. E. (1993). Restriction endonucleases and modification methylases. Curr Op Struct Biol 3, 24-30.
    • Becher, P. (1957) Emulsions: theory and practice. Reinhold, New York.
    • Benita, S. (ed.). (1996) Microencapsulation: methods and industrial applications. Marcel Dekker, New York.
    • Bemath, K., Hai, M., Mastrobattista, E., Griffiths, A. D., Magdassi, S. and Tawfik, D. S. (2004) In vitro compartmentalization by double emulsions: sorting and gene enrichment by fluorescence activated cell sorting. Anal Biochem, 325, 151-157.
    • Bru, R. and Walde, P. (1991) Product inhibition of alpha-chymotrypsin in reverse micelles. Eur JBiochem, 199, 95-103.
    • Bru, R. and Walde, P. (1993) Catalytic activity of elastase in reverse micelles. Biochem Mol Biol Int, 31, 685-692.
    • Burbaum, J. (1998). Miniaturization technologies in HTS: how fast, how small, how soon? Drug Discov Today 3, 313-322.
    • Calvert, P. (2001) Inkjet printing for materials and devices. Chem. Mater., 13, 3299-3305.
    • Chakrabarti, A. C., Breaker, R. R., Joyce, G. F. and Deamer, D. W. (1994) Production of RNA by a polymerase protein encapsulated within phospholipid vesicles. J Mol Evol, 39, 555-559.
    • Chang, T. M. (1987) Recycling of NAD(P) by multienzyme systems immobilized by microencapsulation in artificial cells. Methods Enzymol, 136, 67-82.
    • Chang, T. M. S. (1992) Recent advances in artificial cells based on microencapsulation. In Donbrow, M. (ed.), Microcapsules and nanoparticles in medicine and pharmacy. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., pp. 323-339.
    • Creagh, A. L., Prausnitz, J. M. and Blanch, H. W. (1993) Structural and catalytic properties of enzymes in reverse micelles. Enzyme Microb Technol, 15, 383-392.
    • Curran, D. P. (1998) Strategy-level separations in organic synthesis: from planning to practice. Angew Chem Int Ed, 37, 1174-1196.
    • Czarnik, A. W. (1997). Encoding methods for combinatorial chemistry. Curr Opin Chem Biol 1, 60-66.
    • Davis, S. S., and Walker, I. M. (1987). Multiple emulsions as targetable delivery systems.
    • Methods in Enzymology 149, 51-64.
    • de Gans, B. -J., Duineveld, P. C. and Schubert, U.S. (2004) Inkjet printing of polymers: state of the art and future developments. Advanced materials, 16, 203-213.
    • Dickinson, E. (1994) Emulsions and droplet size control. In Wedlock, D. J. (ed.), Controlled particle, droplet and bubble formation. Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, pp. 191-257.
    • Doi, N., and Yanagawa, H. (1999). STABLE: protein-DNA fusion system for screening of combinatorial protein libraries in vitro. FEBS Lett 457, 227-230.
    • Doman, T. N., McGovern, S. L., Witherbee, B. J., Kasten, T. P., Kurumbail, R., Stallings, W. C., Connolly, D. T. and Shoichet, B. K. (2002) Molecular docking and high-throughput screening for novel inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B. J Med Chem, 45, 2213-2221.
    • Finch, C. A. (1993) Encapsulation and controlled release. Spec. Publ. -R. Soc. Chem., 138, 35.
    • Fomusek & Vetvicka, Crit Rev Ther Drug Carrier Syst. 1986;2(2):137-74
    • Fu, A. Y., Chou, H. P., Spence, C., Arnold, F. H. and Quake, S. R. (2002) An integrated microfabricated cell sorter. Anal Chem, 74, 2451-2457.
    • Fulton, R. J., McDade, R. L., Smith, P. L., Kienker, L. J. and Kettman, J. R., Jr. (1997) Advanced multiplexed analysis with the FlowMetrix system. Clin Chem, 43, 1749-1756.
    • Ghadessy, F. J., Ong, J. L. and Holliger, P. (2001) Directed evolution of polymerase function by compartmentalized self- replication. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 98, 4552-4557.
    • Gordon, K., and Balasubramanian, S. (1999). Solid phase chemistry—designer linkers for combinatorial chemistry. J Chem Technol Biotechnol 74, 835-851.
    • Griffiths, A. D., Williams, S. C., Hartley, O., Tomlinson, I. M., Waterhouse, P., Crosby, W. L., Kontermann, R. E., Jones, P. T., Low, N. M., Allison, T. J., and et al. (1994). Isolation of high affinity human antibodies directly from large synthetic repertoires. Embo J 13, 3245-3260.
    • Griffiths, A. D. and Tawfik, D. S. (2003) Directed evolution of an extremely fast phosphotriesterase by in vitro compartmentalization. Embo J, 22, 24-35.
    • Guixe et al., Ligand-induced conformational transitions in Escherichia coli phosphofructokinase 2: evidence for an allosteric site for MgATP2-. Biochemistry. 1998 Sep. 22; 37(38):13269-75.
    • Haber, J., Maslakiewicz, P., Rodakiewicz, N. J. and Walde, P. (1993) Activity and spectroscopic properties of bovine liver catalase in sodium bis(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate/isooctane reverse micelles. Eur J Biochem, 217, 567-573.
    • Han, M., Gao, X., Su, J. Z., and Nie, S. (2001). Quantum-dot-tagged microbeads for multiplexed optical coding of biomolecules. Nat Biotechnol 19, 631-635.
    • Han, M., Gao, X., Su, J. Z. and Nie, S. (2001) Quantum-dot-tagged microbeads for multiplexed optical coding of biomolecules. Nat Biotechnol, 19, 631-635.
    • Handen, J. S. (Summer 2002). High-throughput screening—challenges for the future. Drug Discov World, 47-50.
    • Harder, K. W., Owen, P., Wong, L. K., Aebersold, R., Clark-Lewis, I., and Jirik, F. R. (1994). Characterization and kinetic analysis of the intracellular domain of human protein tyrosine phosphatase beta (HPTP beta) using synthetic phosphopeptides. Biochem J 298 ( Pt 2), 395-401.
    • Haugland, R. P., (1996). Handbook of fluorescent probes and research chemicals. Spence, M. T. Z. Ed
    • Heim R, Tsien R Y. Engineering green fluorescent protein for improved brightness, longer wavelengths and fluorescence resonance energy transfer. Curr Biol. 1996 Feb. 1; 6(2): 178-82.
    • Hergenrother, P. J., Depew, K. P., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000). Small-molecule microarrays: covalent attachment and screening of alcohol-containing small molecules on glass slides. J Am Chem Soc 122, 7849-7850.
    • Hermanson, G. T. (1996) Bioconjugate techniques. Academic Press, San Diego.
    • Hildebrand, J. H. and Cochran, D. F. R. (1949) J Am. Chem. Soc., 71, 22.
    • Hochuli, E., Dobeli, H., and Schacher, A. (1987). New metal chelate adsorbent selective for proteins and peptides containing neighbouring histidine residues. J Chromatogr 411, 177-184.
    • Holmes, C. P., and Jones, D. G. (1995). Reagents for combinatorial crganic synthesis: development of a new o-nitrobenzyl photolabile linker for solid phase synthesis. J Org Chem 60, 2318-2319.
    • Huang, Z. J., Kinetic assay of fluorescein mono-beta-D-galactoside hydrolysis by beta-galactosidase: a front-face measurement for strongly absorbing fluorogenic substrates (1991). Biochemistry. 30, 8530-4.
    • Hudlicky, M. (1992) Chemistry of Organic Fluorine Compounds. Ellis Horwood, New York.
    • Johannsson, A. (1991). Heterogeneous enzyme immunoassays. In Principles and practice of immunoassays, C. P. Price, and D. J. Newman, eds. (New York, Stockton Press), pp. 295-325.
    • Johannsson, A., and Bates, D. L. (1988). Amplification by second enzymes. In ELISA and other solid phase immunoassays, D. M. Kemeny, and S. J. Challacombe, eds. (Chichester, John Wiley), pp. 85-106.
    • Johnson, T. O., Ermolieff, J., and Jirousek, M. R. (2002). Protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitors for diabetes. Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 1, 696-709.
    • Keij et al., Cytometry. 1995 Mar. 1; 19(3):209-16
    • Kerker, Cytometry. 1983 July; 4(1):1-10
    • Klug, A. (1995). Gene regulatory proteins and their interaction with DNA. Ann N Y Acad Sci 758, 143-160.
    • Klug, A., and Schwabe, J. W. (1995). Protein motifs 5. Zinc fingers. Faseb J 9, 597-604.
    • Krafft, M. P., Chittofrati, A. and Riess, J. G. (2003) Emulsions and microemulsions with a fluorocarbon phase. Curr. Op. Colloid Interface Sci., 8, 251-258.
    • Kumar, A., Kumar, A. and Katiyar, S. S. (1989) Activity and kinetic characteristics of glutathione reductase in vitro in reverse micellar waterpool. Biochim Biophys Acta, 996, 1-6.
    • Lee, Y. -F., Tawfik, D. S., and Griffiths, A. D. (2002). Investigating the target recognition of DNA cytosine-5 methyltransferase HhaI by library selection using in vitro compartmentalisation (IVC). Nucleic Acids Res 30, 4937-4944.
    • Lim, F. (ed.). (1984) Biomedical applications of microencapsulation. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.
    • Lim, F. and Sun, A. M. (1980) Microencapsulated islets as bioartificial endocrine pancreas. Science, 210, 908-910.
    • Link, D. R., Anna, S. L., Weitz, D. A. and Stone, H. A. (2004) Geometrically mediated breakup of drops in microfluidic devices. Phys. Rev. Letts., 92, 054503.
    • Lipinski, C. A., Lombardo, F., Dominy, B. W. and Feeney, P. J. (2001) Experimental and computational approaches to estimate solubility and permeability in drug discovery and development settings. Adv Drug Deliv Rev, 46, 3-26.
    • Lissant, K. J. (ed.). (1974) Emulsions and emulsion technology. Marcel Dekker, New York.
    • Lissant, K. J. (ed.). (1984) Emulsions and emulsion technology. Marcel Dekker, New York.
    • Lowe, K. C. (2002) Perfluorochemical respiratory gas carriers: benefits to cell culture systems. J Fluorine Chem., 118, 19-26.
    • Luisi, P. L. and B., S. -H. (1987) Activity and conformation of enzymes in reverse micellar solutions. Methods Enzymol, 136, 188-216.
    • Lyne, P. D. (2002). Structure-based virtual screening: an overview. Drug Discov Today 7, 1047-1055.
    • Mackenzie and Pinder, Dev Biol Stand. 1986; 64:181-93.
    • Mahajan N P, Linder K, Berry G, Gordon G W, Heim R, Herman B. Bcl-2 and Bax interactions in mitochondria probed with green fluorescent protein and fluorescence resonance energy transfer. Nat Biotechnol. 1998 June.; 16(6):547-52.
    • Mao, Q. and Walde, P. (1991) Substrate effects on the enzymatic activity of alpha-chymotrypsin in reverse micelles. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 178, 1105-1112.
    • Mao, Q., Walde, P. and Luisi, P. L. (1992) Kinetic behaviour of alpha-chymotrypsin in reverse micelles. A stopped-flow study. Eur JBiochem, 208, 165-170.
    • Masui and Kuramitsu, Probing of DNA-binding sites of Escherichia coli RecA protein utilizing 1-anilinonaphthalene-8-sulfonic acid. Biochemistry. 1998 Sep. 1; 37 (35): 12133 -43
    • McDonald, J. C. and Whitesides, G. M. (2002) Poly(dimethylsiloxane) as a material for fabricating microfluidic devices. Acc Chem Res, 35, 491-499.
    • Menger, F. M. and Yamada, K. (1979) J Am. Chem. Soc., 101, 6731-6734.
    • Meylan, W. M. and Howard, P. H. (1995) Atom/fragment contribution method for estimating octanol-water partition coefficients. J Pharm Sci, 84, 83-92.
    • Miyawaki A, Llopis J, Heim R, McCaffery J M, Adams J A, Ikura M, Tsien R Y. Fluorescent indicators for Ca2+ based on green fluorescent proteins and calmodulin. Nature. 1997 Aug. 28; 388(6645):882-7.
    • Mize, P. D., Hoke, R. A., Linn, C. P., Reardon, J. E., and Schulte, T. H. (1989). Dual-enzyme cascade—an amplified method for the detection of alkaline phosphatase. Anal Biochem 179, 229-235.
    • Montigiani, S., Neri, G., Neri, P., and Neri, D. (1996). Alanine substitutions in calmodulin-binding peptides result in unexpected affinity enhancement. J Mol Biol 258, 6-13.
    • New, R. R. C. (ed.). (1990) Liposomes: a practical approach. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
    • Norman, Med Phys. 1980 November-December; 7(6):609-15.
    • Oberholzer, T., Albrizio, M. and Luisi, P. L. (1995) Polymerase chain reaction in liposomes. Chem Biol, 2, 677-682.
    • Oberholzer, T., Wick, R., Luisi, P. L. and Biebricher, C. K. (1995) Enzymatic RNA replication in self-reproducing vesicles: an approach to a minimal cell. Biochem Biophys Res Commun, 207, 250-257.
    • Obukowicz, M. G., Turner, M. A., Wong, E. Y. and Tacon, W. C. (1988) Secretion and export of IGF-1 in Escherichia coli strain JM101. Mol Gen Genet, 215, 19-25.
    • Perelson, A. S., and Oster, G. F. (1979). Theoretical studies of clonal selection: minimal antibody repertoire size and reliability of self-non-self discrimination. J Theor Biol 81, 645-670.
    • Perez, G. M., Sanchez, F. A. and Garcia, C. F. (1992) Application of active-phase plot to the kinetic analysis of lipoxygenase in reverse micelles. Biochem J.
    • Pirrung, M. C., and Huang, C. Y. (1996). A general method for the spatially defined immobilization of biomolecules on glass surfaces using “caged” biotin. Bioconjug Chem 7,317-321.
    • Qi and Grabowski, Acid beta-glucosidase: intrinsic fluorescence and conformational changes induced by phospholipids and saposin C. Biochemistry. 1998 Aug. 18; 37(33):11544-54
    • Ramstrom, O., and Lehn, J. M. (2002). Drug discovery by dynamic combinatorial libraries. Nat Rev Drug Discov 1, 26-36.
    • Riess, J. G. (2002) Fluorous micro- and nanophases with a biomedical perspective. Tetrahedron, 58, 4113-4131.
    • Rolland, J Immunol Methods. 1985 Jan. 21; 76(l):1-10
    • Sadtler, V. M., Krafft, M. P. and Riess, J. G. (1996) Achieving stable, reverse water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl., 35, 1976-1978.
    • Sambrook, J., and Russell, D. W., eds. (2001). Molecular cloning: a laboratory manual (New York, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press).
    • Savage, M. D., Mattson, G., Desai, S., Nielander, G. W., Morgensen, S., and Conklin, E. J. (1994). Avidin-biotin chemistry: a handbook, 2 edn (Rockford, Pierce Chemical Company).
    • Schick, M. J. (1966) Nonionic surfactants. Marcel Dekker, New York.
    • Scott, R. L. (1948) J Am. Chem. Soc., 70, 4090.
    • Sepp, A., Tawfik, D. S., and Griffiths, A. D. (2002). Microbead display by in vitro compartmentalisation: selection for binding using flow cytometry. FEBS Letters 532, 455-458.
    • Shapiro, H. M. (1995). Practical Flow Cytometry, 3 edn (New York, Wiley-Liss).
    • Sherman, P. (1968) Emulsion science. Academic Press, London.
    • Song, H. and Ismagilov, R. F. (2003) Millisecond kinetics on a microfluidic chip using nanoliters of reagents. J Am Chem Soc, 125, 14613-14619.
    • Song, H., Tice, J. D. and Ismagilov, R. F. (2003) A microfluidic system for controlling reaction networks in time. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. EngL., 42, 767-772.
    • Stofko, H. R., Carr, D. W., and Scott, J. D. (1992). A single step purification for recombinant proteins. Characterization of a microtubule associated protein (MAP 2) fragment which associates with the type II cAMP-dependent protein kinase. Febs Lett 302, 274-278.
    • Studer, A., Hadida, S., Ferritto, R., Kim, S. Y., Jeger, P., Wipf, P. and Curran, D. P. (1997) Fluorous synthesis: a fluorous-phase strategy for improving separation efficiency in organic synthesis. Science, 275, 823-826.
    • Sun, A. M., Vasek, I. and Tai, I. (1992) Microencapsulation of living cells and tissues. In Donbrow, M. (ed.), Microencapsulation and nanoparticles in medicine and pharmacy. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., pp. 315-322.
    • Sundberg, S. A., Barrett, R. W., Pirrung, M., Lu, A. L., Kiangsoontra, B., and Holmes, C. P. (1995). Spatially-addressable immobilisation of macromolecules on solid supports. J Am Chem Soc 117, 12050-12057.
    • Tawfik, D. S., and Griffiths, A. D. (1998). Man-made cell-like compartments for molecular evolution. Nat Biotechnol 16, 652-656.
    • Thorsen, T., R. W., R., Arnold, F. H. and Quake, S. R. (2001) Dynamic pattern formation in a vesicle-generating microfluidic device. Phys. Rev. Letts., 86, 4163-4166.
    • Tripet, B., Yu, L., Bautista, D. L., Wong, W. Y., Irvin, R. T., and Hodges, R. S. (1996). Engineering a de novo-designed coiled-coil heterodimerization domain off the rapid detection, purification and characterization of recombinantly expressed peptides and proteins. Protein Eng 9, 1029-1042.
    • Umbanhowar, P. B., Prasad, V. and Weitz, D. A. (2000) Monodisperse emulsions generated via drop break off in a coflowing steam. Langmuir, 16, 347-351.
    • van Hal, D. A., Bouwstra, J. A. and Junginger, H. E. (1996) Nonionic surfactant vesicles containing estradiol for topical application. In Benita, S. (ed.), Microencapsulation: methods and industrial applications. Marcel Dekker, New York, pp. 329-347.
    • Voss EW Jr. Kinetic measurements of molecular interactions by spectrofluorometry. J Mol Recognit. 1993 June.; 6(2):51-8
    • Walde, P., Goto, A., Monnard, P. -A., Wessicken, M. and Luisi, P. L. (1994) Oparin's reactions revisited: enzymatic synthesis of poly(adenylic acid) in micelles and self-reproducing vesicles. J Am. Chem. Soc., 116, 7541-7547.
    • Walde, P., Han, D. and Luisi, P. L. (1993) Spectroscopic and kinetic studies of lipases solubilized in reverse micelles. Biochemistry, 32, 4029-4034.
    • Walde, P., Peng, Q., Fadnavis, N. W., Battistel, E. and Luisi, P. L. (1988) Structure and activity of trypsin in reverse micelles. Eur J Biochem, 173, 401-409.
    • Whateley, T. L. (1996) Microcapsules: preparation by interfacial polymerisation and interfacial complexation and their applications. In Benita, S. (ed.), Microencapsulation: methods and industrial applications. Marcel Dekker, New York, pp. 349-375.
    • Wick, R. and Luisi, P. L. (1996) Enzyme-containing liposomes can endogenously produce membrane-constituting lipids. Chem Biol, 3, 277-285.
    • Zhang, Z. Y., Thieme-Sefler, A. M., Maclean, D., McNamara, D. J., Dobrusin, E. M., Sawyer, T. K., and Dixon, J. E. (1993). Substrate specificity of the protein tyrosine phosphatases. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90, 4446-4450.
  • All publications mentioned in the above specification, and references cited in said publications, are herein incorporated by reference. Various modifications and variations of the described methods and system of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific preferred embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.

Claims (115)

1. A method for identifying a compound or compounds in a repertoire of compounds, which compound or compound(s) possess(es) a desired activity, comprising the steps of:
a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule; and
b) identifying the compounds which possess the desired activity,
wherein one or both of steps a) and b) is performed under microfluidic control.
2. A method according to claim 1, wherein step (a) comprises forming groups of microcapsules comprising individual compounds and mixing the groups of microcapsules to form an emulsified compound repertoire wherein a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule.
3. A method according to claim 1, wherein step (a) comprises
i. attaching the repertoire of compounds onto microbeads, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented on any one microbead; and
ii. compartmentalising the microbeads into microcapsules; such that a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule; and wherein wherein one or both of steps i) and ii) is performed under microfluidic control.
4. A method according to claim 1, wherein the desired activity is selected from the group consisting of a binding activity and the modulation of the activity of a target.
5. A method according to claim 4, wherein the binding activity is binding to a target.
6. A method according to claim 4, wherein the modulated activity is a binding activity.
7. A method according to claim 4, wherein the modulated activity is a catalytic activity.
8. A method according to claim 1, wherein the compound reacts with a target to generate a reaction product.
9. A method according to claim 3, wherein the compounds are coupled to the microbeads via a non-cleavable linker.
10. A method according to claim 3, wherein the compounds are coupled to the microbeads via a cleavable linker.
11. A method according to claim 10, wherein the compounds are coupled to the microbeads via a photochemically cleavable linker.
12. A method according to claim 3, wherein the compounds are coupled to the microbeads by a combinations of a cleavable linker and a non-cleavable linker.
13. A method according to claim 4, wherein the target is compartmentalised into microcapsules together with the compound(s).
14. A method according to claim 1, wherein the compound having a desired activity causes a change in the microbead or microcapsule with which it is associated which allows the microbead or microcapsule to be identified, sorted or selected.
15. A method according to claim 14, wherein the compound is bound to a microbead and the desired activity within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the modification of the microbead to which the compound is attached to enable the isolation of the microbead.
16. A method according to claim 15, wherein the target is bound to the microbead and the compound having the desired activity within the microcapsule binds, directly or indirectly, to the target to enable the isolation of the microbead.
17. A method according to claim 15 or claim 16, wherein the microbeads are isolated by affinity purification.
18. A method according to claim 7, wherein a substrate is present in the microcapsules and the desired activity of the compound within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the regulation of conversion of said substrate into product.
19. A method according to claim 18, wherein the substrate is converted into the product by the catalytic action of the target.
20. A method according to claims 18 or 19, wherein the substrate and the product have different optical properties.
21. A method according to claim 20, wherein the the substrate and the product have different fluorescence properties.
22. A method according to claim 18, wherein the substrate is bound to the microbead, and the desired activity of the compound within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the regulation of conversion of said substrate into a product which remains part of the microbead and enables its identification and, optionally, isolation.
23. A method according to claim 18, wherein the product and, optionally, the unreacted substrate are subsequently complexed with the microbead in the microcapsule.
24. A method according to claim 18, wherein the desired activity enhances the conversion of substrate into product.
25. A method according to claim 18, wherein the desired activity inhibits the conversion of substrate into product.
26. A method according to claim 7, wherein the desired activity of the compound within the microcapsule results, directly or indirectly, in the generation of a product which is subsequently complexed with the microbead and enables its isolation.
27. A method according to claim 1, wherein the compound having a desired activity causes a change in the microcapsule which allows the microcapsule to be identified, sorted or selected.
28. A method according to claim 1, wherein the desired activity of the compound within the microcapsule induces a change in the optical properties of the microcapsule.
29. A method according to claim 28, wherein the microcapsules are identified by detection of a change in their fluorescence.
30. A method according to claim 29, wherein the change in fluorescence is due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
31. A method according to claim 28, wherein the compound in a microcapsule is identified by a difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule.
32. A method according to claim 31, wherein the difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule is a difference in fluorescence.
33. A method according to claim 32, wherein the difference in the fluorescence of the microcapsule is due to the presence of quantum dots.
34. A method according to claim 1, wherein the compounds are present in different microcapsules at different concentrations.
35. A method according to claim 34, wherein the concentration of the compound in a microcapsule is identified by a difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule.
36. A method according to claim 35, wherein the difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule is a difference in fluorescence.
37. A method according to claim 36, wherein the difference in the fluorescence of the microcapsule is due to the presence of quantum dots.
38. A method according to claim 28, wherein the target in a microcapsule is identified by a difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule.
39. A method according to claim 38, wherein the difference in the optical properties of the microcapsule is a difference in fluorescence.
40. A method according to claim 39, wherein the difference in the fluorescence of the microcapsule is due to the presence of quantum dots.
41. A method according to claim 15, wherein the modification of the microbead comprises a change in its optical properties.
42. A method according to claim 41, wherein the difference in the optical properties of the microbead is a difference in fluorescence.
43. A method according to claim 41, wherein the compound on a microbead is identified by a difference in the optical properties of the microbead.
44. A method according to claim 43, wherein the difference in the optical properties of the microbead is a difference in fluorescence.
45. A method according to claim 44, wherein the difference in the fluorescence of the microbead is due to the presence of quantum dots.
46. A method according to claim 3, wherein the microbead is nonmagnetic, magnetic or paramagnetic.
47. A method according to claim 42, wherein the microbeads are sorted by detection of a change in their fluorescence.
48. A method according to claim 47, wherein the identification of microbeads is by flow cytometry.
49. A method according to claim 47, wherein the sorting of microbeads is performed using a fluorescence activated cell sorter (FACS).
50. A method according to claim 47, wherein the change in fluorescence is due to fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
51. A method according to claim 42, wherein the modification of the microbead enables it to be further modified outside the microcapsule so as to induce a change in its optical properties.
52. A method according to claim 42, wherein the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to binding of a compound with distinctive optical properties to the microbead.
53. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to binding of a target with distinctive optical properties by the compound.
54. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to a change in the optical properties of the compound when bound to target.
55. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to a change in the optical properties of the target when bound by the compound.
56. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to a change in the optical properties of both target and compound on binding.
57. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the compound with the desired activity acts to cause a change in the target, and the change in optical properties of the microbead is due to the different optical properties of the target and the product of the action of the compound on the target.
58. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein the compound with the desired activity acts to cause a change in the target without altering its optical properties, but only the product of the action, and not the target, binds to, or reacts with, the microbead, thereby changing the optical properties of the microbead.
59. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein further reagents specifically bind to, or specifically react with, the product (and not the substrate) of the regulated reaction, which is attached to the microbead, thereby altering the optical properties of the microbead.
60. A method according to claim 42 or claim 43, wherein further reagents specifically bind to, or specifically react with, the substrate (and not the product) of the regulated reaction, which is attached to the microbead, thereby altering the optical properties of the microbead.
61. A method according to claim 1, wherein a non-desired activity of a compound results in a change in the microbead or the microcapsule which is distinct from that resulting from the desired activity.
62. A method according to claim 61, wherein the change resulting from the non-desired activity is used to negatively select the microcapsules or the microbeads.
63. A method according to claim 62, wherein negative selection is combined with positive selection to improve reaction specificity.
64. A method according to claim 63, wherein the improved reaction specificity is an improvement in binding specificity.
65. A method according to claim 64, wherein the improved reaction specificity is an improvement in regio- and/or stereo-selectivity for the target.
66. A method according to claim 42, wherein microbeads modified directly or indirectly by the activity of the desired compound are further modified by Tyramide Signal Amplification (TSA™; NEN), resulting directly or indirectly in a change in the optical properties of said microbeads thereby enabling their identification and, optionally, isolation.
67. A method according to claim 1, wherein each microbead or microcapsule comprises two or more compounds and each compound must have a desired activity in order for the microbead or the microcapsule to be selected.
68. A method according to claim 1, wherein the compound or compounds are low molecular weight compounds.
69. A method according to claim 1, wherein the subset of the repertoire is a single compound.
70. A method according to claim 69, wherein each microcapsule or microbead has associated therewith multiple molecules of a single compound.
71. A method according to claim 1 further comprising iteratively repeating one or more of steps (a) to (b).
72. A method according to claim 1, wherein microencapsulation is achieved by forming a water-in-oil emulsion.
73. A method according to claim 72, wherein the water-in-oil emulsion is made using a microfluidic system.
74. A method according to claim 73, wherein the emulsion is formed by aqueous droplet break off in a co-flowing steam of an immiscible liquid.
75. A method according to claim 73, wherein the emulsion is formed by subjecting a first fluid surrounded by a second fluid to an electric charge.
76. A method according to claim 1, wherein microcapsules are transported by laminar-flow in a stream of fluid in microfluidic channels.
77. A method according to claim 76 wherein the microcapsules are aqueous microdroplets dispersed in a stream of oil in microfluidic channels.
78. A method according to claim 76 wherein the compound in a microcapsule is identified by the relative position of of the microcapsule compared to other microdroplets in a microfluidic channel.
79. A method according to claim 76 wherein the concentration of a compound in a microcapsule is identified by the relative position of of the microcapsule compared to other microdroplets in a microfluidic channel.
80. A method according to claim 76 wherein the target in a microcapsule is identified by the relative position of of the microcapsule compared to other microdroplets in a microfluidic channel.
81. A method according to claim 1 wherein the identified microcapsules are sorted using a microfluidic device.
82. A method according to claim 81, wherein the sorting of identified microcapsules is achieved using a microfluidic flow sorting device by steering charged microcapsules using an electric field.
83. A method according to claim 82, wherein the microfluidic device is equipped with a sensor which detects a signal emitted by the microcapsules in the microfluidic channels.
84. A method according to claim 1, wherein microcapsules are fused or split using a microfluidic device.
85. A method according to claim 84, wherein a microcapsule is split by application of an electric field.
86. A method according to claim 84, wherein first and second microcapsules are fused by application of opposite electric charges thereto.
87. A method according to claim 84, wherein microcapsules are fused by the induction of dipoles therein which cause the microcapsules to coalesce.
88. A method according to claim 72, wherein microencapsulation is achieved by forming a water-in-fluorocarbon or water-in-perfluorocarbon emulsion.
89. A method according to claim 88, wherein the fluorocarbon is perfluorooctyl bromide or perfluorooctylethane.
90. A method according to claim 88, wherein the emulsion is formed using F-alkyl dimorpholinophosphate(s).
91. A method according to claim 90, wherein the F-alkyl dimorpholinophosphate(s) have the general formula CnF2n+1CmH2mOP(O)[N(CH2CH2)2O]2.
92. A method according to claim 91 wherein the F-alkyl dimorpholinophosphate is C8F17C11H22OP(O)[N(CH2CH2)2O]2.
93. A method according to claim 1, wherein the internal environment of the microcapsules is modified by the addition of one or more reagents to the oil phase.
94. A method according to claim 3, wherein the compounds are coupled to beads with different optical properties.
95. A method according to claim 94, wherein the beads have different fluorescent properties.
96. A method according to claim 94, wherein the different optical properties of the beads are due to incorporation of different levels of two or more fluorochromes into the beads.
97. A method according to claim 94, wherein the different optical properties of the beads are due to incorporation of different numbers of quantum dots with different emission spectra.
98. A method according to claim 94, wherein the different optical properties of the beads are used to identify the compound bound to the beads.
99. A method according to claims 15 or 16, wherein the compounds on the isolated beads are identified by releasing the compounds from the beads and direct analysis.
100. A method according to claim 99, wherein the compounds on the isolated beads are identified by mass-spectroscopy.
101. A method for preparing a compound, comprising the steps of:
(a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule;
(b) identifying the compounds which possess the desired activity.
(c) identifying and producing the compound having the desired activity,
wherein one or more of steps a, b and c is performed under microcluidic control.
102. A method for preparing a compound, comprising the steps of:
(a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule;
(b) identifying and, optionally, sorting the microcapsules which have contain the compound(s) having the desired activity using a change in their optical properties; and
(c) identifying and producing the compound having the desired activity.
103. A method for screening a compound or compounds capable of modulating the activity of a target, comprising the steps of:
(a) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule;
(b) identifying and, optionally, sorting the microcapsules which contain the compound(s) having the desired activity using a change in their optical properties; and
(c) contacting a target having a desired activity with the compound or compounds and monitoring the modulation of an activity of the target by the compound or compounds,
wherein one or more of steps a, b and c is performed under microfluidic control.
104. A method for preparing a target comprising the steps of:
(a) providing a synthesis protocol for a target wherein at least one step is facilitated by a compound;
(b) preparing variants of the compound which facilitates this step;
(c) compartmentalising the compounds into microcapsules, such that only a subset of the repertoire is represented in multiple copies in any one microcapsule;
(d) identifying and, optionally, sorting the microcapsules which contain the compound(s) having the desired activity using a change in their optical properties; and
(e) preparing the target using the compound identified in (d) to facilitate the relevant step of the synthesis,
wherein one or more of steps a to e is performed under microfluidic control.
105. A method according to any one of claims 102 to 105, wherein the compounds are attached to microbeads, and the compounds are optionally releaased from the microbeads inside the microcapsules.
106. A method according to claim 13, wherein a compound and a target are initially located in different microcapsules which are subsequently fused.
107. A method according to claim 13, wherein a microcapsule containing a compound and a target is fused with a microcapsule containing a molecule or molecules which are required to detect the desired activity of the compound on the target.
108. A method according to claim 13 or 106, wherein the microcapsule resulting from the fusion of a microcapsule containing a compound is fused with a microcapsule containing a target, is later fused with a microcapsule containing a molecule or molecules which are required to detect the desired activity of the compound(s) on the target(s).
109. A method according to claim 107, wherein the molecule or molecules which are required to detect the desired activity of the compound on the target is an enzyme substrate.
110. A method according to claim 109, wherein the substrate is a substrate for the target.
111. A method according to claim 1 wherein a microcapsule containing a compound is split to generate two or more microcapsules.
112. A method according to claim 13 wherein a microcapsule containing a target is split to generate two or more microcapsules.
113. A method according to claim 1 wherein a cell or cells are located in a microcapsule.
114. A method according to claim 113 wherein the compound modulates the activity of a target in the cell(s).
115. A method according to claim 114 wherein the compound modulates an activity of the cell(s).
US10/963,044 2004-03-31 2004-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control Abandoned US20050221339A1 (en)

Priority Applications (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/963,044 US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2004-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
EP05792856.6A EP1842067B1 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
EP19161900.6A EP3527978A3 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
AU2005293367A AU2005293367A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
EP12195355.8A EP2602018B1 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
CA2582465A CA2582465C (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
JP2007536255A JP4829240B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmental screening with microfluidic control
US11/665,145 US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
PCT/GB2005/003924 WO2006040551A2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
EP16194377.4A EP3153231B1 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US11/633,849 US20070092914A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-04 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US15/331,445 US10371699B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2016-10-21 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/453,759 US10705078B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2019-06-26 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/921,789 US20200333334A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2020-07-06 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/GB2004/001362 WO2004088314A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2004-03-31 Selection by compartmentalised screening
US10/963,044 US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2004-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2004/001362 Continuation WO2004088314A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2004-03-31 Selection by compartmentalised screening

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2005/003924 Continuation WO2006040551A2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US11/665,145 Continuation US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
US11/633,849 Continuation US20070092914A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-04 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050221339A1 true US20050221339A1 (en) 2005-10-06

Family

ID=35054809

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/963,044 Abandoned US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2004-10-12 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US11/665,145 Active 2028-04-06 US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
US11/633,849 Abandoned US20070092914A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-04 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US15/331,445 Active 2025-07-16 US10371699B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2016-10-21 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/453,759 Active US10705078B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2019-06-26 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/921,789 Pending US20200333334A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2020-07-06 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control

Family Applications After (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/665,145 Active 2028-04-06 US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2005-10-12 Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
US11/633,849 Abandoned US20070092914A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-04 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US15/331,445 Active 2025-07-16 US10371699B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2016-10-21 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/453,759 Active US10705078B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2019-06-26 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US16/921,789 Pending US20200333334A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2020-07-06 Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (6) US20050221339A1 (en)
EP (4) EP1842067B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4829240B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2005293367A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2582465C (en)
WO (1) WO2006040551A2 (en)

Cited By (129)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050172476A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-08-11 President And Fellows Of Havard College Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US20070054119A1 (en) * 2005-03-04 2007-03-08 Piotr Garstecki Systems and methods of forming particles
WO2007081386A2 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use
US20070207272A1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-09-06 Puri Ishwar K Method and apparatus for magnetic mixing in micron size droplets
US20070215553A1 (en) * 2004-01-28 2007-09-20 Yellen Benjamin B Magnetic Fluid Manipulators and Methods for Their Use
US20080023330A1 (en) * 2004-09-09 2008-01-31 Institut Curie Device for Manipulation of Packets in Micro-Containers, in Particular in Microchannels
WO2008082432A1 (en) * 2007-01-04 2008-07-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Sorting, amplification, detection, and identification of nucleic acid subsequences in a complex mixture
WO2008103900A2 (en) 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 New England Biolabs, Inc. Selection and enrichment of proteins using in vitro compartmentalization
US20080259720A1 (en) * 2005-07-21 2008-10-23 Yee Cheong Lam Methods and Apparatus for Microfluidic Mixing
US20090012187A1 (en) * 2007-03-28 2009-01-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Emulsions and Techniques for Formation
WO2009037680A2 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Jean-Louis Viovy Encapsulation microfluidic device
US20090136963A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2009-05-28 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods of concentrating an analyte
US20090236330A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Neil Reginald Beer Microwave heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
US20090261086A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-10-22 Neil Reginald Beer Laser Heating of Aqueous Samples on a Micro-Optical-Electro-Mechanical System
US20090269243A1 (en) * 2005-01-28 2009-10-29 Zymera, Inc. Electrically controlled microfluidic system
WO2009136300A2 (en) * 2008-05-05 2009-11-12 Universite De Strasbourg Microfluidic production of droplet pairs
WO2010007307A2 (en) 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 Universite Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) Method and device for reading an emulsion
EP2156890A2 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-24 INSTITUT FÜR BIOPROZESS- UND ANALYSENMESSTECHNIK e.V. Assembly and method for generating, manipulating and analysing compartments
US20100136544A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2010-06-03 Jeremy Agresti Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US20100159601A1 (en) * 2005-11-18 2010-06-24 Patton Charles J Automated analysis of discrete sample aliquots
US20110045077A1 (en) * 2006-11-13 2011-02-24 Gordon Weir Encapsulated pancreatic islet cell products and methods of use thereof
US20110112503A1 (en) * 2008-06-04 2011-05-12 Ismagilov Rustem F Chemistrode, a plug-based microfluidic device and method for stimulation and sampling with high temporal, spatial, and chemical resolution
US20110166027A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2011-07-07 Affomix Corporation Interaction screening methods, systems and devices
WO2012087350A3 (en) * 2010-12-21 2012-08-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Spray drying techniques
FR2971846A1 (en) * 2011-02-21 2012-08-24 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD OF OBSERVING A SAMPLE
US8528589B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-09-10 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US8535889B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-09-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
WO2013159117A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2013-10-24 SlipChip, LLC Fluidic devices and systems for sample preparation or autonomous analysis
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8658430B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2014-02-25 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulating droplet size
US8748094B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-06-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
US8765485B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2014-07-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Electronic control of fluidic species
US8772046B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2014-07-08 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8841071B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2014-09-23 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sample multiplexing
WO2014154501A1 (en) * 2013-03-25 2014-10-02 Thermo Electron Manufacturing Limited Apparatus and method for mixing a liquid sample to be introduced in an analysis device
US8871444B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2014-10-28 Medical Research Council In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
AU2010315580B2 (en) * 2009-10-27 2014-11-06 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
US9012390B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-04-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US20150132837A1 (en) * 2008-10-08 2015-05-14 Universite De Strasbourg Microfluidic devices for reliable on-chip incubation of droplets in delay lines
US9039273B2 (en) 2005-03-04 2015-05-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for forming multiple emulsions
US9038919B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2015-05-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US9056299B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2015-06-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scale-up of flow-focusing microfluidic devices
US20150238965A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2015-08-27 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc. Monodisperse microdroplet generation and stopping without coalescence
US9150852B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2015-10-06 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
EP2444147A4 (en) * 2009-06-16 2015-10-07 Sony Corp Substance mixing device and substance mixing method
US9238206B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2016-01-19 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions
US9273308B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2016-03-01 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Selection of compartmentalized screening method
US9366632B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9364803B2 (en) 2011-02-11 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Methods for forming mixed droplets
US9388465B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-07-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Polynucleotide barcode generation
US9399797B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-07-26 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9410201B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2016-08-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9415392B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-08-16 The University Of Chicago Slip chip device and methods
US9448172B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2016-09-20 Medical Research Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
US9447461B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-09-20 California Institute Of Technology Analysis devices, kits, and related methods for digital quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes
US9464319B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-10-11 California Institute Of Technology Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes
US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2016-11-22 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
WO2016193758A1 (en) * 2015-06-03 2016-12-08 Sphere Fluidics Limited Systems and methods
US9562837B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Systems for handling microfludic droplets
US9562897B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
US9658142B2 (en) * 2015-04-14 2017-05-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Method and apparatus for extracting and collecting single cells from formalin-fixed paraffin embedded tissues
US9689024B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-06-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for droplet-based sample preparation
US9694361B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2017-07-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US9701998B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-07-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9797010B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-10-24 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US9804183B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2017-10-31 Thermo Electron Manufacturing Limited Apparatus and method for liquid sample introduction
US9803237B2 (en) 2012-04-24 2017-10-31 California Institute Of Technology Slip-induced compartmentalization
US9808798B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2017-11-07 California Institute Of Technology Fluidic devices for biospecimen preservation
US9824068B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2017-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
US9839890B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2017-12-12 National Science Foundation Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US20170370920A1 (en) * 2015-03-13 2017-12-28 Sysmex Corporation Method for detecting analyte
WO2018013426A2 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-18 California Institute Of Technology Methods and devices for performing flow-through capture of low-concentration analytes
WO2018022025A1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic apparatuses
US9951386B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-04-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9975122B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2018-05-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
US10011872B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-07-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10052605B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2018-08-21 Medical Research Council Method of synthesis and testing of combinatorial libraries using microcapsules
US10196700B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2019-02-05 University Of Chicago Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification and detection of nucleic acids and other analytes
US10195571B2 (en) 2011-07-06 2019-02-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiple emulsions and techniques for the formation of multiple emulsions
US10221436B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
US10221442B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US10273541B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-04-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10287623B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2019-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing
US10323279B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10351905B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-07-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US10395758B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-08-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Sequencing methods
US10400280B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10400235B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US10428326B2 (en) 2017-01-30 2019-10-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding
US10471016B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2019-11-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microparticles, methods for their preparation and use
US10520500B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2019-12-31 Abdeslam El Harrak Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
US10533998B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2020-01-14 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US10533221B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-01-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10550429B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-02-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10597628B2 (en) * 2016-10-13 2020-03-24 Blacktrace Holdings Ltd. Device for receiving fluid
US10647981B1 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-05-12 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions
US10650912B2 (en) 2015-01-13 2020-05-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for visualizing structural variation and phasing information
US10676786B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2020-06-09 Stokes Bio Ltd. Microfluidic analysis system
US10697000B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2020-06-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Partition processing methods and systems
US10730051B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2020-08-04 Stokes Bio Ltd. Liquid bridge and system
US10732649B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2020-08-04 The University Of Chicago Microfluidic system
US10745742B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-08-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Functionalized gel beads
US10752949B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10774370B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2020-09-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
US10815525B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10829815B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-11-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles
US10839939B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2020-11-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly
US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-11-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US10854315B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2020-12-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data
US10874997B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2020-12-29 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques
US10967338B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2021-04-06 Stokes Bio Ltd. Methods of releasing and analyzing cellular components
US11016017B2 (en) * 2016-06-10 2021-05-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Image-based cell sorting systems and methods
US11081208B2 (en) 2016-02-11 2021-08-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data
US11084036B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2021-08-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods of use
US11123297B2 (en) 2015-10-13 2021-09-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for making and using gel microspheres
US11155881B2 (en) 2018-04-06 2021-10-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing
US11174509B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2021-11-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample
US11193176B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2021-12-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting and quantifying latent retroviral RNA species
CN114042426A (en) * 2021-11-17 2022-02-15 徐州工程学院 Pulse electric field auxiliary membrane dispersing device and polymer microcapsule preparation method
US11274343B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2022-03-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage
US11358105B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2022-06-14 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluid injection
US11401550B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2022-08-02 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Creation of libraries of droplets and related species
US11511242B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2022-11-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet libraries
US11512356B2 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-11-29 Tokitae Llc Systems and methods for particle multiplexing in droplets
US11591637B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2023-02-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US11629344B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2023-04-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11773389B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2023-10-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US11898206B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2024-02-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for clonotype screening
US11901041B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2024-02-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification

Families Citing this family (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1594694A4 (en) * 2002-12-30 2010-01-20 Univ California Methods and apparatus for pathogen detection and analysis
ZA200603614B (en) * 2003-10-30 2007-09-26 Cytonome Inc Multilayer hydrodynamic sheath flow structure
US7799553B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2010-09-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system
JP4968896B2 (en) * 2006-09-27 2012-07-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Dispersion manufacturing apparatus and dispersion manufacturing method
FR2907227B1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2009-04-10 Rhodia Recherches & Tech METHOD AND FACILITY FOR DETERMINING AT LEAST ONE PARAMETER OF A PHYSICAL AND / OR CHEMICAL TRANSFORMATION AND CORRESPONDING SCREENING METHOD
US8841116B2 (en) * 2006-10-25 2014-09-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Inline-injection microdevice and microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system using same
US8454906B2 (en) * 2007-07-24 2013-06-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfabricated droplet generator for single molecule/cell genetic analysis in engineered monodispersed emulsions
FR2928209B1 (en) * 2008-03-03 2011-04-22 Rhodia Operations METHOD AND PLANT FOR DETERMINING AT LEAST ONE PARAMETER OF A PHYSICAL AND / OR CHEMICAL PROCESSING
WO2009151505A1 (en) * 2008-04-11 2009-12-17 China Molecular, Ltd. Devices and methods for immunoglobulin production
US20100075436A1 (en) * 2008-05-06 2010-03-25 Urdea Michael S Methods for use with nanoreactors
US20110097763A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2011-04-28 Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. Thermal Cycling Method
JP2010038866A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Sony Corp Microchip, particulate dispensing device, and feed flow method
US9457034B2 (en) * 2008-11-17 2016-10-04 The Hong Kong University Of Science And Technology Magnetic microsphere and method of forming a microsphere
JP2010188265A (en) * 2009-02-17 2010-09-02 Hitachi Ltd Droplet atomizing device
CA2758382C (en) * 2009-04-13 2018-01-02 University Of Washington Ensemble-decision aliquot ranking
AR080405A1 (en) * 2010-03-17 2012-04-04 Basf Se EMULSIFICATION TO FOUND
WO2012109138A1 (en) * 2011-02-07 2012-08-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for splitting droplets
CA2863121A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Abbott Molecular Inc. Microorganism nucleic acid purification from host samples
WO2013116698A2 (en) 2012-02-02 2013-08-08 Invenra, Inc. High throughput screen for biologically active polypeptides
US9176031B2 (en) 2012-02-24 2015-11-03 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Labeling and sample preparation for sequencing
CN103801412A (en) * 2012-11-08 2014-05-21 中山大学 Integrated micro-fluidic chip used for fluorescence detection of enzyme catalysis product and application thereof
EP2972212B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-12-21 Cytonome/ST, LLC Hydrodynamic focusing apparatus and methods
US10119134B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-06 Abvitro Llc Single cell bar-coding for antibody discovery
EP3017308A4 (en) 2013-07-05 2017-04-26 University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization Methods, compositions and systems for microfluidic assays
WO2015077717A1 (en) 2013-11-25 2015-05-28 The Broad Institute Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing, evaluating and treating cancer by means of the dna methylation status
US11725237B2 (en) 2013-12-05 2023-08-15 The Broad Institute Inc. Polymorphic gene typing and somatic change detection using sequencing data
BR112016014410A2 (en) 2013-12-20 2018-02-20 The Broad Institute Inc. neoantigen vaccine combination therapy
US10590483B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2020-03-17 Abvitro Llc High-throughput nucleotide library sequencing
JP6742311B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2020-08-19 アテナ ダイアグナスティクス,インコーポレイテッド Method for detecting silent carrier genotype
WO2016094715A2 (en) 2014-12-10 2016-06-16 Berkeley Lights, Inc. Movement and selection of micro-objects in a microfluidic apparatus
US10975442B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2021-04-13 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Molecular biomarkers for cancer immunotherapy
US10993997B2 (en) 2014-12-19 2021-05-04 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods for profiling the t cell repertoire
IL294183B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2023-10-01 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc Shared neoantigens
WO2016205728A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Crispr mediated recording of cellular events
US20160374908A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2016-12-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care composition and methods of using the same
WO2017004100A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Encapsulated particles comprising nicotinamide riboside
WO2017031438A1 (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 The Texas A & M University System Microfluidic platform device and method for identifying neutralizing and/or enhancing antibodies through direct functional assays
CA2999886A1 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 Abvitro Llc Single amplicon activated exclusion pcr
BR112018005937A2 (en) 2015-09-24 2019-05-21 Abvitro Llc affinity oligonucleotide conjugates and uses of these
AU2016326734B2 (en) 2015-09-25 2022-07-07 Abvitro Llc High throughput process for T cell receptor target identification of natively-paired T cell receptor sequences
WO2017075294A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2017-05-04 The Board Institute Inc. Assays for massively combinatorial perturbation profiling and cellular circuit reconstruction
US11092607B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2021-08-17 The Board Institute, Inc. Multiplex analysis of single cell constituents
US11371094B2 (en) 2015-11-19 2022-06-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid processing using degenerate nucleotides
WO2017192286A1 (en) * 2016-05-02 2017-11-09 Purdue Research Foundation Systems and methods for producing a chemical product
US10654040B2 (en) * 2016-08-18 2020-05-19 Northeastern University Platform for liquid droplet formation and isolation
AU2017332495A1 (en) 2016-09-24 2019-04-11 Abvitro Llc Affinity-oligonucleotide conjugates and uses thereof
US10718004B2 (en) 2016-12-20 2020-07-21 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Droplet array for single-cell analysis
EP3574116A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2019-12-04 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting a mutant variant of a polynucleotide
US10995333B2 (en) 2017-02-06 2021-05-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation
US10272431B2 (en) * 2017-02-18 2019-04-30 Owl biomedical, Inc. Microfabricated cell sorter using pressure pulse
MX2019012398A (en) 2017-04-18 2020-09-25 Broad Inst Inc Compositions for detecting secretion and methods of use.
US10408852B2 (en) * 2017-04-26 2019-09-10 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Automated control of microfluidic devices based on machine learning
US11072816B2 (en) 2017-05-03 2021-07-27 The Broad Institute, Inc. Single-cell proteomic assay using aptamers
US10544413B2 (en) 2017-05-18 2020-01-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads
CN117143960A (en) 2017-05-18 2023-12-01 10X基因组学有限公司 Method and system for sorting droplets and beads
CA3064205A1 (en) 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Abvitro Llc High-throughput polynucleotide library sequencing and transcriptome analysis
SG11202000907UA (en) * 2017-08-22 2020-02-27 Elegen Corp Positional tracking and encoding in microfluidic devices
US10610865B2 (en) 2017-08-22 2020-04-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Droplet forming devices and system with differential surface properties
EP3679370A1 (en) 2017-09-07 2020-07-15 Juno Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of identifying cellular attributes related to outcomes associated with cell therapy
US10837047B2 (en) 2017-10-04 2020-11-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers
WO2019083852A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic channel networks for partitioning
WO2019084043A1 (en) 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for nuclecic acid preparation and chromatin analysis
EP3700672B1 (en) 2017-10-27 2022-12-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for sample preparation and analysis
GB201718917D0 (en) 2017-11-16 2018-01-03 Ge Healthcare Bioprocess R&D Ab Method and system for manufacturing of biopharmaceutical products
WO2019108851A1 (en) 2017-11-30 2019-06-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation and analysis
US11332736B2 (en) 2017-12-07 2022-05-17 The Broad Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for multiplexing single cell and single nuclei sequencing
WO2019157529A1 (en) 2018-02-12 2019-08-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations
US11639928B2 (en) 2018-02-22 2023-05-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for characterizing analytes from individual cells or cell populations
EP3533519B1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-09-30 Paris Sciences et Lettres - Quartier Latin Biphasic plasma microreactor and method of using the same
US11841371B2 (en) 2018-03-13 2023-12-12 The Broad Institute, Inc. Proteomics and spatial patterning using antenna networks
US11703427B2 (en) 2018-06-25 2023-07-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for cell and bead processing
US20200032335A1 (en) 2018-07-27 2020-01-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for metabolome analysis
WO2020077236A1 (en) 2018-10-12 2020-04-16 The Broad Institute, Inc. Method for extracting nuclei or whole cells from formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissues
US10486155B1 (en) 2018-10-22 2019-11-26 Klaris Corporation Vacuum-loaded, droplet-generating microfluidic chips and related methods
GB201817321D0 (en) 2018-10-24 2018-12-05 Nanna Therapeutics Ltd Microbeads for tagless encoded chemical library screening
US11459607B1 (en) 2018-12-10 2022-10-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for processing-nucleic acid molecules from a single cell using sequential co-partitioning and composite barcodes
US11845983B1 (en) 2019-01-09 2023-12-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for multiplexing of droplet based assays
US11851683B1 (en) 2019-02-12 2023-12-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for selective analysis of cellular samples
SG11202108788TA (en) 2019-02-12 2021-09-29 10X Genomics Inc Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules
US11467153B2 (en) 2019-02-12 2022-10-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules
US11655499B1 (en) 2019-02-25 2023-05-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Detection of sequence elements in nucleic acid molecules
AU2020361681A1 (en) 2019-10-10 2022-05-05 1859, Inc. Methods and systems for microfluidic screening
BR102020004436A8 (en) 2020-03-05 2022-11-22 Bioptamers Inc MICROFLUID DEVICE
JP2023521198A (en) * 2020-04-13 2023-05-23 ナショナル ユニヴァーシティー オブ シンガポール An Ultra-High-Throughput Microfluidic Enzyme Screening Platform for Enzyme Development
US10953404B1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-03-23 Pattern Bioscience, Inc. Apparatuses for contactless loading and imaging of microfluidic chips and related methods
US11686730B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2023-06-27 Quanterix Corporation Quantitative antibody test
US11851700B1 (en) 2020-05-13 2023-12-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, kits, and compositions for processing extracellular molecules
WO2022232050A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 The Broad Institute, Inc. Compositions and methods for characterizing polynucleotide sequence alterations
WO2023059894A1 (en) * 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 Baebies, Inc. Digital microfluidics multi-dynamic range parallel biochemical assays
WO2023245076A1 (en) * 2022-06-15 2023-12-21 Acoustic Bio Inc. Systems and methods for sample processing or analysis

Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5858670A (en) * 1990-07-02 1999-01-12 The Arizona Board Of Regents Bio-oligomer libraries and a method of use thereof
US5904933A (en) * 1994-06-09 1999-05-18 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Stable reverse and multiple fluorocarbon emulsions
US6165778A (en) * 1993-11-02 2000-12-26 Affymax Technologies N.V. Reaction vessel agitation apparatus
US6268222B1 (en) * 1998-01-22 2001-07-31 Luminex Corporation Microparticles attached to nanoparticles labeled with flourescent dye
US20010023078A1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-09-20 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Biological applications of quantum dots
US20010041343A1 (en) * 1999-05-04 2001-11-15 Pankowsky Dan A. Products and methods for single parameter and multiparameter phenotyping of cells
US20020005354A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2002-01-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter
US20020036139A1 (en) * 1999-02-12 2002-03-28 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method and apparatus for programmable fluidic processing
US20020164271A1 (en) * 2001-05-02 2002-11-07 Ho Winston Z. Wavelength-coded bead for bioassay and signature recogniton
US6489103B1 (en) * 1997-07-07 2002-12-03 Medical Research Council In vitro sorting method
US20030148544A1 (en) * 2001-06-28 2003-08-07 Advanced Research And Technology Institute, Inc. Methods of preparing multicolor quantum dot tagged beads and conjugates thereof
US20040068019A1 (en) * 2001-02-23 2004-04-08 Toshiro Higuchi Process for producing emulsion and microcapsules and apparatus therefor
US6808882B2 (en) * 1999-01-07 2004-10-26 Medical Research Council Optical sorting method

Family Cites Families (646)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2097692A (en) 1936-03-23 1937-11-02 Bohn Aluminium & Brass Corp Method and machine for forming bearing shells
US2164172A (en) 1938-04-30 1939-06-27 Gen Electric Liquid-dispensing apparatus
US2656508A (en) 1949-08-27 1953-10-20 Wallace H Coulter Means for counting particles suspended in a fluid
US2692800A (en) 1951-10-08 1954-10-26 Gen Electric Nozzle flow control
US2797149A (en) 1953-01-08 1957-06-25 Technicon International Ltd Methods of and apparatus for analyzing liquids containing crystalloid and non-crystalloid constituents
US2879141A (en) 1955-11-16 1959-03-24 Technicon Instr Automatic analyzing apparatus
US2971700A (en) * 1957-07-22 1961-02-14 Vilbiss Co Apparatus for coating articles with chemically reactive liquids
GB1143839A (en) 1965-10-15
US3479141A (en) 1967-05-17 1969-11-18 Technicon Corp Method and apparatus for analysis
US3980541A (en) 1967-06-05 1976-09-14 Aine Harry E Electrode structures for electric treatment of fluids and filters using same
US3698635A (en) 1971-02-22 1972-10-17 Ransburg Electro Coating Corp Spray charging device
US3816331A (en) 1972-07-05 1974-06-11 Ncr Continuous encapsulation and device therefor
CH563807A5 (en) 1973-02-14 1975-07-15 Battelle Memorial Institute Fine granules and microcapsules mfrd. from liquid droplets - partic. of high viscosity requiring forced sepn. of droplets
CH564966A5 (en) 1974-02-25 1975-08-15 Sauter Fr Ag Fabrik Elektrisch
US3930061A (en) 1974-04-08 1975-12-30 Ransburg Corp Electrostatic method for forming structures and articles
US4059552A (en) 1974-06-21 1977-11-22 The Dow Chemical Company Cross-linked water-swellable polymer particles
US3960187A (en) 1974-07-23 1976-06-01 Usm Corporation Method and device for metering and dispersing fluid materials
US3982541A (en) 1974-07-29 1976-09-28 Esperance Jr Francis A L Eye surgical instrument
DK150802C (en) 1974-09-16 1988-02-01 Bifok Ab METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS HIGH-SPEED ANALYSIS OF A LIQUID TEST IN A BEARING FLOW
US4098897A (en) 1975-04-14 1978-07-04 Beecham Group Limited Anti bacterial agents
US4034966A (en) 1975-11-05 1977-07-12 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for mixing particles
US4014469A (en) 1975-11-17 1977-03-29 Kozo Sato Nozzle of gas cutting torch
US4117550A (en) 1977-02-14 1978-09-26 Folland Enertec Ltd. Emulsifying system
US4091042A (en) 1977-08-19 1978-05-23 American Cyanamid Company Continuous adiabatic process for the mononitration of benzene
US4130394A (en) 1977-10-03 1978-12-19 Technicon Instruments Corporation Short sample detection
AU531759B2 (en) 1978-04-17 1983-09-08 Ici Ltd. Electrostatic spraying
SU1226392A1 (en) 1978-08-11 1986-04-23 Научно-исследовательский институт часовой промышленности Reduction gear box for electronic-mechanical clock with step motor
US4210809A (en) 1979-03-16 1980-07-01 Technicon Instruments Corporation Method and apparatus for the non-invasive determination of the characteristics of a segmented fluid stream
US4279345A (en) 1979-08-03 1981-07-21 Allred John C High speed particle sorter using a field emission electrode
US4315754A (en) * 1979-08-28 1982-02-16 Bifok Ab Flow injection analysis with intermittent flow
US4266721A (en) 1979-09-17 1981-05-12 Ppg Industries, Inc. Spray application of coating compositions utilizing induction and corona charging means
JPS5665627A (en) 1979-11-05 1981-06-03 Agency Of Ind Science & Technol Method of combining particles of liquid, etc.
US4253846A (en) 1979-11-21 1981-03-03 Technicon Instruments Corporation Method and apparatus for automated analysis of fluid samples
DE3168903D1 (en) 1980-08-28 1985-03-28 Du Pont Flow analysis
GB2097692B (en) * 1981-01-10 1985-05-22 Shaw Stewart P D Combining chemical reagents
JPS6057907B2 (en) 1981-06-18 1985-12-17 工業技術院長 Liquid mixing and atomization method
US4439980A (en) 1981-11-16 1984-04-03 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Electrohydrodynamic (EHD) control of fuel injection in gas turbines
DE3230289A1 (en) * 1982-08-14 1984-02-16 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen PRODUCTION OF PHARMACEUTICAL OR COSMETIC DISPERSIONS
DE3379448D1 (en) 1982-10-13 1989-04-27 Ici Plc Electrostatic sprayhead assembly
US4853336A (en) 1982-11-15 1989-08-01 Technicon Instruments Corporation Single channel continuous flow system
US4533634A (en) 1983-01-26 1985-08-06 Amf Inc. Tissue culture medium
US4585209A (en) 1983-10-27 1986-04-29 Harry E. Aine Miniature valve and method of making same
US4618476A (en) 1984-02-10 1986-10-21 Eastman Kodak Company Capillary transport device having speed and meniscus control means
US4865444A (en) 1984-04-05 1989-09-12 Mobil Oil Corporation Apparatus and method for determining luminosity of hydrocarbon fuels
US4675285A (en) 1984-09-19 1987-06-23 Genetics Institute, Inc. Method for identification and isolation of DNA encoding a desired protein
US4883750A (en) 1984-12-13 1989-11-28 Applied Biosystems, Inc. Detection of specific sequences in nucleic acids
GB8504254D0 (en) * 1985-02-19 1985-03-20 Ici Plc Spraying apparatus
US4676274A (en) 1985-02-28 1987-06-30 Brown James F Capillary flow control
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4739044A (en) 1985-06-13 1988-04-19 Amgen Method for derivitization of polynucleotides
US4801529A (en) * 1985-06-18 1989-01-31 Brandeis University Methods for isolating mutant microoganisms using microcapsules coated with indicator material
US4963498A (en) 1985-08-05 1990-10-16 Biotrack Capillary flow device
US4757141A (en) 1985-08-26 1988-07-12 Applied Biosystems, Incorporated Amino-derivatized phosphite and phosphate linking agents, phosphoramidite precursors, and useful conjugates thereof
GB8604328D0 (en) 1986-02-21 1986-03-26 Ici Plc Producing spray of droplets of liquid
US4916070A (en) 1986-04-14 1990-04-10 The General Hospital Corporation Fibrin-specific antibodies and method of screening for the antibodies
US5204112A (en) 1986-06-16 1993-04-20 The Liposome Company, Inc. Induction of asymmetry in vesicles
US4767929A (en) 1986-10-06 1988-08-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The United State Department Of Energy Extended range radiation dose-rate monitor
US4767515A (en) 1987-07-30 1988-08-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Surface area generation and droplet size control in solvent extraction systems utilizing high intensity electric fields
EP0304312B1 (en) 1987-08-21 1992-10-21 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha An optical disk for use in optical memory devices
US4931225A (en) 1987-12-30 1990-06-05 Union Carbide Industrial Gases Technology Corporation Method and apparatus for dispersing a gas into a liquid
US5180662A (en) * 1988-01-05 1993-01-19 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Cytotoxic T lymphocyte activation assay
US5185099A (en) * 1988-04-20 1993-02-09 Institut National De Recherche Chimique Appliquee Visco-elastic, isotropic materials based on water, fluorinate sufactants and fluorinated oils, process for their preparation, and their use in various fields, such as optics, pharmacology and electrodynamics
US4908112A (en) 1988-06-16 1990-03-13 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours & Co. Silicon semiconductor wafer for analyzing micronic biological samples
US5096615A (en) 1988-07-19 1992-03-17 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Solid aerosol generator
US4981580A (en) * 1989-05-01 1991-01-01 Coulter Corporation Coincidence arbitration in a flow cytomery sorting system
NZ229355A (en) * 1989-05-31 1991-12-23 Nz Ministry Forestry Spray nozzle assembly; flexible fluid outlet within nozzle to atomise fluid
US5143854A (en) 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
CA2020958C (en) 1989-07-11 2005-01-11 Daniel L. Kacian Nucleic acid sequence amplification methods
ATE168416T1 (en) 1989-10-05 1998-08-15 Optein Inc CELL-FREE SYNTHESIS AND ISOLATION OF GENES AND POLYPEPTIDES
US5310653A (en) 1989-10-24 1994-05-10 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Tumor marker protein and antibodies thereto for cancer risk assessment or diagnosis
US5093602A (en) 1989-11-17 1992-03-03 Charged Injection Corporation Methods and apparatus for dispersing a fluent material utilizing an electron beam
US5207973A (en) 1989-11-27 1993-05-04 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for the production of metal oxide powder
US5122360A (en) 1989-11-27 1992-06-16 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for the production of metal oxide powder
US4941959A (en) 1989-11-27 1990-07-17 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Electric field-driven, magnetically-stabilized ferro-emulsion phase contactor
US5313009A (en) 1990-01-04 1994-05-17 Nrm International Technologies C.V. Nitration process
US5091652A (en) * 1990-01-12 1992-02-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Laser excited confocal microscope fluorescence scanner and method
JP3176607B2 (en) 1990-02-07 2001-06-18 群馬大学長 Method for forming uniform droplets
EP0442019B1 (en) * 1990-02-16 1994-02-09 J. Wagner Gmbh Method of operating an electrostatic and pneumatic paint spray gun
US5523162A (en) 1990-04-03 1996-06-04 Ppg Industries, Inc. Water repellent surface treatment for plastic and coated plastic substrates
US5270163A (en) 1990-06-11 1993-12-14 University Research Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
EP0786469B1 (en) 1990-06-11 2006-03-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods of use of nucleic acid ligands
WO1992003734A1 (en) 1990-08-20 1992-03-05 Alain De Weck A method for measuring t-lymphocyte responses by chemiluminescent assays
DE476178T1 (en) 1990-09-21 1992-07-23 Bioplex Medical B.V., Vaals, Nl DEVICE FOR THE APPLICATION OF ANTI-BLOODING FABRIC ON PERFORATED BLOOD VESSELS.
US6149789A (en) 1990-10-31 2000-11-21 Fraunhofer Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. Process for manipulating microscopic, dielectric particles and a device therefor
FR2669028B1 (en) 1990-11-13 1992-12-31 Rhone Poulenc Chimie PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF DOUBLE RARE EARTH AND AMMONIUM OXALATES AND THEIR USES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF RARE EARTH OXIDES.
US5490505A (en) 1991-03-07 1996-02-13 Masimo Corporation Signal processing apparatus
US6110700A (en) * 1991-03-11 2000-08-29 The General Hospital Corporation PRAD1 cyclin and its cDNA
US5262027A (en) 1991-03-22 1993-11-16 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Method of using an electric field controlled emulsion phase contactor
GB9107628D0 (en) 1991-04-10 1991-05-29 Moonbrook Limited Preparation of diagnostic agents
US5460945A (en) 1991-05-30 1995-10-24 Center For Blood Research, Inc. Device and method for analysis of blood components and identifying inhibitors and promoters of the inflammatory response
NZ242896A (en) 1991-05-30 1996-05-28 Blood Res Center Apparatus and methods for analysing blood components especially leukocyte content
DE4119955C2 (en) 1991-06-18 2000-05-31 Danfoss As Miniature actuator
GB9117191D0 (en) 1991-08-08 1991-09-25 Tioxide Chemicals Limited Preparation of titanium derivatives
CA2114950A1 (en) 1991-08-10 1993-02-11 Michael J. Embleton Treatment of cell populations
DE4127405C2 (en) 1991-08-19 1996-02-29 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung Process for the separation of mixtures of microscopic dielectric particles suspended in a liquid or a gel and device for carrying out the process
DE69223980T2 (en) 1991-10-15 1998-05-28 Multilyte Ltd BINDING TEST USING A MARKED REAGENT
US5270170A (en) 1991-10-16 1993-12-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptide library and screening method
JP3164919B2 (en) 1991-10-29 2001-05-14 ゼロックス コーポレーション Method of forming dichroic balls
US5612188A (en) 1991-11-25 1997-03-18 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Automated, multicompartmental cell culture system
US5413924A (en) 1992-02-13 1995-05-09 Kosak; Kenneth M. Preparation of wax beads containing a reagent for release by heating
US5241159A (en) 1992-03-11 1993-08-31 Eastman Kodak Company Multi-zone heating for a fuser roller
US5498392A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
AU680195B2 (en) 1992-05-01 1997-07-24 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania, The Analysis based on flow restriction
US5587128A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-12-24 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices
US5304487A (en) 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
US5726026A (en) 1992-05-01 1998-03-10 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes
US5486335A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-01-23 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Analysis based on flow restriction
US5744366A (en) 1992-05-01 1998-04-28 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale devices and methods for analysis of motile cells
US5296375A (en) 1992-05-01 1994-03-22 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sperm handling devices
US5397605A (en) 1992-05-29 1995-03-14 Barbieri; Girolamo Method and apparatus for electrostatically coating a workpiece with paint
SE500071C2 (en) 1992-06-25 1994-04-11 Vattenfall Utveckling Ab Device for mixing two fluids, in particular liquids of different temperature
DE4223169C1 (en) 1992-07-10 1993-11-25 Ferring Arzneimittel Gmbh Process for the microencapsulation of water-soluble active substances
RU2048522C1 (en) 1992-10-14 1995-11-20 Институт белка РАН Method of nucleic acid copying, method of their expression and a medium for their realization
GB9225098D0 (en) 1992-12-01 1993-01-20 Coffee Ronald A Charged droplet spray mixer
US6105571A (en) 1992-12-22 2000-08-22 Electrosols, Ltd. Dispensing device
IL104384A (en) 1993-01-13 1996-11-14 Yeda Res & Dev Method for screening catalytic non-enzyme polypeptides and proteins
US5436149A (en) 1993-02-19 1995-07-25 Barnes; Wayne M. Thermostable DNA polymerase with enhanced thermostability and enhanced length and efficiency of primer extension
JPH06265447A (en) * 1993-03-16 1994-09-22 Hitachi Ltd Trace quantity reactor and trace element measuring instrument therewith
DE4308839C2 (en) 1993-03-19 1997-04-30 Jordanow & Co Gmbh Device for mixing flow media
FR2703263B1 (en) 1993-03-31 1995-05-19 Rhone Poulenc Nutrition Animal Process for the preparation of spherules of active principles.
EP0696200A4 (en) 1993-04-19 1998-04-15 Medisorb Technologies Internat Encapsulation of nucleic acids with conjugates that facilitate and target cellular uptake and gene expression
CA2160457A1 (en) 1993-04-19 1994-10-27 Stuart A. Kauffman Random chemistry for the generation of new compounds
EP0695372B1 (en) 1993-04-22 1999-03-31 Federalloy, Inc. Plumbing fixtures and fittings
US7229770B1 (en) 1998-10-01 2007-06-12 The Regents Of The University Of California YKL-40 as a marker and prognostic indicator for cancers
US5417235A (en) 1993-07-28 1995-05-23 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Integrated microvalve structures with monolithic microflow controller
US5403617A (en) 1993-09-15 1995-04-04 Mobium Enterprises Corporation Hybrid pulsed valve for thin film coating and method
US6776094B1 (en) 1993-10-04 2004-08-17 President & Fellows Of Harvard College Kit For Microcontact Printing
US5512131A (en) 1993-10-04 1996-04-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation of microstamped patterns on surfaces and derivative articles
WO1995011922A1 (en) 1993-10-29 1995-05-04 Affymax Technologies N.V. In vitro peptide and antibody display libraries
US6316208B1 (en) 1994-01-07 2001-11-13 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Methods for determining isolated p27 protein levels and uses thereof
DE4402038A1 (en) 1994-01-25 1995-07-27 Borries Horst Von Blister pack
PH31414A (en) 1994-02-24 1998-10-29 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Method of diagnosing cancer precancerous state, orsusceptibility to other forms of diseases by anal ysis of irf-1 specific rna in biopsy samples.
WO1995024929A2 (en) 1994-03-15 1995-09-21 Brown University Research Foundation Polymeric gene delivery system
US5989815A (en) 1994-03-18 1999-11-23 University Of Utah Research Foundation Methods for detecting predisposition to cancer at the MTS gene
GB9406171D0 (en) 1994-03-29 1994-05-18 Electrosols Ltd Dispensing device
US5587081A (en) 1994-04-26 1996-12-24 Jet-Tech, Inc. Thermophilic aerobic waste treatment process
GB9411671D0 (en) 1994-06-10 1994-08-03 Univ Singapore Tumor diagnosis and prognosis
ES2151007T3 (en) 1994-06-13 2000-12-16 Praxair Technology Inc NARROW LIQUID FUEL SPRAY ATOMIZERS FOR COMBUSTION.
US6653626B2 (en) 1994-07-11 2003-11-25 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Ion sampling for APPI mass spectrometry
US5750988A (en) 1994-07-11 1998-05-12 Hewlett-Packard Company Orthogonal ion sampling for APCI mass spectrometry
US5641658A (en) 1994-08-03 1997-06-24 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid with two primers bound to a single solid support
US6124439A (en) 1994-08-17 2000-09-26 The Rockefeller University OB polypeptide antibodies and method of making
US5935331A (en) 1994-09-09 1999-08-10 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for forming films
US5762775A (en) 1994-09-21 1998-06-09 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Method for electrically producing dispersions of a nonconductive fluid in a conductive medium
US5680283A (en) 1994-09-30 1997-10-21 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Magnetic head and magnetic disk drive
US5604097A (en) * 1994-10-13 1997-02-18 Spectragen, Inc. Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags
US5846719A (en) 1994-10-13 1998-12-08 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification
US5695934A (en) * 1994-10-13 1997-12-09 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Massively parallel sequencing of sorted polynucleotides
EP0812434B1 (en) 1995-03-01 2013-09-18 President and Fellows of Harvard College Microcontact printing on surfaces and derivative articles
US5661222A (en) 1995-04-13 1997-08-26 Dentsply Research & Development Corp. Polyvinylsiloxane impression material
WO1996034112A1 (en) 1995-04-24 1996-10-31 Chromaxome Corp. Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US5840254A (en) 1995-06-02 1998-11-24 Cdc Technologies, Inc. Apparatus for mixing fluids for analysis
EP0957772A2 (en) 1995-06-06 1999-11-24 Quantic Biomedical Partners Wound sealant preparation and application device and method
US5910408A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-06-08 The General Hospital Corporation Catalytic DNA having ligase activity
US5756122A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-05-26 Georgetown University Liposomally encapsulated nucleic acids having high entrapment efficiencies, method of manufacturer and use thereof for transfection of targeted cells
EP0748860B1 (en) 1995-06-14 2001-08-29 Tonen Corporation Demulsification by microorganisms
TW293783B (en) 1995-06-16 1996-12-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
DE69628016T2 (en) 1995-06-16 2004-04-01 University Of Washington, Seattle MINIATURIZED DIFFERENTIAL EXTRACTION DEVICE AND METHOD
US20020022261A1 (en) * 1995-06-29 2002-02-21 Anderson Rolfe C. Miniaturized genetic analysis systems and methods
DE69626579T2 (en) 1995-07-19 2003-11-20 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Water repellent composition, fluorocarbon polymer coating composition and coating film
US5872010A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-02-16 Northeastern University Microscale fluid handling system
WO1997004748A2 (en) 1995-08-01 1997-02-13 Advanced Therapies, Inc. Enhanced artificial viral envelopes for cellular delivery of therapeutic substances
US5636400A (en) 1995-08-07 1997-06-10 Young; Keenan L. Automatic infant bottle cleaner
US6130098A (en) 1995-09-15 2000-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Moving microdroplets
WO1997012991A1 (en) 1995-09-22 1997-04-10 Terragen Diversity Inc. Method for isolating xylanase gene sequences from soil dna, compositions useful in such method and compositions obtained thereby
US6243373B1 (en) 1995-11-01 2001-06-05 Telecom Internet Ltd. Method and apparatus for implementing a computer network/internet telephone system
US6562605B1 (en) 1995-11-13 2003-05-13 Genencor International, Inc. Extraction of water soluble biomaterials from fluids using a carbon dioxide/surfactant mixture
JP3759986B2 (en) 1995-12-07 2006-03-29 フロイント産業株式会社 Seamless capsule and manufacturing method thereof
IL124794A (en) * 1995-12-07 2008-06-05 Verenium Corp Method for obtaining an enzyme of interest
US20030215798A1 (en) 1997-06-16 2003-11-20 Diversa Corporation High throughput fluorescence-based screening for novel enzymes
US5808691A (en) 1995-12-12 1998-09-15 Cirrus Logic, Inc. Digital carrier synthesis synchronized to a reference signal that is asynchronous with respect to a digital sampling clock
US5733526A (en) 1995-12-14 1998-03-31 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Hydrocarbon oil/fluorochemical preparations and methods of use
US5681600A (en) 1995-12-18 1997-10-28 Abbott Laboratories Stabilization of liquid nutritional products and method of making
US5670325A (en) 1996-08-14 1997-09-23 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Method for the detection of clonal populations of transformed cells in a genomically heterogeneous cellular sample
US5868322A (en) * 1996-01-31 1999-02-09 Hewlett-Packard Company Apparatus for forming liquid droplets having a mechanically fixed inner microtube
US6355198B1 (en) 1996-03-15 2002-03-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method of forming articles including waveguides via capillary micromolding and microtransfer molding
WO1997039359A1 (en) 1996-04-15 1997-10-23 Dade International Inc. Apparatus and method for analysis
US5942443A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-08-24 Caliper Technologies Corporation High throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices
GB9608129D0 (en) 1996-04-19 1996-06-26 Central Research Lab Ltd Method and apparatus for diffusive transfer between immiscible fluids
US5783431A (en) 1996-04-24 1998-07-21 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
GB9608540D0 (en) 1996-04-25 1996-07-03 Medical Res Council Isolation of enzymes
US6196525B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-03-06 Universidad De Sevilla Device and method for fluid aeration via gas forced through a liquid within an orifice of a pressure chamber
US6248378B1 (en) 1998-12-16 2001-06-19 Universidad De Sevilla Enhanced food products
US6189803B1 (en) * 1996-05-13 2001-02-20 University Of Seville Fuel injection nozzle and method of use
US6405936B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2002-06-18 Universidad De Sevilla Stabilized capillary microjet and devices and methods for producing same
US6299145B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-10-09 Universidad De Sevilla Device and method for fluid aeration via gas forced through a liquid within an orifice of a pressure chamber
US6386463B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2002-05-14 Universidad De Sevilla Fuel injection nozzle and method of use
US6187214B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-02-13 Universidad De Seville Method and device for production of components for microfabrication
US6197835B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2001-03-06 Universidad De Sevilla Device and method for creating spherical particles of uniform size
ES2140998B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2000-10-16 Univ Sevilla LIQUID ATOMIZATION PROCEDURE.
US5726404A (en) 1996-05-31 1998-03-10 University Of Washington Valveless liquid microswitch
US5840506A (en) 1996-06-05 1998-11-24 Thomas Jefferson University Methods for the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer
US6083693A (en) 1996-06-14 2000-07-04 Curagen Corporation Identification and comparison of protein-protein interactions that occur in populations
US5876771A (en) 1996-06-20 1999-03-02 Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance, Sa Process and article for determining the residence time of a food particle
CN1329729C (en) 1996-06-28 2007-08-01 卡钳生命科学股份有限公司 Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
BR9710054A (en) 1996-06-28 2000-01-11 Caliper Techn Corp Apparatus for separating test compounds for an effect on a biochemical system and for detecting a effect of a test compound on a biochemical system, procedures for determining whether a sample contains a compound capable of affecting a biochemical system, for separating a plurality of test compounds for an effect on a biochemical system and uses of a microfluidic system and a test substrate.
US5779868A (en) 1996-06-28 1998-07-14 Caliper Technologies Corporation Electropipettor and compensation means for electrophoretic bias
EP0912238B1 (en) 1996-07-15 2001-10-10 CalCiTech Ltd. Production of powders
US6252129B1 (en) 1996-07-23 2001-06-26 Electrosols, Ltd. Dispensing device and method for forming material
US6203993B1 (en) 1996-08-14 2001-03-20 Exact Science Corp. Methods for the detection of nucleic acids
US6100029A (en) 1996-08-14 2000-08-08 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for the detection of chromosomal aberrations
US5928870A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-07-27 Exact Laboratories, Inc. Methods for the detection of loss of heterozygosity
CA2264389A1 (en) 1996-09-04 1998-03-12 Technical University Of Denmark A micro flow system for particle separation and analysis
US5884846A (en) 1996-09-19 1999-03-23 Tan; Hsiaoming Sherman Pneumatic concentric nebulizer with adjustable and capillaries
US6221654B1 (en) * 1996-09-25 2001-04-24 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for analysis and sorting of polynucleotides based on size
US5858187A (en) * 1996-09-26 1999-01-12 Lockheed Martin Energy Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for performing electrodynamic focusing on a microchip
US6120666A (en) 1996-09-26 2000-09-19 Ut-Battelle, Llc Microfabricated device and method for multiplexed electrokinetic focusing of fluid streams and a transport cytometry method using same
GB9620209D0 (en) 1996-09-27 1996-11-13 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
CA2236867A1 (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-02 Icos Corporation Method to identify compounds for disrupting protein/protein interactions
US6140053A (en) 1996-11-06 2000-10-31 Sequenom, Inc. DNA sequencing by mass spectrometry via exonuclease degradation
WO1998023733A2 (en) 1996-11-27 1998-06-04 University Of Washington Thermostable polymerases having altered fidelity
US6310354B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2001-10-30 Erkki Soini Method and a device for monitoring nucleic acid amplification reactions
GB9626815D0 (en) 1996-12-23 1997-02-12 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
KR100566859B1 (en) 1997-01-21 2006-04-03 제너럴 하스피톨 코포레이션 Selection of proteins using rna-protein fusions
JPH10259038A (en) 1997-01-24 1998-09-29 Samsung Corning Co Ltd Durable water-repelling glass and its production
US5890745A (en) 1997-01-29 1999-04-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Micromachined fluidic coupler
CA2196496A1 (en) 1997-01-31 1998-07-31 Stephen William Watson Michnick Protein fragment complementation assay for the detection of protein-protein interactions
AU6152498A (en) 1997-02-05 1998-08-25 California Institute Of Technology Microfluidic sub-millisecond mixers
GB9703369D0 (en) 1997-02-18 1997-04-09 Lindqvist Bjorn H Process
US6045755A (en) 1997-03-10 2000-04-04 Trega Biosciences,, Inc. Apparatus and method for combinatorial chemistry synthesis
US6023540A (en) * 1997-03-14 2000-02-08 Trustees Of Tufts College Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres
EP0975969A4 (en) 1997-03-18 2002-07-31 Chromaxome Corp Methods for screening compounds using encapsulated cells
US6316213B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-11-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian, breast and lung cancer
US6294344B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-09-25 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US6268165B1 (en) 1997-03-19 2001-07-31 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Methods for the early diagnosis of ovarian cancer
US6090800A (en) * 1997-05-06 2000-07-18 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Lipid soluble steroid prodrugs
US6048551A (en) 1997-03-27 2000-04-11 Hilfinger; John M. Microsphere encapsulation of gene transfer vectors
JPH10288131A (en) 1997-04-11 1998-10-27 Yanmar Diesel Engine Co Ltd Injection nozzle of diesel engine
US6143496A (en) 1997-04-17 2000-11-07 Cytonix Corporation Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly
DE19717085C2 (en) * 1997-04-23 1999-06-17 Bruker Daltonik Gmbh Processes and devices for extremely fast DNA multiplication using polymerase chain reactions (PCR)
US5879892A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-03-09 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Leukemia associated genes
JP4102459B2 (en) 1997-05-14 2008-06-18 森下仁丹株式会社 Seamless capsule for synthesizing biopolymer and method for producing the same
US6004025A (en) 1997-05-16 1999-12-21 Life Technologies, Inc. Automated liquid manufacturing system
US6632619B1 (en) 1997-05-16 2003-10-14 The Governors Of The University Of Alberta Microfluidic system and methods of use
WO1998052691A1 (en) 1997-05-16 1998-11-26 Alberta Research Council Microfluidic system and methods of use
US5869004A (en) * 1997-06-09 1999-02-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and apparatus for in situ concentration and/or dilution of materials in microfluidic systems
US5888778A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-03-30 Exact Laboratories, Inc. High-throughput screening method for identification of genetic mutations or disease-causing microorganisms using segmented primers
JP2843319B1 (en) 1997-06-27 1999-01-06 科学技術振興事業団 Microstrip gas chamber high-speed data acquisition system and sample measurement method using the same
JP3557859B2 (en) 1997-07-15 2004-08-25 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Silver halide photographic emulsion, production method thereof and silver halide photographic light-sensitive material
US6403373B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2002-06-11 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules associated with colon, renal, and stomach cancer and methods of using these
FR2767064B1 (en) 1997-08-07 1999-11-12 Centre Nat Rech Scient METHOD FOR RELEASING AN ACTIVE INGREDIENT CONTAINED IN A MULTIPLE EMULSION
US5980936A (en) 1997-08-07 1999-11-09 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Multiple emulsions comprising a hydrophobic continuous phase
NZ328751A (en) 1997-09-16 1999-01-28 Bernard Charles Sherman Solid medicament containing an anionic surfactant and cyclosporin
US6833242B2 (en) 1997-09-23 2004-12-21 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting and sorting polynucleotides based on size
US6540895B1 (en) 1997-09-23 2003-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter for chemical and biological materials
AU9673198A (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-27 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Capillary assays involving separation of free and bound species
US6008003A (en) 1997-10-28 1999-12-28 Promega Corporation Non-invasive diagnostic method for interstitial cystitis and bladder cancer
GB9723262D0 (en) 1997-11-05 1998-01-07 British Nuclear Fuels Plc Reactions of aromatic compounds
US5927852A (en) 1997-12-01 1999-07-27 Minnesota Mining And Manfacturing Company Process for production of heat sensitive dispersions or emulsions
US6972170B1 (en) 1997-12-01 2005-12-06 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Markers for prostate cancer
JP2002508250A (en) 1997-12-17 2002-03-19 ユニバーシィダッド デ セビリヤ Device and method for producing spherical particles of uniform size
US5972615A (en) 1998-01-21 1999-10-26 Urocor, Inc. Biomarkers and targets for diagnosis, prognosis and management of prostate disease
TW575562B (en) * 1998-02-19 2004-02-11 Agrevo Uk Ltd Fungicides
US7022821B1 (en) 1998-02-20 2006-04-04 O'brien Timothy J Antibody kit for the detection of TADG-15 protein
US6064149A (en) 1998-02-23 2000-05-16 Micron Technology Inc. Field emission device with silicon-containing adhesion layer
US6897018B1 (en) 1998-02-25 2005-05-24 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services DLC-1 gene deleted in cancers
FR2776538B1 (en) * 1998-03-27 2000-07-21 Centre Nat Rech Scient ELECTROHYDRODYNAMIC SPRAYING MEANS
JP3109471B2 (en) * 1998-03-31 2000-11-13 日本電気株式会社 Cleaning / drying equipment and semiconductor device manufacturing line
FI980874A (en) 1998-04-20 1999-10-21 Wallac Oy Method and apparatus for conducting chemical analysis on small amounts of liquid
US6395253B2 (en) 1998-04-23 2002-05-28 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Microspheres containing condensed polyanionic bioactive agents and methods for their production
US20060269558A1 (en) 1998-04-27 2006-11-30 Murphy Gerald P Nr-CAM gene, nucleic acids and nucleic acid products for therapeutic and diagnostic uses for tumors
US5997636A (en) 1998-05-01 1999-12-07 Instrumentation Technology Associates, Inc. Method and apparatus for growing crystals
DE19822674A1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-12-09 Gsf Forschungszentrum Umwelt Gas inlet for an ion source
ATE530891T1 (en) 1998-05-22 2011-11-15 California Inst Of Techn MINIATURIZED CELL SORTER
WO1999061163A1 (en) 1998-05-25 1999-12-02 Fuji Koeki Co., Ltd. Liquid spray device and cutting method
CA2332919A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-12-16 Caliper Technologies Corporation Microfluidic devices, systems and methods for performing integrated reactions and separations
US6576420B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2003-06-10 Regents Of The University Of California Method for early diagnosis of, and determination of prognosis in, cancer
JP2981547B1 (en) 1998-07-02 1999-11-22 農林水産省食品総合研究所長 Cross-flow type microchannel device and method for producing or separating emulsion using the device
EP1100889A4 (en) 1998-07-17 2002-03-06 Mirus Corp Micellar systems
US6003794A (en) 1998-08-04 1999-12-21 Progressive Grower Technologies, Inc. Electrostatic spray module
US6210896B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-04-03 Us Genomics Molecular motors
EP1876442A3 (en) 1998-09-17 2008-03-05 Advion BioSciences, Inc. Integrated monolithic microfabricated liquid chromatography system and method
US6591852B1 (en) 1998-10-13 2003-07-15 Biomicro Systems, Inc. Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics
US6902892B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2005-06-07 Diadexus, Inc. Method of diagnosing, monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
US6960433B1 (en) 1998-10-19 2005-11-01 Diadexus, Inc. Method of diagnosing, monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
US7022472B2 (en) 1998-10-22 2006-04-04 Diadexus, Inc. Mutations in human MLH1 and human MSH2 genes useful in diagnosing colorectal cancer
US6086740A (en) 1998-10-29 2000-07-11 Caliper Technologies Corp. Multiplexed microfluidic devices and systems
US20030045491A1 (en) 2001-02-23 2003-03-06 Christoph Reinhard TTK in diagnosis and as a therapeutic target in cancer
US6614598B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2003-09-02 Institute Of Technology, California Microlensing particles and applications
US6569631B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2003-05-27 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes
US6450189B1 (en) 1998-11-13 2002-09-17 Universidad De Sevilla Method and device for production of components for microfabrication
US6139303A (en) 1998-11-20 2000-10-31 United Technologies Corporation Fixture for disposing a laser blocking material in an airfoil
DE19857302C2 (en) 1998-12-14 2000-10-26 Forschungszentrum Juelich Gmbh Process for the enantioselective reduction of 3,5-dioxocarboxylic acids, their salts and esters
US20030069601A1 (en) 1998-12-15 2003-04-10 Closys Corporation Clotting cascade initiating apparatus and methods of use
US6600077B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2003-07-29 Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University Biocatalytic synthesis of quinic acid and conversion to hydroquinone
GB9903841D0 (en) * 1999-02-20 1999-04-14 Imp College Innovations Ltd Diagnosis and treatment of cancer
WO2000052204A2 (en) 1999-02-22 2000-09-08 Orntoft Torben F Gene expression in bladder tumors
US7615373B2 (en) * 1999-02-25 2009-11-10 Virginia Commonwealth University Intellectual Property Foundation Electroprocessed collagen and tissue engineering
US6633031B1 (en) 1999-03-02 2003-10-14 Advion Biosciences, Inc. Integrated monolithic microfabricated dispensing nozzle and liquid chromatography-electrospray system and method
US6942978B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2005-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Transmembrane serine protease overexpressed in ovarian carcinoma and uses thereof
US6171850B1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2001-01-09 Caliper Technologies Corp. Integrated devices and systems for performing temperature controlled reactions and analyses
CN1181337C (en) 2000-08-08 2004-12-22 清华大学 Solid molecule operating method in microfluid system
JP2000271475A (en) 1999-03-23 2000-10-03 Shinji Katsura Finely controlling method of chemical reaction by fine operation of water-in-oil emulsion
US6174160B1 (en) * 1999-03-25 2001-01-16 University Of Washington Staged prevaporizer-premixer
US7153700B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2006-12-26 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods and compositions for diagnosing and predicting the behavior of cancer
WO2000061275A2 (en) 1999-04-08 2000-10-19 Bernd Penth Method and device for carrying out chemical and physical processes
US6267353B1 (en) 1999-04-19 2001-07-31 Pbm, Inc. Self draining valve
IL146034A0 (en) 1999-04-23 2002-07-25 Battelle Memorial Institute High mass transfer electrosprayer
WO2000070080A1 (en) 1999-05-17 2000-11-23 Caliper Technologies Corp. Focusing of microparticles in microfluidic systems
US6592821B1 (en) 1999-05-17 2003-07-15 Caliper Technologies Corp. Focusing of microparticles in microfluidic systems
US20060169800A1 (en) 1999-06-11 2006-08-03 Aradigm Corporation Aerosol created by directed flow of fluids and devices and methods for producing same
ES2424713T4 (en) 1999-06-11 2014-01-23 Aradigm Corporation Method of producing a spray
US6630006B2 (en) 1999-06-18 2003-10-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for screening microcrystallizations for crystal formation
US6296673B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2001-10-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and apparatus for performing array microcrystallizations
US6210396B1 (en) 1999-06-24 2001-04-03 Medtronic, Inc. Guiding catheter with tungsten loaded band
US6818395B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-11-16 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences
US7195670B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2007-03-27 California Institute Of Technology High throughput screening of crystallization of materials
WO2001001025A2 (en) 1999-06-28 2001-01-04 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated elastomeric valve and pump systems
US6171795B1 (en) * 1999-07-29 2001-01-09 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands to CD40ligand
US6440706B1 (en) 1999-08-02 2002-08-27 Johns Hopkins University Digital amplification
US6524456B1 (en) * 1999-08-12 2003-02-25 Ut-Battelle, Llc Microfluidic devices for the controlled manipulation of small volumes
AU6788100A (en) 1999-08-20 2001-03-19 Luminex Corporation Liquid array technology
US7163801B2 (en) * 1999-09-01 2007-01-16 The Burnham Institute Methods for determining the prognosis for cancer patients using tucan
US6439103B1 (en) 1999-09-07 2002-08-27 Vector Engineering Co. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinder construction
GB9921155D0 (en) 1999-09-08 1999-11-10 Medical Res Council Selection system
US7090983B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2006-08-15 Takashi Muramatsu Methods for detecting early cancer
US6274320B1 (en) 1999-09-16 2001-08-14 Curagen Corporation Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
US20010050881A1 (en) 1999-09-20 2001-12-13 Depaoli David W. Continuous flow, electrohydrodynamic micromixing apparatus and methods
US6998232B1 (en) 1999-09-27 2006-02-14 Quark Biotech, Inc. Methods of diagnosing bladder cancer
US6890487B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2005-05-10 Science & Technology Corporation ©UNM Flow cytometry for high throughput screening
DE19947496C2 (en) 1999-10-01 2003-05-22 Agilent Technologies Inc Microfluidic microchip
US6506551B1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-01-14 North Shore - Long Island Jewish Research Institute CD38 as a prognostic indicator in B cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia
CA2386858C (en) 1999-10-28 2011-12-20 Agensys, Inc. 36p6d5: secreted tumor antigen
US20020048777A1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-04-25 Shujath Ali Method of diagnosing monitoring, staging, imaging and treating prostate cancer
DE19961257C2 (en) * 1999-12-18 2002-12-19 Inst Mikrotechnik Mainz Gmbh micromixer
US7510707B2 (en) 1999-12-20 2009-03-31 New York University Mt. Sinai School Of Medicine PAR, a novel marker gene for breast and prostate cancers
DE59904983D1 (en) 1999-12-23 2003-05-15 Muehlbauer Ernst Gmbh & Co Kg Dynamic mixer for dental impression materials
AU2001232805A1 (en) * 2000-01-12 2001-07-24 Ut-Battelle, Llc A microfluidic device and method for focusing, segmenting, and dispensing of a fluid stream
EP1259545A2 (en) * 2000-01-21 2002-11-27 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Small cell lung cancer associated antigens and uses therefor
EP1254367A4 (en) 2000-02-03 2006-07-05 Nanoscale Combinatorial Synthe Structure identification methods using mass measurements
GB2359765B (en) 2000-03-02 2003-03-05 Univ Newcastle Capillary reactor distribution device and method
JP2003527299A (en) 2000-03-10 2003-09-16 フロー・フォーカシング・インコーポレーテッド A method for fabricating optical fibers by converging highly viscous liquids
US7485454B1 (en) 2000-03-10 2009-02-03 Bioprocessors Corp. Microreactor
ITPR20000017A1 (en) 2000-03-15 2001-09-15 Lino Lanfranchi APPARATUS FOR THE CONTROL OF CONTAINERS, IN PARTICULAR PREFORMS
US20020012971A1 (en) * 2000-03-20 2002-01-31 Mehta Tammy Burd PCR compatible nucleic acid sieving medium
US6565010B2 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-05-20 Praxair Technology, Inc. Hot gas atomization
AU2001249503A1 (en) * 2000-03-27 2001-10-08 Thomas Jefferson University High specificity marker detection
DE10015109A1 (en) 2000-03-28 2001-10-04 Peter Walzel Processes and devices for producing drops of equal size
JP4927287B2 (en) 2000-03-31 2012-05-09 マイクロニックス、インコーポレーテッド Microfluidic device for protein crystallization
AU2001255458A1 (en) 2000-04-18 2001-10-30 Waters Investments Limited Improved electrospray and other lc/ms interfaces
CN1189159C (en) * 2000-05-05 2005-02-16 欧莱雅 Micro-capsule contg. water soluble beauty-care activity component water nuclear, and composition contg. same
DE10025290B4 (en) 2000-05-22 2005-03-24 Fico I.T.M. S.A. Sun visor outer surfaces
JP2004502926A (en) 2000-05-24 2004-01-29 マイクロニックス、インコーポレーテッド Microfluidic device that produces a concentration gradient
US6645432B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2003-11-11 President & Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic systems including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks
US6686184B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2004-02-03 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Patterning of surfaces utilizing microfluidic stamps including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks
US6777450B1 (en) * 2000-05-26 2004-08-17 Color Access, Inc. Water-thin emulsions with low emulsifier levels
JP3939077B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2007-06-27 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 Substrate cleaning device
AU2001265092A1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2001-12-17 Regents Of The University Of California Profiling of protease specificity using combinatorial fluorogenic substrate libraries
US20060263888A1 (en) 2000-06-02 2006-11-23 Honeywell International Inc. Differential white blood count on a disposable card
US7351376B1 (en) 2000-06-05 2008-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
US7049072B2 (en) 2000-06-05 2006-05-23 University Of South Florida Gene expression analysis of pluri-differentiated mesenchymal progenitor cells and methods for diagnosing a leukemic disease state
US6974667B2 (en) 2000-06-14 2005-12-13 Gene Logic, Inc. Gene expression profiles in liver cancer
US6592321B2 (en) 2000-08-03 2003-07-15 Demag Cranes & Components Gmbh Control and guiding device for manually operating a handling unit, and modular construction kit for making such devices of different configuration
US20040005582A1 (en) * 2000-08-10 2004-01-08 Nanobiodynamics, Incorporated Biospecific desorption microflow systems and methods for studying biospecific interactions and their modulators
US6301055B1 (en) 2000-08-16 2001-10-09 California Institute Of Technology Solid immersion lens structures and methods for producing solid immersion lens structures
US6682890B2 (en) * 2000-08-17 2004-01-27 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of diagnosing and determining prognosis of colorectal cancer
DE10041823C2 (en) * 2000-08-25 2002-12-19 Inst Mikrotechnik Mainz Gmbh Method and static micromixer for mixing at least two fluids
US6610499B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2003-08-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Capillary array and related methods
GB0022458D0 (en) 2000-09-13 2000-11-01 Medical Res Council Directed evolution method
US6739036B2 (en) 2000-09-13 2004-05-25 Fuji Machine Mfg., Co., Ltd. Electric-component mounting system
EP1334347A1 (en) * 2000-09-15 2003-08-13 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods
US7829276B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2010-11-09 Thomas Jefferson University Methods of using CRCA-1 as a stomach and esophageal cancer marker
US6508988B1 (en) 2000-10-03 2003-01-21 California Institute Of Technology Combinatorial synthesis system
EP1364052A2 (en) * 2000-10-10 2003-11-26 Diversa Corporation High throughput or capillary-based screening for a bioactivity or biomolecule
JP2004537712A (en) 2000-10-18 2004-12-16 バーチャル・アレイズ・インコーポレーテッド Multiple cell analysis system
JP2004526949A (en) 2000-10-19 2004-09-02 ストラクチュラル ジェノミックス,インコーポレーテッド Apparatus and method for crystal identification by in situ X-ray diffraction
JP3946430B2 (en) 2000-10-20 2007-07-18 株式会社日立製作所 Valve timing control device for internal combustion engine
EP1343973B2 (en) 2000-11-16 2020-09-16 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
KR100426453B1 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-04-13 김진우 Human cervical cancer 2 protooncogene and protein encoded by same, expression vector containing same, and cell transformed by said vector
US6778724B2 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-08-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Optical switching and sorting of biological samples and microparticles transported in a micro-fluidic device, including integrated bio-chip devices
AU2002236507A1 (en) 2000-11-29 2002-06-11 Cangen International Dap-kinase and hoxa9, two human genes associated with genesis, progression, and aggressiveness of non-small cell lung cancer
AU2002243277A1 (en) 2000-12-07 2002-06-24 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for encapsulating active agents
US20040096515A1 (en) 2001-12-07 2004-05-20 Bausch Andreas R. Methods and compositions for encapsulating active agents
EP1350029B1 (en) 2001-01-08 2014-09-10 President and Fellows of Harvard College Valves and pumps for microfluidic systems and method for making microfluidic systems
KR100475649B1 (en) 2001-01-29 2005-03-10 배석철 RUNX3 gene showing anti-tumor activity and use thereof
EP1355537A4 (en) 2001-01-31 2010-04-07 Kraft Foods Global Brands Llc Production of capsules and particles for improvement of food products
EP1371989A4 (en) * 2001-02-23 2006-10-25 Japan Science & Tech Agency Small liquid particle handling method, and device therefor
US20030024509A1 (en) * 2001-02-23 2003-02-06 Matusek Steve M. Method and apparatus for increasing the delivery of fuel to an engine
EP1741482B1 (en) 2001-02-23 2008-10-15 Japan Science and Technology Agency Process and apparatus for producing microcapsules
US6936264B2 (en) 2001-03-05 2005-08-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Delivery of reactive agents via multiple emulsions for use in shelf stable products
US7297518B2 (en) 2001-03-12 2007-11-20 California Institute Of Technology Methods and apparatus for analyzing polynucleotide sequences by asynchronous base extension
US6717136B2 (en) 2001-03-19 2004-04-06 Gyros Ab Microfludic system (EDI)
US7010391B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2006-03-07 Handylab, Inc. Methods and systems for control of microfluidic devices
US20030064414A1 (en) 2001-03-30 2003-04-03 Benecky Michael J. Rapid assessment of coagulation activity in whole blood
US6752922B2 (en) 2001-04-06 2004-06-22 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic chromatography
AU2002307152A1 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-21 California Institute Of Technology Nucleic acid amplification utilizing microfluidic devices
US7318642B2 (en) 2001-04-10 2008-01-15 Essilor International (Compagnie Générale d'Optique) Progressive addition lenses with reduced unwanted astigmatism
ES2287351T3 (en) 2001-04-25 2007-12-16 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. DEVICES AND METHODS FOR CELL SYSTEMS BASED ON PHARMACOCINETICS.
US7320027B1 (en) 2001-05-14 2008-01-15 At&T Corp. System having generalized client-server computing
AU2002339871A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2002-12-03 New Objective, Inc. Method and apparatus for feedback controlled electrospray
JP3570714B2 (en) * 2001-05-24 2004-09-29 株式会社リコー Developer container and image forming apparatus
US6806058B2 (en) 2001-05-26 2004-10-19 One Cell Systems, Inc. Secretions of proteins by encapsulated cells
EP1262545A1 (en) 2001-05-31 2002-12-04 Direvo Biotech AG Microstructures and the use thereof in the targeted evolution of biomolecules
US6719840B2 (en) 2001-06-08 2004-04-13 Syrrx, Inc. In situ crystal growth and crystallization
US6797056B2 (en) 2001-06-08 2004-09-28 Syrrx, Inc. Microfluidic method employing delivery of plural different fluids to same lumen
US7171311B2 (en) * 2001-06-18 2007-01-30 Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc Methods of assigning treatment to breast cancer patients
GB0114856D0 (en) 2001-06-18 2001-08-08 Medical Res Council Selection by avidity capture
GB0114854D0 (en) 2001-06-18 2001-08-08 Medical Res Council Selective gene amplification
US7514209B2 (en) 2001-06-18 2009-04-07 Rosetta Inpharmatics Llc Diagnosis and prognosis of breast cancer patients
US20030015425A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2003-01-23 Coventor Inc. Microfluidic system including a virtual wall fluid interface port for interfacing fluids with the microfluidic system
US6553944B1 (en) 2001-07-03 2003-04-29 Virginia A. Allen Wrist worn leash retaining device
AU2002327220A1 (en) * 2001-07-10 2003-01-29 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Surface plasmon resonance imaging of micro-arrays
US6656267B2 (en) 2001-07-10 2003-12-02 Structural Genomix, Inc. Tray for macromolecule crystallization and method of using the same
CA2353030A1 (en) 2001-07-13 2003-01-13 Willem Jager Caster mounted reel mower
JP2004535816A (en) 2001-07-20 2004-12-02 ボード オブ リージェンツ,ザ ユニバーシティ オブ テキサス システム Methods and compositions for HPV-related precancerous and cancerous growth comprising CIN
US6766817B2 (en) 2001-07-25 2004-07-27 Tubarc Technologies, Llc Fluid conduction utilizing a reversible unsaturated siphon with tubarc porosity action
EP1412065A2 (en) 2001-07-27 2004-04-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Laminar mixing apparatus and methods
US7700293B2 (en) 2001-08-02 2010-04-20 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Expression profile of prostate cancer
DE60234467D1 (en) 2001-08-16 2009-12-31 Us Health MOLECULAR PROPERTIES OF NON-SMALL CELL LUNG CANCER
WO2003015890A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2003-02-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluidic arrays and method of using
US6520425B1 (en) 2001-08-21 2003-02-18 The University Of Akron Process and apparatus for the production of nanofibers
AU2002339865A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2003-03-18 The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia Methods and compositions useful for diagnosis, staging, and treatment of cancers and tumors
US7390463B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2008-06-24 Corning Incorporated Microcolumn-based, high-throughput microfluidic device
DE10145568A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-04-03 Knoell Hans Forschung Ev Process for the cultivation and analysis of microbial single cell cultures
US6429148B1 (en) 2001-10-09 2002-08-06 Promos Technologies, Inc. Anisotropic formation process of oxide layers for vertical transistors
US6670142B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2003-12-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for screening combinatorial bead library, capturing cells from body fluids, and ligands for cancer cells
US20040076966A1 (en) 2001-10-30 2004-04-22 J. Brian Windsor Method and system for the co-isolation of cognate DNA, RNA and protein sequences and method for screening co-isolates for defined activities
US6464336B1 (en) 2001-10-31 2002-10-15 Eastman Kodak Company Ink jet printing with color-balanced ink drops mixed using bleached ink
US7308364B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2007-12-11 The University Of Arkansas For Medical Sciences Diagnosis of multiple myeloma on gene expression profiling
US7371736B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2008-05-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Gene expression profiling based identification of DKK1 as a potential therapeutic targets for controlling bone loss
JP4381142B2 (en) 2001-11-16 2009-12-09 ザ ジョーンズ ホプキンス ユニバーシティー スクール オブ メディシン Prostate cancer detection
GB0127564D0 (en) 2001-11-16 2002-01-09 Medical Res Council Emulsion compositions
JP4355210B2 (en) 2001-11-30 2009-10-28 フルイディグム コーポレイション Microfluidic device and method of using microfluidic device
US7057026B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2006-06-06 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
US6800849B2 (en) 2001-12-19 2004-10-05 Sau Lan Tang Staats Microfluidic array devices and methods of manufacture and uses thereof
US6949342B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-09-27 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Prostate cancer diagnosis and outcome prediction by expression analysis
US20030198972A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-10-23 Erlander Mark G. Grading of breast cancer
US20030144260A1 (en) 2002-01-03 2003-07-31 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Heterocyclic compounds, method of developing new drug leads and combinatorial libraries used in such method
ATE392262T1 (en) 2002-02-04 2008-05-15 Univ Sevilla DEVICE FOR GENERATING CAPILLARY BEAMS AND MICRO AND NANOMETER PARTICLES
US20030232356A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2003-12-18 Dooley Thomas P. Skin cell biomarkers and methods for identifying biomarkers using nucleic acid microarrays
EP2581739B1 (en) 2002-03-05 2015-11-04 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Microfluidic separation method with combined pressure and voltage control
US7101467B2 (en) 2002-03-05 2006-09-05 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Mixed mode microfluidic systems
EP1488007A4 (en) 2002-03-13 2006-05-03 Genomic Health Inc Gene expression profiling in biopsied tumor tissues
AU2003226679A1 (en) 2002-03-20 2003-09-29 Innovativebio.Biz Microcapsules with controlable permeability encapsulating a nucleic acid amplification reaction mixture and their use as reaction compartments for parallels reactions
US7348142B2 (en) 2002-03-29 2008-03-25 Veridex, Lcc Cancer diagnostic panel
US7147763B2 (en) 2002-04-01 2006-12-12 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated Apparatus and method for using electrostatic force to cause fluid movement
GB0207533D0 (en) 2002-04-02 2002-05-08 Oxford Glycosciences Uk Ltd Protein
US7479371B2 (en) * 2002-04-09 2009-01-20 Tokai University Method of judging leukemia, pre-leukemia or aleukemic malignant blood disease and diagnostic therefor
US6976590B2 (en) 2002-06-24 2005-12-20 Cytonome, Inc. Method and apparatus for sorting particles
US7901939B2 (en) 2002-05-09 2011-03-08 University Of Chicago Method for performing crystallization and reactions in pressure-driven fluid plugs
EP2302389B1 (en) 2002-05-09 2018-01-24 The University of Chicago Device and method for pressure-driven plug transport and reaction
CA2485169C (en) 2002-05-20 2013-03-26 Joseph C. Mcauliffe Peptide derivatives, and their use for the synthesis of silicon-based composite materials
US20040018525A1 (en) 2002-05-21 2004-01-29 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Methods and compositions for the prediction, diagnosis, prognosis, prevention and treatment of malignant neoplasma
US7198899B2 (en) * 2002-06-03 2007-04-03 Chiron Corporation Use of NRG4, or inhibitors thereof, in the treatment of colon and pancreatic cancers
JP3883060B2 (en) 2002-06-17 2007-02-21 株式会社リガク Crystal evaluation equipment
JP2006507921A (en) 2002-06-28 2006-03-09 プレジデント・アンド・フェロウズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US7150412B2 (en) 2002-08-06 2006-12-19 Clean Earth Technologies Llc Method and apparatus for electrostatic spray
DK3587433T3 (en) 2002-08-23 2020-05-18 Illumina Cambridge Ltd MODIFIED NUCLEOTIDES
GB0221053D0 (en) * 2002-09-11 2002-10-23 Medical Res Council Single-molecule in vitro evolution
US7078681B2 (en) 2002-09-18 2006-07-18 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Multimode ionization source
US6966990B2 (en) 2002-10-11 2005-11-22 Ferro Corporation Composite particles and method for preparing
US20040136497A1 (en) 2002-10-30 2004-07-15 Meldrum Deirdre R Preparation of samples and sample evaluation
US20040181343A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2004-09-16 Cellectricon Ab Computer program products and systems for rapidly changing the solution environment around sensors
GB2395196B (en) 2002-11-14 2006-12-27 Univ Cardiff Microfluidic device and methods for construction and application
DE10254601A1 (en) 2002-11-22 2004-06-03 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Gene products differentially expressed in tumors and their use
US20040101822A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-05-27 Ulrich Wiesner Fluorescent silica-based nanoparticles
WO2004061410A2 (en) 2002-12-18 2004-07-22 Ciphergen Biosystems, Inc. Serum biomarkers in lung cancer
BR0317591A (en) 2002-12-20 2005-11-22 Amgen Inc Pharmaceutically acceptable compound, salt or prodrug, pharmaceutical composition, and methods for treating a disease or condition, for modulating the function of crth2 and / or one or more other pgd2 receptors in a cell and for modulating crth2 and / or a or more other pgd2 receptors
CA2510166A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-09-30 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Single molecule amplification and detection of dna
EP1594694A4 (en) 2002-12-30 2010-01-20 Univ California Methods and apparatus for pathogen detection and analysis
CA2513308A1 (en) 2003-01-17 2004-08-05 Josef Michl Pancreatic cancer associated antigen, antibody thereto, and diagnostic and treatment methods
US6832787B1 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-12-21 Sandia National Laboratories Edge compression manifold apparatus
CA2514187A1 (en) 2003-01-24 2004-08-12 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Expression profiles for colon cancer and methods of use
US7323305B2 (en) 2003-01-29 2008-01-29 454 Life Sciences Corporation Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids
US7595195B2 (en) * 2003-02-11 2009-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfluidic devices for controlled viscous shearing and formation of amphiphilic vesicles
US7361474B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2008-04-22 United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Veterans Affairs Serum macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) as marker for prostate cancer
WO2004075734A2 (en) 2003-02-25 2004-09-10 Inlight Solutions, Inc. DETERMINATION OF pH INCLUDING HEMOGLOBIN CORRECTION
EP1627045A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2006-02-22 Plexxikon, Inc. Pyk2 crystal structure and uses
US7041481B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2006-05-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Chemical amplification based on fluid partitioning
US7045040B2 (en) 2003-03-20 2006-05-16 Asm Nutool, Inc. Process and system for eliminating gas bubbles during electrochemical processing
GB0307403D0 (en) 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
US20060078893A1 (en) 2004-10-12 2006-04-13 Medical Research Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
GB0307428D0 (en) * 2003-03-31 2003-05-07 Medical Res Council Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry
US6926313B1 (en) 2003-04-02 2005-08-09 Sandia National Laboratories High pressure capillary connector
EP3023140B1 (en) 2003-04-10 2019-10-09 President and Fellows of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US7378233B2 (en) 2003-04-12 2008-05-27 The Johns Hopkins University BRAF mutation T1796A in thyroid cancers
WO2004099432A2 (en) 2003-05-02 2004-11-18 The Johns Hopkins University Identification of biomarkers for detecting pancreatic cancer
WO2004099379A2 (en) 2003-05-02 2004-11-18 Health Research, Inc. Use of jag2 expression in diagnosis of plasma cell disorders
US7262059B2 (en) 2003-05-06 2007-08-28 Thrombodyne, Inc. Systems and methods for measuring fluid properties
US20060275915A1 (en) 2003-05-16 2006-12-07 Global Technologies (Nz) Ltd. Method and apparatus for mixing sample and reagent in a suspension fluid
WO2004103565A2 (en) 2003-05-19 2004-12-02 Hans-Knöll-Institut für Naturstoff-Forschung e.V. Device and method for structuring liquids and for dosing reaction liquids into liquid compartments immersed in a separation medium
JP4466991B2 (en) * 2003-05-22 2010-05-26 英明 森山 Crystal growth apparatus and method
RU2005141456A (en) 2003-06-06 2006-06-10 Майкроникс, Инк. (Us) SYSTEM AND METHOD OF HEATING, COOLING AND THERMAL CYCLING IN A MICRO-LIQUID DEVICE
CA2528253A1 (en) 2003-06-12 2004-12-23 Spencer B. Gibson Methods for detecting cancer and monitoring cancer progression
PL3470535T3 (en) 2003-06-24 2020-08-24 Genomic Health, Inc. Prediction of likelihood of cancer recurrence
WO2004113571A2 (en) 2003-06-26 2004-12-29 Exonhit Therapeutics Sa Prostate specific genes and the use thereof as targets for prostate cancer therapy and diagnosis
US7115230B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2006-10-03 Intel Corporation Hydrodynamic focusing devices
AU2003903296A0 (en) 2003-06-30 2003-07-10 Raustech Pty Ltd Chemical compositions of matter
GB0315438D0 (en) 2003-07-02 2003-08-06 Univ Manchester Analysis of mixed cell populations
CN102899398B (en) 2003-07-17 2015-09-30 环太平洋生物技术有限公司 For the marker that cancer of the stomach detects
WO2005008248A2 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-01-27 Georgetown University Diagnosis and treatment of cervical cancer
US20050014165A1 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 California Pacific Medical Center Biomarker panel for colorectal cancer
US20050032238A1 (en) * 2003-08-07 2005-02-10 Nanostream, Inc. Vented microfluidic separation devices and methods
US7473531B1 (en) * 2003-08-08 2009-01-06 Colora Corporation Pancreatic cancer targets and uses thereof
EP2662136A3 (en) 2003-08-27 2013-12-25 President and Fellows of Harvard College Method for handling and mixing droplets
CN1860363B (en) 2003-08-28 2011-12-28 赛路拉公司 Methods and apparatus for sorting cells using an optical switch in a microfluidic channel network
US20070053896A1 (en) 2003-09-05 2007-03-08 Royal Women's Hospital Diagnostic marker for ovarian cancer
WO2005026691A2 (en) * 2003-09-08 2005-03-24 Health Research, Inc. Detection of 13q14 chromosomal alterations
US7504214B2 (en) 2003-09-19 2009-03-17 Biotheranostics, Inc. Predicting outcome with tamoxifen in breast cancer
US20060269971A1 (en) 2003-09-26 2006-11-30 Mount Sinai Hospital Methods for detecting prostate cancer
US7332280B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2008-02-19 Ronald Levy Classification of patients having diffuse large B-cell lymphoma based upon gene expression
US7204431B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2007-04-17 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Electrospray ion source for mass spectroscopy
CN101039951A (en) 2003-11-03 2007-09-19 基因信息公司 Liver cancer biomarkers
GB0325653D0 (en) 2003-11-03 2003-12-10 Medical Res Council CST emulsions
US7169560B2 (en) * 2003-11-12 2007-01-30 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Short cycle methods for sequencing polynucleotides
WO2005049787A2 (en) 2003-11-24 2005-06-02 Yeda Research And Development Co.Ltd. Compositions and methods for in vitro sorting of molecular and cellular libraries
WO2005066613A1 (en) 2003-12-31 2005-07-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assay device and method
US7368548B2 (en) * 2004-01-27 2008-05-06 Compugen Ltd. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis of prostate cancer
US7569662B2 (en) 2004-01-27 2009-08-04 Compugen Ltd Nucleotide and amino acid sequences, and assays and methods of use thereof for diagnosis of lung cancer
CA2553833C (en) 2004-01-28 2012-10-02 454 Corporation Nucleic acid amplification with continuous flow emulsion
US20050186215A1 (en) 2004-02-04 2005-08-25 Kwok Tim T. CUDR as biomarker for cancer progression and therapeutic response
US20060195266A1 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Yeatman Timothy J Methods for predicting cancer outcome and gene signatures for use therein
US7507532B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2009-03-24 Medigen Biotechnology Corporation Cancer specific gene MH15
JP4938451B2 (en) 2004-03-23 2012-05-23 オンコセラピー・サイエンス株式会社 Methods for diagnosis of non-small cell lung cancer
BRPI0509193B8 (en) 2004-03-24 2021-07-27 Tripath Imaging Inc method for diagnosing high-grade cervical disease in a patient, and kit
US20050221339A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-06 Medical Research Council Harvard University Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
JP2007533798A (en) 2004-04-23 2007-11-22 クマチェヴァ、ユージニア Method for producing polymer particles having specific particle size, shape, form and composition
AU2005241093B2 (en) * 2004-05-04 2008-06-05 Institute Of Virology Of Slovak Academy Of Sciences MN/CA IX/ CA9 and renal cancer prognosis
WO2006007207A2 (en) 2004-05-25 2006-01-19 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods and devices for nucleic acid sequence determination
WO2005118138A1 (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-15 Crystal Vision Microsystems Llc Device and process for continuous on-chip flow injection analysis
US20070154889A1 (en) 2004-06-25 2007-07-05 Veridex, Llc Methods and reagents for the detection of melanoma
WO2006002641A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-01-12 Versamatrix A/S Spherical radiofrequency-encoded beads
US7655470B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2010-02-02 University Of Chicago Method for manipulating a plurality of plugs and performing reactions therein in microfluidic systems
US9477233B2 (en) * 2004-07-02 2016-10-25 The University Of Chicago Microfluidic system with a plurality of sequential T-junctions for performing reactions in microdroplets
JP2008506123A (en) 2004-07-09 2008-02-28 トリパス イメージング, インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for detection of ovarian cancer
US7670792B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-03-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Biomarkers for early detection of ovarian cancer
EP1985715A3 (en) * 2004-07-16 2008-12-31 Oncomethylome Sciences, S.A. ESR1 and cervical cancer
GB0418651D0 (en) * 2004-08-20 2004-09-22 Medical Res Council Method
US7759111B2 (en) 2004-08-27 2010-07-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Cell encapsulation microfluidic device
US9566558B2 (en) * 2004-09-09 2017-02-14 Institut Curie Device for manipulation of packets in micro-containers, in particular in microchannels
US7698287B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2010-04-13 Microsoft Corporation Design of spreadsheet functions for working with tables of data
WO2006035773A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2006-04-06 Ngk Insulators, Ltd. Liquid drop discharge piezoelectric device
US7968287B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2011-06-28 Medical Research Council Harvard University In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US7482123B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2009-01-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Biomarkers for prostate cancer metastasis
US20130071836A9 (en) 2004-11-08 2013-03-21 Sungwhan An Colon cancer biomarker discovery
US7416851B2 (en) 2004-11-08 2008-08-26 Institut Pasteur Method of diagnosis/prognosis of human chronic lymphocytic leukemia comprising the profiling of LPL/ADAM genes
JP2008521412A (en) 2004-11-30 2008-06-26 ベリデックス・エルエルシー Lung cancer prognosis judging means
US20060160762A1 (en) 2004-12-13 2006-07-20 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods for the treatment, diagnosis, and prognosis of cancer
WO2006074430A2 (en) 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 The Johins Hopkins University Biomarkers for melanoma
WO2006078841A1 (en) 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for forming fluidic droplets encapsulated in particles such as colloidal particles
US7442507B2 (en) 2005-01-24 2008-10-28 New York University School Of Medicine Methods for detecting circulating mutant BRAF DNA
WO2006081473A2 (en) 2005-01-28 2006-08-03 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods for diagnosis and prognosis of epithelial cancers
US7393665B2 (en) 2005-02-10 2008-07-01 Population Genetics Technologies Ltd Methods and compositions for tagging and identifying polynucleotides
US8486648B2 (en) 2005-02-16 2013-07-16 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Methods of detecting ovarian cancer
CN101120016A (en) 2005-02-17 2008-02-06 儿童医疗中心有限公司 Adamts-7 as a biomarker for cancers of epithelial origin
AU2006214105A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Children's Medical Center Corporation Cyr61 as a biomarker for diagnosis and prognosis of cancers of epithelial origin
WO2006091776A2 (en) 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Biomarkers for predicting prostate cancer progression
US20070054119A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2007-03-08 Piotr Garstecki Systems and methods of forming particles
AU2006220816A1 (en) 2005-03-04 2006-09-14 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for forming multiple emulsions
FR2882939B1 (en) 2005-03-11 2007-06-08 Centre Nat Rech Scient FLUIDIC SEPARATION DEVICE
US7510842B2 (en) 2005-03-11 2009-03-31 Vermilllion, Inc. Biomarker for ovarian and endometrial cancer: hepcidin
WO2007084163A2 (en) 2005-04-06 2007-07-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Molecular characterization with carbon nanotube control
US7473530B2 (en) * 2005-05-04 2009-01-06 Wayne State University Method to detect lung cancer
CA2607965A1 (en) 2005-05-18 2007-02-22 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Pharmacokinetic-based culture system with biological barriers
WO2007011867A2 (en) 2005-07-15 2007-01-25 Applera Corporation Fluid processing device and method
GB0514936D0 (en) 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Preparation of templates for nucleic acid sequencing
US7632562B2 (en) 2005-08-04 2009-12-15 Eastman Kodak Company Universal print media
US7666593B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-02-23 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Single molecule sequencing of captured nucleic acids
US7556776B2 (en) 2005-09-08 2009-07-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic manipulation of fluids and reactions
US8734003B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2014-05-27 Alcatel Lucent Micro-chemical mixing
JP2009515167A (en) 2005-11-02 2009-04-09 バイエル ヘルスケア エルエルシー Cancer prediction and prognosis testing methods, and cancer treatment monitoring
US7358231B1 (en) 2005-12-01 2008-04-15 Applera Corporation Pancreatic cancer secreted targets and uses thereof
US7846664B2 (en) 2005-12-07 2010-12-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Diagnosis and treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)
ES2277785B1 (en) 2005-12-21 2008-06-16 Oryzon Genomics, S.A. METHOD OF DIFFERENTIAL EXPRESSION ANALYSIS IN COLORECTAL CANCER.
CA2629071A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Method of assessing colorectal cancer by measuring hemoglobin and m2-pk in a stool sample
US20100137163A1 (en) 2006-01-11 2010-06-03 Link Darren R Microfluidic Devices and Methods of Use in The Formation and Control of Nanoreactors
EP1987162A4 (en) 2006-01-23 2009-11-25 Population Genetics Technologi Nucleic acid analysis using sequence tokens
US7537897B2 (en) 2006-01-23 2009-05-26 Population Genetics Technologies, Ltd. Molecular counting
JP2009524438A (en) 2006-01-27 2009-07-02 トライパス イメージング インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for identifying patients likely to have ovarian cancer
CA2640024A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2007-08-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluidic droplet coalescence
HUE045358T2 (en) 2006-02-02 2019-12-30 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Non-invasive fetal genetic screening by digital analysis
WO2007092627A2 (en) * 2006-02-09 2007-08-16 University Of South Florida Detection of cancer by elevated levels of bcl-2
US20070292869A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-12-20 Ppd Biomarker Discovery Sciences, Llc Compositions and Methods for Analyzing Renal Cancer
MX2008011356A (en) 2006-03-03 2008-09-15 Veridex Llc Molecular assay to predict recurrence of dukes' b colon cancer.
SG170061A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2011-04-29 Phenomenome Discoveries Inc Biomarkers useful for diagnosing prostate cancer, and methods thereof
US20090181864A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2009-07-16 Nam Trung Nguyen Active control for droplet-based microfluidics
JP5122555B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2013-01-16 ソレクサ・インコーポレイテッド Synthetic sequencing system and apparatus
US7282337B1 (en) 2006-04-14 2007-10-16 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods for increasing accuracy of nucleic acid sequencing
US7901947B2 (en) 2006-04-18 2011-03-08 Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. Droplet-based particle sorting
US20070259368A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Genomictree, Inc. Gastric cancer biomarker discovery
US7702468B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-04-20 Population Diagnostics, Inc. Evaluating genetic disorders
WO2007133710A2 (en) * 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use thereof
USRE49362E1 (en) * 2006-05-18 2023-01-10 Illumina Cambridge Limited Dye compounds and the use of their labelled conjugates
EP2021515A4 (en) 2006-05-26 2010-06-02 Meltzer Stephen J Methylated promoters as biomarkers of colon cancer
FR2901717A1 (en) 2006-05-30 2007-12-07 Centre Nat Rech Scient METHOD FOR TREATING DROPS IN A MICROFLUIDIC CIRCUIT
KR100813169B1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-03-17 삼성전자주식회사 Optical sensor module having tilt and body fat measurement appratus of having the optical sensor module
WO2008011709A1 (en) * 2006-07-24 2008-01-31 Miraculins Inc. Biomarkers for use in the diagnosis and treatment of colorectal cancer
WO2008021123A1 (en) 2006-08-07 2008-02-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US20080050723A1 (en) 2006-08-23 2008-02-28 Nabil Belacel Molecular method for diagnosis of colon cancer
US7811778B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2010-10-12 Vanderbilt University Methods of screening for gastrointestinal cancer
DE102006042040B4 (en) 2006-09-07 2013-04-18 Siemens Audiologische Technik Gmbh A method of adapting a hearing aid using a genetic feature and arrangement for performing the method
US20080081330A1 (en) 2006-09-28 2008-04-03 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Method and devices for analyzing small RNA molecules
AU2007324128B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2013-10-10 The Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine, Inc. Prostate cancer-specific alterations in ERG gene expression and detection and treatment methods based on those alterations
TWM319361U (en) 2006-10-20 2007-09-21 Tai Sol Electronics Co Ltd Flexible heat pipe
WO2008058384A1 (en) 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 University Health Network Materials and methods for prognosing lung cancer survival
TW200825414A (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-16 Univ Nat Taiwan Biomarker molecule of gastrointestinal disease and measurement method thereof
WO2008073290A1 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Tp53 gene expression and uses thereof
US8262900B2 (en) * 2006-12-14 2012-09-11 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
EP2639579B1 (en) 2006-12-14 2016-11-16 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale FET arrays
US8349167B2 (en) 2006-12-14 2013-01-08 Life Technologies Corporation Methods and apparatus for detecting molecular interactions using FET arrays
US20080171078A1 (en) 2007-01-12 2008-07-17 Mark Gray Uniformly sized liposomes
US7807393B2 (en) 2007-01-29 2010-10-05 Northwestern University Biomarkers for prostate cancer
US20090075264A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2009-03-19 Orion Genomics Llc Gene methylation in liver cancer diagnosis
WO2008097559A2 (en) 2007-02-06 2008-08-14 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9029085B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-05-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
JP2010521670A (en) 2007-03-12 2010-06-24 ダナ ファーバー キャンサー インスティテュート,インコーポレイテッド Use of FANCI and drugs that modulate FANCI in the prognosis, in diagnosis, and in the treatment of cancer
WO2008121342A2 (en) 2007-03-28 2008-10-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Emulsions and techniques for formation
US20090062144A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2009-03-05 Nancy Lan Guo Gene signature for prognosis and diagnosis of lung cancer
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
CA2686212A1 (en) 2007-05-04 2008-11-13 Dermtech International Diagnosis of melanoma by nucleic acid analysis
US7901888B2 (en) 2007-05-09 2011-03-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Multigene diagnostic assay for malignant thyroid neoplasm
US20090029372A1 (en) * 2007-05-14 2009-01-29 Kobenhavns Universitet Adam12 as a biomarker for bladder cancer
US7820386B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2010-10-26 National Defense Medical Center Cancer screening method
CN103418295B (en) * 2007-06-21 2015-11-18 简.探针公司 For the instruments and methods of the content of hybrid detection chamber
CN101855553B (en) * 2007-06-29 2014-06-11 韩国安国药品株式会社 Predictive markers for ovarian cancer
US20090017463A1 (en) * 2007-07-10 2009-01-15 Vanderbilt University Methods for predicting prostate cancer recurrence
US20090068170A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-03-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet-based selection
EP2167634A4 (en) 2007-07-16 2013-11-06 California Inst Of Techn Arrays, substrates, devices, methods and systems for detecting target molecules
US20090042737A1 (en) 2007-08-09 2009-02-12 Katz Andrew S Methods and Devices for Correlated, Multi-Parameter Single Cell Measurements and Recovery of Remnant Biological Material
WO2009029229A2 (en) 2007-08-24 2009-03-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Ferrofluid emulsions, particles, and systems and methods for making and using the same
US20090087849A1 (en) 2007-09-06 2009-04-02 Tripath Imaging, Inc. Nucleic acid-based methods and compositions for the detection of ovarian cancer
WO2009049214A2 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Northwestern University Inhibition and treatment of prostate cancer metastasis
US20090246788A1 (en) 2008-04-01 2009-10-01 Roche Nimblegen, Inc. Methods and Assays for Capture of Nucleic Acids
US9664619B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2017-05-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microfluidic device for storage and well-defined arrangement of droplets
US20100075436A1 (en) 2008-05-06 2010-03-25 Urdea Michael S Methods for use with nanoreactors
AU2009262959A1 (en) 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Microfluidic droplets for metabolic engineering and other applications
US7888034B2 (en) * 2008-07-01 2011-02-15 454 Life Sciences Corporation System and method for detection of HIV tropism variants
US20110275063A1 (en) 2008-07-11 2011-11-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods of droplet-based selection
FR2934050B1 (en) 2008-07-15 2016-01-29 Univ Paris Curie METHOD AND DEVICE FOR READING EMULSION
EP4047367A1 (en) * 2008-07-18 2022-08-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting target analytes with droplet libraries
US20100035252A1 (en) 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods for sequencing individual nucleic acids under tension
CA2914882C (en) 2008-10-02 2017-07-25 T&M Inventions, Llc Support for roof penetrating structures
US8546128B2 (en) 2008-10-22 2013-10-01 Life Technologies Corporation Fluidics system for sequential delivery of reagents
US20100301398A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20100137143A1 (en) 2008-10-22 2010-06-03 Ion Torrent Systems Incorporated Methods and apparatus for measuring analytes
US20110301042A1 (en) 2008-11-11 2011-12-08 Helicos Biosciences Corporation Methods of sample encoding for multiplex analysis of samples by single molecule sequencing
EP3150724A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2017-04-05 President and Fellows of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
EP3415235A1 (en) * 2009-03-23 2018-12-19 Raindance Technologies Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US8574835B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2013-11-05 Life Technologies Corporation Scaffolded nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using
US8673627B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2014-03-18 Life Technologies Corporation Apparatus and methods for performing electrochemical reactions
EP2446278B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2021-11-17 President and Fellows of Harvard College Fluid injection
US10520500B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2019-12-31 Abdeslam El Harrak Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
WO2011079176A2 (en) 2009-12-23 2011-06-30 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US8535889B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-09-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9684070B2 (en) * 2013-12-20 2017-06-20 Delta Mobile Systems, Inc Radar apparatus with quiet switch calibration and associated methods

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5858670A (en) * 1990-07-02 1999-01-12 The Arizona Board Of Regents Bio-oligomer libraries and a method of use thereof
US6165778A (en) * 1993-11-02 2000-12-26 Affymax Technologies N.V. Reaction vessel agitation apparatus
US5904933A (en) * 1994-06-09 1999-05-18 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Stable reverse and multiple fluorocarbon emulsions
US6489103B1 (en) * 1997-07-07 2002-12-03 Medical Research Council In vitro sorting method
US20020005354A1 (en) * 1997-09-23 2002-01-17 California Institute Of Technology Microfabricated cell sorter
US6268222B1 (en) * 1998-01-22 2001-07-31 Luminex Corporation Microparticles attached to nanoparticles labeled with flourescent dye
US20010023078A1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-09-20 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Biological applications of quantum dots
US6808882B2 (en) * 1999-01-07 2004-10-26 Medical Research Council Optical sorting method
US20020036139A1 (en) * 1999-02-12 2002-03-28 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method and apparatus for programmable fluidic processing
US20010041343A1 (en) * 1999-05-04 2001-11-15 Pankowsky Dan A. Products and methods for single parameter and multiparameter phenotyping of cells
US20040068019A1 (en) * 2001-02-23 2004-04-08 Toshiro Higuchi Process for producing emulsion and microcapsules and apparatus therefor
US20020164271A1 (en) * 2001-05-02 2002-11-07 Ho Winston Z. Wavelength-coded bead for bioassay and signature recogniton
US20030148544A1 (en) * 2001-06-28 2003-08-07 Advanced Research And Technology Institute, Inc. Methods of preparing multicolor quantum dot tagged beads and conjugates thereof

Cited By (331)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8986628B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2015-03-24 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US8337778B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2012-12-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US20050172476A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-08-11 President And Fellows Of Havard College Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US7708949B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2010-05-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion
US11187702B2 (en) 2003-03-14 2021-11-30 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US9857303B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2018-01-02 Medical Research Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
US10052605B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2018-08-21 Medical Research Council Method of synthesis and testing of combinatorial libraries using microcapsules
US9448172B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2016-09-20 Medical Research Council Selection by compartmentalised screening
US20150283546A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2015-10-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US9038919B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2015-05-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US11141731B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2021-10-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US10293341B2 (en) 2003-04-10 2019-05-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Formation and control of fluidic species
US9878325B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2018-01-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Electronic control of fluidic species
US10625256B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2020-04-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Electronic control of fluidic species
US11383234B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2022-07-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Electronic control of fluidic species
US8765485B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2014-07-01 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Electronic control of fluidic species
US9789482B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2017-10-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods of introducing a fluid into droplets
US11807902B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2023-11-07 Stokes Bio Ltd. Microfluidic analysis system
US10676786B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2020-06-09 Stokes Bio Ltd. Microfluidic analysis system
US10967338B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2021-04-06 Stokes Bio Ltd. Methods of releasing and analyzing cellular components
US9415398B2 (en) 2004-01-28 2016-08-16 Drexel University Magnetic fluid manipulators and methods for their use
US8678640B2 (en) 2004-01-28 2014-03-25 Drexel University Magnetic fluid manipulators and methods for their use
US20070215553A1 (en) * 2004-01-28 2007-09-20 Yellen Benjamin B Magnetic Fluid Manipulators and Methods for Their Use
US8398295B2 (en) * 2004-01-28 2013-03-19 Drexel University Magnetic fluid manipulators and methods for their use
US9839890B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2017-12-12 National Science Foundation Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US9925504B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2018-03-27 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US11821109B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2023-11-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US10732649B2 (en) 2004-07-02 2020-08-04 The University Of Chicago Microfluidic system
US10661278B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2020-05-26 Institut Curie Device for manipulation of packets in micro-containers, in particular in microchannels
US11097275B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2021-08-24 Institut Curie Device for manipulation of packets in micro-containers, in particular in microchannels
US20080023330A1 (en) * 2004-09-09 2008-01-31 Institut Curie Device for Manipulation of Packets in Micro-Containers, in Particular in Microchannels
US9566558B2 (en) 2004-09-09 2017-02-14 Institut Curie Device for manipulation of packets in micro-containers, in particular in microchannels
US8871444B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2014-10-28 Medical Research Council In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US9029083B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2015-05-12 Medical Research Council Vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US9186643B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2015-11-17 Medical Research Council In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US11786872B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2023-10-17 United Kingdom Research And Innovation Vitro evolution in microfluidic systems
US9498759B2 (en) 2004-10-12 2016-11-22 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Compartmentalized screening by microfluidic control
US20090269243A1 (en) * 2005-01-28 2009-10-29 Zymera, Inc. Electrically controlled microfluidic system
US9039273B2 (en) 2005-03-04 2015-05-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for forming multiple emulsions
US10316873B2 (en) 2005-03-04 2019-06-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method and apparatus for forming multiple emulsions
US20070054119A1 (en) * 2005-03-04 2007-03-08 Piotr Garstecki Systems and methods of forming particles
US20080259720A1 (en) * 2005-07-21 2008-10-23 Yee Cheong Lam Methods and Apparatus for Microfluidic Mixing
US8663561B2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2014-03-04 Charles J. Patton Automated analysis of discrete sample aliquots
US20100159601A1 (en) * 2005-11-18 2010-06-24 Patton Charles J Automated analysis of discrete sample aliquots
US20130217583A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2013-08-22 Darren Link Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
EP3913375A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2021-11-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
JP2018046848A (en) * 2006-01-11 2018-03-29 レインダンス テクノロジーズ, インコーポレイテッド Microfluidic device and method of use in formation and control of nanoreactor
WO2007081386A2 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-07-19 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use
US20140256595A1 (en) * 2006-01-11 2014-09-11 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
EP2364774A3 (en) * 2006-01-11 2014-06-04 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic Devices And Methods Of Use In The Formation And Control Of Nanoreactors
WO2007081386A3 (en) * 2006-01-11 2007-11-08 Raindance Technologies Inc Microfluidic devices and methods of use
EP2363205A3 (en) * 2006-01-11 2014-06-04 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic Devices And Methods Of Use In The Formation And Control Of Nanoreactors
JP2016027827A (en) * 2006-01-11 2016-02-25 レインダンス テクノロジーズ, インコーポレイテッド Microfluidic device and method of use in formation and control of nanoreactor
US9534216B2 (en) 2006-01-11 2017-01-03 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
JP2014138611A (en) * 2006-01-11 2014-07-31 Raindance Technologies Inc Microfluidic device and method of use in formation and control of nanoreactor
US9328344B2 (en) * 2006-01-11 2016-05-03 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
US9410151B2 (en) * 2006-01-11 2016-08-09 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Microfluidic devices and methods of use in the formation and control of nanoreactors
US10730051B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2020-08-04 Stokes Bio Ltd. Liquid bridge and system
US11772096B2 (en) 2006-02-07 2023-10-03 Stokes Bio Ltd. System for processing biological sample
US20070207272A1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-09-06 Puri Ishwar K Method and apparatus for magnetic mixing in micron size droplets
US9273308B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2016-03-01 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Selection of compartmentalized screening method
US9562837B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Systems for handling microfludic droplets
US11351510B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2022-06-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic devices
US9498761B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2016-11-22 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US9012390B2 (en) 2006-08-07 2015-04-21 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants
US20110045077A1 (en) * 2006-11-13 2011-02-24 Gordon Weir Encapsulated pancreatic islet cell products and methods of use thereof
WO2008082432A1 (en) * 2007-01-04 2008-07-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Sorting, amplification, detection, and identification of nucleic acid subsequences in a complex mixture
US8338166B2 (en) 2007-01-04 2012-12-25 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Sorting, amplification, detection, and identification of nucleic acid subsequences in a complex mixture
US20080166793A1 (en) * 2007-01-04 2008-07-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Sorting, amplification, detection, and identification of nucleic acid subsequences in a complex mixture
US10603662B2 (en) * 2007-02-06 2020-03-31 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9440232B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2016-09-13 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8772046B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2014-07-08 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US11819849B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2023-11-21 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US20190009275A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2019-01-10 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US9017623B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2015-04-28 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulation of fluids and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8153358B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2012-04-10 New England Biolabs, Inc. Selection and enrichment of proteins using in vitro compartmentalization
WO2008103900A2 (en) 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 New England Biolabs, Inc. Selection and enrichment of proteins using in vitro compartmentalization
US8551734B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2013-10-08 Yu Zheng Selection and enrichment of proteins using in vitro compartmentalization
US20080206832A1 (en) * 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 New England Biolabs, Inc. Selection and Enrichment of Proteins Using in vitro Compartmentalization
US8753847B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2014-06-17 New England Biolabs, Inc. Selection and enrichment of proteins using in vitro compartmentalization
US9850526B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2017-12-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US10683524B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2020-06-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US10221437B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2019-03-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US9029085B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-05-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US9017948B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-04-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US10941430B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2021-03-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US9068210B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-06-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assay and other reactions involving droplets
US20100136544A1 (en) * 2007-03-07 2010-06-03 Jeremy Agresti Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US9816121B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2017-11-14 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US10738337B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2020-08-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US10508294B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2019-12-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Assays and other reactions involving droplets
US7776927B2 (en) 2007-03-28 2010-08-17 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Emulsions and techniques for formation
US20090012187A1 (en) * 2007-03-28 2009-01-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Emulsions and Techniques for Formation
US9068699B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2015-06-30 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US10675626B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2020-06-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US10960397B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2021-03-30 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8592221B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2013-11-26 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US10357772B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2019-07-23 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US11618024B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2023-04-04 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US11224876B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2022-01-18 Brandeis University Manipulation of fluids, fluid components and reactions in microfluidic systems
US8765367B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2014-07-01 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods and instruments for processing a sample in a multi-chambered receptacle
US20090136963A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2009-05-28 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods of concentrating an analyte
US10688458B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2020-06-23 Gen-Probe Incorporated System and method of using multi-chambered receptacles
US20120250452A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2012-10-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods for manipulating liquid substances in multi-chambered receptacles
US20090142771A1 (en) * 2007-06-21 2009-06-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods and Instruments for Processing a Sample in a Multi-Chambered Receptacle
EP2384432A4 (en) * 2007-06-21 2012-08-22 Gen Probe Inc Instrument and receptacles for performing processes
US10744469B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2020-08-18 Gen-Probe Incorporated Multi-chambered receptacles
US9458451B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2016-10-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Multi-channel optical measurement instrument
US11235294B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2022-02-01 Gen-Probe Incorporated System and method of using multi-chambered receptacles
US8828654B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2014-09-09 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods for manipulating liquid substances in multi-chambered receptacles
US11235295B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2022-02-01 Gen-Probe Incorporated System and method of using multi-chambered receptacles
US10086342B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2018-10-02 Gen-Probe Incorporated Multi-channel optical measurement instrument
EP2384432A2 (en) * 2007-06-21 2011-11-09 Gen-Probe Incorporated Instrument and receptacles for performing processes
US8735055B2 (en) 2007-06-21 2014-05-27 Gen-Probe Incorporated Methods of concentrating an analyte
US20110166027A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2011-07-07 Affomix Corporation Interaction screening methods, systems and devices
US20110285042A1 (en) * 2007-09-20 2011-11-24 Jean-Louis Viovy Encapsulation microfluidic device
WO2009037680A3 (en) * 2007-09-20 2009-11-05 Jean-Louis Viovy Encapsulation microfluidic device
WO2009037680A2 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Jean-Louis Viovy Encapsulation microfluidic device
US9744513B2 (en) * 2007-09-20 2017-08-29 Jean-Louis Viovy Encapsulation microfluidic device
US10633701B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2020-04-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US9797010B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-10-24 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US9313833B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2016-04-12 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Microwave heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
US20150238965A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2015-08-27 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc. Monodisperse microdroplet generation and stopping without coalescence
US20090261086A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-10-22 Neil Reginald Beer Laser Heating of Aqueous Samples on a Micro-Optical-Electro-Mechanical System
US20090236330A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Neil Reginald Beer Microwave heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
US8969767B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2015-03-03 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Microwave heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
US20150129584A1 (en) * 2008-03-21 2015-05-14 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Microwave heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
US9266107B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2016-02-23 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Monodisperse microdroplet generation and stopping without coalescence
US8367976B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2013-02-05 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Laser heating of aqueous samples on a micro-optical-electro-mechanical system
WO2009136300A2 (en) * 2008-05-05 2009-11-12 Universite De Strasbourg Microfluidic production of droplet pairs
WO2009136300A3 (en) * 2008-05-05 2010-01-21 Universite De Strasbourg Microfluidic production of droplet pairs
US8622987B2 (en) 2008-06-04 2014-01-07 The University Of Chicago Chemistrode, a plug-based microfluidic device and method for stimulation and sampling with high temporal, spatial, and chemical resolution
US20110112503A1 (en) * 2008-06-04 2011-05-12 Ismagilov Rustem F Chemistrode, a plug-based microfluidic device and method for stimulation and sampling with high temporal, spatial, and chemical resolution
WO2010007307A3 (en) * 2008-07-15 2010-04-08 Universite Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) Method and device for reading an emulsion
EP4075118A1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2022-10-19 Sorbonne Universite Method and device for scanning an emulsion
FR2934050A1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2010-01-22 Univ Paris Curie METHOD AND DEVICE FOR READING EMULSION
WO2010007307A2 (en) 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 Universite Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) Method and device for reading an emulsion
US8798341B2 (en) 2008-07-15 2014-08-05 Universite Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) Method and device for reading an emulsion
US20110188717A1 (en) * 2008-07-15 2011-08-04 Universite Pierre Et Marie Curie (Paris 6) Method and device for reading an emulsion
US11534727B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2022-12-27 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet libraries
US10533998B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2020-01-14 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US11511242B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2022-11-29 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet libraries
US11596908B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2023-03-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet libraries
EP2156890A2 (en) 2008-08-21 2010-02-24 INSTITUT FÜR BIOPROZESS- UND ANALYSENMESSTECHNIK e.V. Assembly and method for generating, manipulating and analysing compartments
US11401550B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2022-08-02 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Creation of libraries of droplets and related species
US20150132837A1 (en) * 2008-10-08 2015-05-14 Universite De Strasbourg Microfluidic devices for reliable on-chip incubation of droplets in delay lines
US8748094B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-06-10 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
US10457977B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2019-10-29 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing
US9056299B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2015-06-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scale-up of flow-focusing microfluidic devices
US9486757B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2016-11-08 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scale-up of microfluidic devices
US11517864B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2022-12-06 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scale-up of microfluidic devices
US10518230B2 (en) 2009-03-13 2019-12-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Scale-up of microfluidic devices
US11268887B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2022-03-08 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US8528589B2 (en) 2009-03-23 2013-09-10 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulation of microfluidic droplets
US10543485B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2020-01-28 University Of Chicago Slip chip device and methods
US9464319B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-10-11 California Institute Of Technology Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes
US9493826B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-11-15 California Institute Of Technology Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification and detection of nucleic acids and other analytes
US9447461B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-09-20 California Institute Of Technology Analysis devices, kits, and related methods for digital quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes
US10196700B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2019-02-05 University Of Chicago Multivolume devices, kits and related methods for quantification and detection of nucleic acids and other analytes
US9415392B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2016-08-16 The University Of Chicago Slip chip device and methods
US10370705B2 (en) 2009-03-24 2019-08-06 University Of Chicago Analysis devices, kits, and related methods for digital quantification of nucleic acids and other analytes
US11020717B2 (en) 2009-06-16 2021-06-01 Sony Corporation Droplet collision substance mixing apparatus and droplet collision substance mixing method
EP2444147A4 (en) * 2009-06-16 2015-10-07 Sony Corp Substance mixing device and substance mixing method
US11724237B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2023-08-15 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluid injection
US11358105B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2022-06-14 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Fluid injection
US10874997B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2020-12-29 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques
US10520500B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2019-12-31 Abdeslam El Harrak Labelled silica-based nanomaterial with enhanced properties and uses thereof
US9839911B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2017-12-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
US9056289B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2015-06-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
AU2010315580B2 (en) * 2009-10-27 2014-11-06 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
US11000849B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2021-05-11 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Droplet creation techniques
US10837883B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2020-11-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets
US11390917B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2022-07-19 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US10351905B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2019-07-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US10808279B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2020-10-20 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US11254968B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2022-02-22 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9399797B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-07-26 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US8535889B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-09-17 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9074242B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2015-07-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9228229B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-01-05 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US9366632B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
US11635427B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2023-04-25 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
US9562897B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2017-02-07 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sandwich assays in droplets
WO2012087350A3 (en) * 2010-12-21 2012-08-16 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Spray drying techniques
US11077415B2 (en) 2011-02-11 2021-08-03 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods for forming mixed droplets
US9364803B2 (en) 2011-02-11 2016-06-14 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Methods for forming mixed droplets
US11768198B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2023-09-26 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
US11747327B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2023-09-05 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
US9150852B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2015-10-06 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
US11168353B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2021-11-09 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Compositions and methods for molecular labeling
WO2012114237A1 (en) 2011-02-21 2012-08-30 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Et Aux Energies Alternatives Method for observing a sample
FR2971846A1 (en) * 2011-02-21 2012-08-24 Commissariat Energie Atomique METHOD OF OBSERVING A SAMPLE
CN103620376A (en) * 2011-02-21 2014-03-05 原子能与替代能源委员会 Method for observing sample
US9359631B2 (en) 2011-02-21 2016-06-07 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Et Aux Energies Alternatives Method for observing a sample
US9573099B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2017-02-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions
US9238206B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2016-01-19 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions
US8841071B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2014-09-23 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Sample multiplexing
US11754499B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2023-09-12 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Enzyme quantification
US10195571B2 (en) 2011-07-06 2019-02-05 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Multiple emulsions and techniques for the formation of multiple emulsions
US8658430B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2014-02-25 Raindance Technologies, Inc. Manipulating droplet size
US11898193B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2024-02-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Manipulating droplet size
US9822356B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2017-11-21 California Institute Of Technology Fluidic devices and systems for sample preparation or autonomous analysis
US9808798B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2017-11-07 California Institute Of Technology Fluidic devices for biospecimen preservation
WO2013159117A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2013-10-24 SlipChip, LLC Fluidic devices and systems for sample preparation or autonomous analysis
US9803237B2 (en) 2012-04-24 2017-10-31 California Institute Of Technology Slip-induced compartmentalization
US10597718B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-03-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides
US11035002B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2021-06-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10752950B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11591637B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2023-02-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US9689024B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-06-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for droplet-based sample preparation
US9695468B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2017-07-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for droplet-based sample preparation
US10584381B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-03-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10752949B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10221442B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for sample processing
US11441179B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2022-09-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10273541B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-04-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10626458B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-04-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11078522B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2021-08-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Capsule array devices and methods of use
US11021749B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2021-06-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10400280B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10323279B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10053723B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2018-08-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Capsule array devices and methods of use
US10669583B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2020-06-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Method and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11359239B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2022-06-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10450607B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2019-10-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10253364B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-04-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Method and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10676789B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-06-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9410201B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2016-08-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10227648B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10612090B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-04-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11473138B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2022-10-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9701998B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-07-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9856530B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2018-01-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11421274B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2022-08-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9567631B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2017-02-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10533221B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2020-01-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11193121B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2021-12-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species
US10150964B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2018-12-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species
US9388465B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-07-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Polynucleotide barcode generation
US10150963B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2018-12-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species
US9644204B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2017-05-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species
WO2014154501A1 (en) * 2013-03-25 2014-10-02 Thermo Electron Manufacturing Limited Apparatus and method for mixing a liquid sample to be introduced in an analysis device
CN105190282A (en) * 2013-03-25 2015-12-23 赛默电子制造有限公司 Apparatus and method for mixing a liquid sample to be introduced in an analysis device
US9804183B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2017-10-31 Thermo Electron Manufacturing Limited Apparatus and method for liquid sample introduction
US9541479B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2017-01-10 Thermo Electron Manufacturing Limited Apparatus and method for liquid sample introduction
US10395758B2 (en) 2013-08-30 2019-08-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Sequencing methods
US11901041B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2024-02-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analysis of nucleic acid modification
US10471016B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2019-11-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Microparticles, methods for their preparation and use
US11174509B2 (en) 2013-12-12 2021-11-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Distinguishing rare variations in a nucleic acid sequence from a sample
US11853389B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2023-12-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
US11030276B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2021-06-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
US9824068B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2017-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sorting data
US11193176B2 (en) 2013-12-31 2021-12-07 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Method for detecting and quantifying latent retroviral RNA species
US10071377B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2018-09-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US10343166B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2019-07-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US10137449B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2018-11-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US10150117B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2018-12-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US9694361B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2017-07-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same
US10839939B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2020-11-17 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly
US10208343B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2019-02-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10337061B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2019-07-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10344329B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2019-07-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US9951386B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-04-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10041116B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-08-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11629344B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2023-04-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10760124B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2020-09-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10030267B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-07-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11133084B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2021-09-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequence assembly
US10457986B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2019-10-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10480028B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2019-11-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11713457B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2023-08-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11739368B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2023-08-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing
US10287623B2 (en) 2014-10-29 2019-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing
US11135584B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2021-10-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
US10245587B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2019-04-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
US9975122B2 (en) 2014-11-05 2018-05-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Instrument systems for integrated sample processing
US10557158B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2020-02-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
US10221436B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2019-03-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
US11414688B2 (en) 2015-01-12 2022-08-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same
US10650912B2 (en) 2015-01-13 2020-05-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for visualizing structural variation and phasing information
US10854315B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2020-12-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data
US11603554B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2023-03-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Partition processing methods and systems
US11274343B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2022-03-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage
US10697000B2 (en) 2015-02-24 2020-06-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Partition processing methods and systems
US10866234B2 (en) * 2015-03-13 2020-12-15 Sysmex Corporation Method for detecting analyte
US20170370920A1 (en) * 2015-03-13 2017-12-28 Sysmex Corporation Method for detecting analyte
US9658142B2 (en) * 2015-04-14 2017-05-23 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Method and apparatus for extracting and collecting single cells from formalin-fixed paraffin embedded tissues
US20180133715A1 (en) * 2015-06-03 2018-05-17 Sphere Fluidics Limited Systems and methods
JP2018524568A (en) * 2015-06-03 2018-08-30 スフィア フルイディクス リミテッドSphere Fluidics Limited System and method
WO2016193758A1 (en) * 2015-06-03 2016-12-08 Sphere Fluidics Limited Systems and methods
US11077441B2 (en) * 2015-06-03 2021-08-03 Sphere Fluidics Limited Methods for processing droplets containing biological entities
GB2556703A (en) * 2015-06-03 2018-06-06 Sphere Fluidics Ltd Systems and methods
CN107847937A (en) * 2015-06-03 2018-03-27 孚洛飞生物技术有限公司 system and method
US10647981B1 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-05-12 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Nucleic acid library generation methods and compositions
US11123297B2 (en) 2015-10-13 2021-09-21 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Systems and methods for making and using gel microspheres
US11473125B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2022-10-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
US10774370B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2020-09-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
US11873528B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2024-01-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
US11624085B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2023-04-11 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
US11081208B2 (en) 2016-02-11 2021-08-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data
US11084036B2 (en) 2016-05-13 2021-08-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Microfluidic systems and methods of use
US11668641B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2023-06-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Image-based cell sorting systems and methods
US11016017B2 (en) * 2016-06-10 2021-05-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Image-based cell sorting systems and methods
WO2018013426A2 (en) 2016-07-08 2018-01-18 California Institute Of Technology Methods and devices for performing flow-through capture of low-concentration analytes
WO2018022025A1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic apparatuses
US11203017B2 (en) 2016-07-26 2021-12-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic apparatuses
US10597628B2 (en) * 2016-10-13 2020-03-24 Blacktrace Holdings Ltd. Device for receiving fluid
US10793905B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10323278B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2019-06-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US11180805B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2021-11-23 10X Genomics, Inc Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10480029B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2019-11-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10550429B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-02-04 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10011872B1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-07-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10858702B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-12-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10815525B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-10-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides
US10428326B2 (en) 2017-01-30 2019-10-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding
US11193122B2 (en) 2017-01-30 2021-12-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding
US11898206B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2024-02-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for clonotype screening
US11198866B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2021-12-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US10400235B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US11773389B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2023-10-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US10927370B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2021-02-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US11155810B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2021-10-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US10844372B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2020-11-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin
US10745742B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-08-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Functionalized gel beads
US11884962B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2024-01-30 10X Genomics, Inc. Functionalized gel beads
US10876147B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2020-12-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Functionalized gel beads
US10829815B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2020-11-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles
US11155881B2 (en) 2018-04-06 2021-10-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing
US11512356B2 (en) * 2018-11-08 2022-11-29 Tokitae Llc Systems and methods for particle multiplexing in droplets
CN114042426A (en) * 2021-11-17 2022-02-15 徐州工程学院 Pulse electric field auxiliary membrane dispersing device and polymer microcapsule preparation method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20090005254A1 (en) 2009-01-01
JP4829240B2 (en) 2011-12-07
EP2602018B1 (en) 2016-04-27
US20170102381A1 (en) 2017-04-13
EP3527978A2 (en) 2019-08-21
CA2582465A1 (en) 2006-04-20
US10371699B2 (en) 2019-08-06
EP3153231B1 (en) 2019-03-13
EP1842067B1 (en) 2016-12-14
EP3527978A3 (en) 2019-09-25
US20070092914A1 (en) 2007-04-26
EP2602018A1 (en) 2013-06-12
AU2005293367A1 (en) 2006-04-20
US20190317085A1 (en) 2019-10-17
US10705078B2 (en) 2020-07-07
EP1842067A2 (en) 2007-10-10
US9498759B2 (en) 2016-11-22
US20200333334A1 (en) 2020-10-22
EP3153231A1 (en) 2017-04-12
CA2582465C (en) 2014-09-16
WO2006040551A2 (en) 2006-04-20
WO2006040551A3 (en) 2006-06-29
JP2008516251A (en) 2008-05-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10705078B2 (en) Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control
US11821109B2 (en) Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control
US10151698B2 (en) Selection by compartmentalized screening
US7718578B2 (en) Method of synthesis and testing of combinatorial libraries using microcapsules
US20230366125A1 (en) Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MEDICAL RESEARCH COUNCIL, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GRIFFITHS, ANDREW;REEL/FRAME:016791/0279

Effective date: 20050308

AS Assignment

Owner name: PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE, MASSACHU

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEITZ, DAVID;LINK, DARREN R.;AHN, KEUHO;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:016783/0942;SIGNING DATES FROM 20050211 TO 20050516

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION